Preparing for release of 3.1.0

Fix a problem where sparse_seek could get left non-zero when we
did not finish writing all the data that would take us to that
sparse gap.  Issue pointed out by David Taylor.

.gitignore

@@ -3,10 +3,13 @@
 dummy
 ID
 Makefile
+Makefile.old
 configure.sh
+configure.sh.old
 config.cache
 config.h
 config.h.in
+config.h.in.old
 config.log
 config.status
 /proto.h
@@ -20,19 +23,24 @@ config.status
 /getgroups
 /gmon.out
 /rsync
+/rsync-ssl
+/stunnel-rsync
+/stunnel-rsyncd.conf
 /shconfig
 /testdir
 /tests-dont-exist
 /testtmp
 /tls
+/testrun
 /trimslash
 /t_unsafe
 /wildtest
 /getfsdev
-/mkrounding
 /rounding.h
 /doc/rsync.pdf
 /doc/rsync.ps
+/support/savetransfer
 /testsuite/chown-fake.test
 /testsuite/devices-fake.test
+/testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
 /patches

INSTALL

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ for the daemon by editing the NOBODY_USER and NOBODY_GROUP defines in
 config.h, or just override them in your /etc/rsyncd.conf file.
 
 As of 2.4.7, rsync uses Eric Troan's popt option-parsing library.  A
-cut-down copy of release 1.6.4 is included in the rsync distribution,
+cut-down copy of a recent release is included in the rsync distribution,
 and will be used if there is no popt library on your build host, or if
 the --with-included-popt option is passed to ./configure.
 
@@ -25,6 +25,17 @@ If you configure using --enable-maintainer-mode, then rsync will try
 to pop up an xterm on DISPLAY=:0 if it crashes.  You might find this
 useful, but it should be turned off for production builds.
 
+MAKE COMPATIBILITY
+------------------
+
+Note that Makefile.in has a rule that uses a wildcard in a prerequisite.  If
+your make has a problem with this rule, you will see an error like this:
+
+    Don't know how to make ./*.c
+
+You can change the "proto.h-tstamp" target in Makefile.in to list all the *.c
+filenames explicitly in order to avoid this issue.
+
 RPM NOTES
 ---------
 

Makefile.in

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 prefix=@prefix@
 datarootdir=@datarootdir@
 exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+stunnel4=@STUNNEL4@
 bindir=@bindir@
 mandir=@mandir@
 
@@ -18,40 +19,42 @@ INSTALLCMD=@INSTALL@
 INSTALLMAN=@INSTALL@
 
 srcdir=@srcdir@
+MKDIR_P=@MKDIR_P@
 VPATH=$(srcdir)
 SHELL=/bin/sh
 
-VERSION=@VERSION@
+VERSION=@RSYNC_VERSION@
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o
 
 GENFILES=configure.sh config.h.in proto.h proto.h-tstamp rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
-HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h ifuncs.h lib/pool_alloc.h
+HEADERS=byteorder.h config.h errcode.h proto.h rsync.h ifuncs.h itypes.h inums.h \
+	lib/pool_alloc.h
 LIBOBJ=lib/wildmatch.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/mdfour.o lib/md5.o \
 	lib/permstring.o lib/pool_alloc.o lib/sysacls.o lib/sysxattrs.o @LIBOBJS@
-ZLIBOBJ=zlib/deflate.o zlib/inffast.o zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o \
+zlib_OBJS=zlib/deflate.o zlib/inffast.o zlib/inflate.o zlib/inftrees.o \
 	zlib/trees.o zlib/zutil.o zlib/adler32.o zlib/compress.o zlib/crc32.o
 OBJS1=flist.o rsync.o generator.o receiver.o cleanup.o sender.o exclude.o \
-	util.o main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o
+	util.o util2.o main.o checksum.o match.o syscall.o log.o backup.o delete.o
 OBJS2=options.o io.o compat.o hlink.o token.o uidlist.o socket.o hashtable.o \
 	fileio.o batch.o clientname.o chmod.o acls.o xattrs.o
 OBJS3=progress.o pipe.o
 DAEMON_OBJ = params.o loadparm.o clientserver.o access.o connection.o authenticate.o
 popt_OBJS=popt/findme.o  popt/popt.o  popt/poptconfig.o \
 	popt/popthelp.o popt/poptparse.o
-OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(OBJS3) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) $(ZLIBOBJ) @BUILD_POPT@
+OBJS=$(OBJS1) $(OBJS2) $(OBJS3) $(DAEMON_OBJ) $(LIBOBJ) @BUILD_ZLIB@ @BUILD_POPT@
 
 TLS_OBJ = tls.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/permstring.o lib/sysxattrs.o @BUILD_POPT@
 
 # Programs we must have to run the test cases
 CHECK_PROGS = rsync$(EXEEXT) tls$(EXEEXT) getgroups$(EXEEXT) getfsdev$(EXEEXT) \
-	trimslash$(EXEEXT) t_unsafe$(EXEEXT) wildtest$(EXEEXT)
+	testrun$(EXEEXT) trimslash$(EXEEXT) t_unsafe$(EXEEXT) wildtest$(EXEEXT)
 
-CHECK_SYMLINKS = testsuite/chown-fake.test testsuite/devices-fake.test
+CHECK_SYMLINKS = testsuite/chown-fake.test testsuite/devices-fake.test testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
 
 # Objects for CHECK_PROGS to clean
-CHECK_OBJS=getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
+CHECK_OBJS=tls.o testrun.o getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
 
 # note that the -I. is needed to handle config.h when using VPATH
 .c.o:
@@ -59,15 +62,29 @@ CHECK_OBJS=getgroups.o getfsdev.o t_stub.o t_unsafe.o trimslash.o wildtest.o
 	$(CC) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) -c $< @CC_SHOBJ_FLAG@
 @OBJ_RESTORE@
 
-all: conf_stop rsync$(EXEEXT) @MAKE_MAN@
+all: Makefile rsync$(EXEEXT) rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync stunnel-rsyncd.conf @MAKE_MAN@
 
 install: all
-	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
 	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 755 rsync$(EXEEXT) ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
-	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
-	-mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
-	if test -f $(srcdir)/rsync.1; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1; fi
-	if test -f $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5; fi
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
+	if test -f rsync.1; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 rsync.1 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1; fi
+	if test -f rsyncd.conf.5; then ${INSTALLMAN} -m 644 rsyncd.conf.5 ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5; fi
+
+install-ssl-client: rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 755 rsync-ssl ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 755 stunnel-rsync ${DESTDIR}${bindir}
+
+install-ssl-daemon: stunnel-rsyncd.conf
+	-${MKDIR_P} ${DESTDIR}/etc/stunnel
+	${INSTALLCMD} ${INSTALL_STRIP} -m 644 stunnel-rsyncd.conf ${DESTDIR}/etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf
+	@if ! ls /etc/rsync-ssl/certs/server.* >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then \
+	    echo "Note that you'll need to install the certificate used by /etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf"; \
+	fi
+
+install-all: install install-ssl-client install-ssl-daemon
 
 install-strip:
 	$(MAKE) INSTALL_STRIP='-s' install
@@ -76,20 +93,34 @@ rsync$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LIBS)
 
 $(OBJS): $(HEADERS)
+$(CHECK_OBJS): $(HEADERS)
 
 flist.o: rounding.h
 
-rounding.h: mkrounding$(EXEEXT)
-	./mkrounding$(EXEEXT) >rounding.h
-
-mkrounding$(EXEEXT): mkrounding.c rsync.h
-	@sed '1,/^struct file_struct/d; /^}/,$$d' <$(srcdir)/rsync.h >mkrounding.h
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ -I. $(srcdir)/mkrounding.c
-	@rm mkrounding.h
+rounding.h: rounding.c rsync.h
+	@for r in 0 1 3; do \
+	    if $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o rounding -DEXTRA_ROUNDING=$$r -I. $(srcdir)/rounding.c >rounding.out 2>&1; then \
+		echo "#define EXTRA_ROUNDING $$r" >rounding.h; \
+		if test -f "$$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns"; then \
+		    echo "EXTRA_ROUNDING is $$r" >&2; \
+		fi; \
+		break; \
+	    fi; \
+	done
+	@rm -f rounding
+	@if test -f rounding.h; then : ; else \
+	    cat rounding.out 1>&2; \
+	    echo "Failed to create rounding.h!" 1>&2; \
+	    exit 1; \
+	fi
+	@rm -f rounding.out
 
 tls$(EXEEXT): $(TLS_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TLS_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
+testrun$(EXEEXT): testrun.o
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ testrun.o
+
 getgroups$(EXEEXT): getgroups.o
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ getgroups.o $(LIBS)
 
@@ -100,7 +131,7 @@ TRIMSLASH_OBJ = trimslash.o syscall.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
 trimslash$(EXEEXT): $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(TRIMSLASH_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
-T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o
+T_UNSAFE_OBJ = t_unsafe.o syscall.o util.o util2.o t_stub.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o lib/wildmatch.o
 t_unsafe$(EXEEXT): $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ)
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(T_UNSAFE_OBJ) $(LIBS)
 
@@ -112,36 +143,88 @@ gensend: gen
 conf:
 	cd $(srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f prepare-source.mak conf
 
-conf_stop: configure.sh config.h.in
-
-configure.sh config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+configure.sh config.h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
+	@if test -f configure.sh; then cp -p configure.sh configure.sh.old; else touch configure.sh.old; fi
+	@if test -f config.h.in; then cp -p config.h.in config.h.in.old; else touch config.h.in.old; fi
 	autoconf -o configure.sh
 	autoheader && touch config.h.in
-	@echo 'Configure files changed -- perhaps run:'
-	@echo '  ./config.status --recheck; ./config.status'
-	@exit 1
+	@if diff configure.sh configure.sh.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "configure.sh is unchanged."; \
+	    rm configure.sh.old; \
+	else \
+	    echo "configure.sh has CHANGED."; \
+	fi
+	@if diff config.h.in config.h.in.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "config.h.in is unchanged."; \
+	    rm config.h.in.old; \
+	else \
+	    echo "config.h.in has CHANGED."; \
+	fi
+	@if test -f configure.sh.old -o -f config.h.in.old; then \
+	    if test "$(MAKECMDGOALS)" = reconfigure; then \
+		echo 'Continuing with "make reconfigure".'; \
+	    else \
+		echo 'You may need to run:'; \
+		echo '  make reconfigure'; \
+		exit 1; \
+	    fi \
+	fi
+
+reconfigure: configure.sh
+	./config.status --recheck
+	./config.status
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status configure.sh config.h.in
+	@if test -f Makefile; then cp -p Makefile Makefile.old; else touch Makefile.old; fi
+	@./config.status
+	@if diff Makefile Makefile.old >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    echo "Makefile is unchanged."; \
+	    rm Makefile.old; \
+	else \
+	    if test "$(MAKECMDGOALS)" = reconfigure; then \
+		echo 'Continuing with "make reconfigure".'; \
+	    else \
+		echo "Makefile updated -- rerun your make command."; \
+		exit 1; \
+	    fi \
+	fi
+
+rsync-ssl: $(srcdir)/rsync-ssl.in Makefile
+	sed 's;\@bindir\@;$(bindir);g' <$(srcdir)/rsync-ssl.in >rsync-ssl
+	@chmod +x rsync-ssl
+
+stunnel-rsync: $(srcdir)/stunnel-rsync.in Makefile
+	sed 's;\@stunnel4\@;$(stunnel4);g' <$(srcdir)/stunnel-rsync.in >stunnel-rsync
+	@chmod +x stunnel-rsync
+
+stunnel-rsyncd.conf: $(srcdir)/stunnel-rsyncd.conf.in Makefile
+	sed 's;\@bindir\@;$(bindir);g' <$(srcdir)/stunnel-rsyncd.conf.in >stunnel-rsyncd.conf
 
 proto: proto.h-tstamp
 
 proto.h: proto.h-tstamp
-	@echo ' ' >/dev/null
+	@if test -f proto.h; then :; else cp -p $(srcdir)/proto.h .; fi
 
-proto.h-tstamp: *.c lib/compat.c
-	perl mkproto.pl *.c lib/compat.c
+proto.h-tstamp: $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c config.h
+	perl $(srcdir)/mkproto.pl $(srcdir)/*.c $(srcdir)/lib/compat.c
 
-man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5
+man: rsync.1 rsyncd.conf.5 man-copy
+
+man-copy:
+	@-if test -f rsync.1; then :; else echo 'Copying srcdir rsync.1'; cp -p $(srcdir)/rsync.1 .; fi
+	@-if test -f rsyncd.conf.5; then :; else echo 'Copying srcdir rsyncd.conf.5'; cp -p $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.5 .; fi
 
 rsync.1: rsync.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsync.1 rsync.yo
-	-./tweak_manpage rsync.1
+	yodl2man -o rsync.1 $(srcdir)/rsync.yo
+	-$(srcdir)/tweak_manpage rsync.1
 
 rsyncd.conf.5: rsyncd.conf.yo
-	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 rsyncd.conf.yo
-	-./tweak_manpage rsyncd.conf.5
+	yodl2man -o rsyncd.conf.5 $(srcdir)/rsyncd.conf.yo
+	-$(srcdir)/tweak_manpage rsyncd.conf.5
 
 clean: cleantests
-	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(TLS_OBJ) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS) \
-		mkrounding mkrounding.h rounding.h
+	rm -f *~ $(OBJS) $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_OBJS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS) \
+		rounding rounding.h *.old
 
 cleantests:
 	rm -rf ./testtmp*
@@ -151,11 +234,15 @@ cleantests:
 # the source directory.
 distclean: clean
 	rm -f Makefile config.h config.status
+	rm -f rsync-ssl stunnel-rsync stunnel-rsyncd.conf
+	rm -f lib/dummy popt/dummy zlib/dummy
 	rm -f $(srcdir)/Makefile $(srcdir)/config.h $(srcdir)/config.status
+	rm -f $(srcdir)/lib/dummy $(srcdir)/popt/dummy $(srcdir)/zlib/dummy
 	rm -f config.cache config.log
 	rm -f $(srcdir)/config.cache $(srcdir)/config.log
 	rm -f shconfig $(srcdir)/shconfig
 	rm -f $(GENFILES)
+	rm -rf autom4te.cache
 
 # this target is really just for my use. It only works on a limited
 # range of machines and is used to produce a list of potentially
@@ -186,7 +273,10 @@ check: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
 check29: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
 	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh --protocol=29
 
-wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h
+check30: all $(CHECK_PROGS) $(CHECK_SYMLINKS)
+	rsync_bin=`pwd`/rsync$(EXEEXT) $(srcdir)/runtests.sh --protocol=30
+
+wildtest.o: wildtest.c lib/wildmatch.c rsync.h config.h
 wildtest$(EXEEXT): wildtest.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o @BUILD_POPT@
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ wildtest.o lib/compat.o lib/snprintf.o @BUILD_POPT@ $(LIBS)
 
@@ -196,6 +286,9 @@ testsuite/chown-fake.test:
 testsuite/devices-fake.test:
 	ln -s devices.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/devices-fake.test
 
+testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test:
+	ln -s xattrs.test $(srcdir)/testsuite/xattrs-hlink.test
+
 # This does *not* depend on building or installing: you can use it to
 # check a version installed from a binary or some other source tree,
 # if you want.

NEWS

@@ -1,284 +1,243 @@
-NEWS for rsync 3.0.0 (UNRELEASED)
-Protocol: 30 (changed)
-Changes since 2.6.9:
+NEWS for rsync 3.1.0 (28 Sep 2013)
+Protocol: 31 (changed)
+Changes since 3.0.9:
 
-  NOTABLE CHANGES IN BEHAVIOR:
+  OUTPUT CHANGES:
 
-    - The handling of implied directories when using --relative has changed to
-      send them as directories (e.g. no implied dir is ever sent as a symlink).
-      This avoids unexpected behavior and should not adversely affect most
-      people.  If you're one of those rare individuals who relied upon having
-      an implied dir be duplicated as a symlink, you should specify the
-      transfer of the symlink and the transfer of the referent directory as
-      separate args.  (See also --keep-dirlinks and --no-implied-dirs.)
+    - Output numbers in 3-digit groups by default (e.g. 1,234,567).  See the
+      --human-readable option for a way to turn it off.  See also the daemon's
+      "log format" parameter and related command-line options (including
+      --out-format) for a modifier that can be used to request digit-grouping
+      or human-readable output in log escapes. (Note that log output is
+      unchanged by default.)
 
-    - Requesting a remote file list without specifying -r (--recursive) now
-      sends the -d (--dirs) option to the remote rsync rather than sending -r
-      along with an extra exclude of /*/*.  If the remote rsync does not
-      understand the -d option (i.e. it is 2.6.3 or older), you will need to
-      either turn off -d (--no-d), or specify  -r --exclude='/*/*'  manually.
+    - The --list-only option is now affected by the --human-readable setting.
+      It will display digit groupings by default, and unit suffixes if higher
+      levels of readability are requested.  Also, the column width for the size
+      output has increased from 11 to 14 characters when human readability is
+      enabled.  Use --no-h to get the old-style output and column size.
 
-    - In --dry-run mode, the last line of the verbose summary text is output
-      with a "(DRY RUN)" suffix to help remind you that no updates were made.
+    - The output of the --progress option has changed:  the string "xfer" was
+      shortened to "xfr", and the string "to-check" was shortened to "to-chk",
+      both designed to make room for the (by default) wider display of file
+      size numbers without making the total line-length longer.  Also, when
+      incremental recursion is enabled, the string "ir-chk" will be used
+      instead of "to-chk" up until the incremental-recursion scan is done,
+      letting you know that the value to check and the total value will still
+      be increasing as new files are found.
 
-    - A writable rsync daemon that disables "use chroot" now defaults to a
-      symlink-munging behavior designed to make symlinks safer while also
-      allowing absolute symlinks to be stored and retrieved.  This also has
-      the effect of making symlinks unusable while they're in the daemon's
-      hierarchy.  See the daemon option "munge symlinks" for full details.
+    - Enhanced the --stats output: 1) to mention how many files were created
+      (protocol >= 28), 2) to mention how many files were deleted (a new line
+      for protocol 31, but only output when --delete is in effect), and 3) to
+      follow the file-count, created-count, and deleted-count with a subcount
+      list that shows the counts by type.  The wording of the transferred count
+      has also changed so that it is clearer that it is only a count of regular
+      files.
 
   BUG FIXES:
 
-    - Fixed the output of -ii when combined with one of the --*-dest options:
-      it now itemizes all the items, not just the changed ones.
+    - Fixed a bug in the iconv code when EINVAL or EILSEQ is returned with a
+      full output buffer.
 
-    - Made the output of all file types consistent when using a --*-dest
-      option.  Prior versions would output too many creation events for
-      matching items.
+    - Fixed some rare bugs in --iconv processing that might cause a multibyte
+      character to get translated incorrectly.
 
-    - The code that waits for a child pid now handles being interrupted by a
-      signal.  This fixes a problem with the pre-xfer exec function not being
-      able to get the exit status from the script.
+    - Fixed a bogus "vanished file" error if some files were specified with
+      "./" prefixes and others were not.
 
-    - A negated filter rule (i.e. with a '!' modifier) no longer loses the
-      negation when sending the filter rules to the remote rsync.
+    - Fixed a bug in --sparse where an extra gap could get inserted after a
+      partial write.
 
-    - Fixed a problem with the --out-format (aka --log-format) option %f:  it
-      no longer outputs superfluous directory info for a non-daemon rsync.
+    - Changed the way --progress overwrites its prior output in order to make
+      it nearly impossible for the progress to get overwritten by an error.
 
-    - Fixed a problem with -vv (double --verbose) and --stats when "pushing"
-      files (which includes local copies).  Version 2.6.9 would complete the
-      copy, but exit with an error when the receiver output its memory stats.
+    - Improved the propagation of abnormal-exit error messages.  This should
+      help the client side to receive errors from the server when it is exiting
+      abnormally, and should also avoid dying with an "connection unexpectedly
+      closed" exit when the closed connection is really expected.
 
-    - If --password-file is used on a non-daemon transfer, rsync now complains
-      and exits.  This should help users figure out that they can't use this
-      option to control a remote shell's password prompt.
+    - The sender now checks each file it plans to remove to ensure that it
+      hasn't changed from the first stat's info.  This helps to avoid losing
+      file data when the user is not using the option in a safe manner.
 
-    - Make sure that directory permissions of a newly-created destination
-      directory are handled right when --perms is left off.
+    - Fixed a data-duplication bug in the compress option that made compression
+      less efficient.  This improves protocol 31 onward, while behaving in a
+      compatible (buggy) manner with older rsync protocols.
 
-    - The itemized output of a newly-created destination directory is now
-      output as a creation event, not a change event.
+    - When creating a temp-file, rsync is now a bit smarter about it dot-char
+      choices, which can fix a problem on OS X with names that start with "..".
 
-    - Improved --hard-link so that more corner cases are handled correctly
-      when combined with options such as --link-dest and/or --ignore-existing.
+    - Rsync now sets a cleanup flag for --inplace and --append transfers that
+      will flush the write buffer if the transfer aborts.  This ensures that
+      more received data gets written out to the disk on an aborted transfer
+      (which is quite helpful on a slow, flaky connection).
 
-    - The --append option no longer updates a file that has the same size.
+    - The reads that map_ptr() now does are aligned on 1K boundaries.  This
+      helps some filesystems and/or files that don't like unaligned reads.
 
-    - Fixed a bug when combining --backup and --backup-dir with --inplace:
-      any missing backup directories are now created.
+    - Fix an issue in the msleep() function if time jumps backwards.
 
-    - Fixed a bug when using --backup and --inplace with --whole-file or
-      --read-batch: backup files are actually created now.
-
-    - Starting up an extra copy of an rsync daemon will not clobber the pidfile
-      for the running daemon -- if the pidfile exists, the new daemon will exit
-      with an error.
-
-    - The daemon pidfile is checked and created sooner in the startup sequence.
-
-    - If a daemon module's "path" value is not an absolute pathname, the code
-      now makes it absolute internally (making it work properly).
-
-    - Ensure that a temporary file always has owner-write permission while we
-      are writing to it.  This avoids problems with some network filesystems.
-
-    - Any errors output about password-file reading no longer cause an error at
-      the end of the run about a partial transfer.
-
-    - Using --only-write-batch to a daemon receiver now work properly (older
-      versions would update some files while writing the batch).
+    - Fix daemon-server module-name splitting bug where an arg would get split
+      even if --protect-args was used.
 
   ENHANCEMENTS:
 
-    - A new incremental-recursion algorithm is now used when rsync is talking
-      to another 3.x version.  This starts the transfer going more quickly
-      (before all the files have been found), and requires much less memory.
-      See the --recursive option in the manpage for some restrictions.
+    - Added the --remote-option=OPT (-M OPT) command-line option that is useful
+      for things like sending a remote --log-file=FILE or --fake-super option.
 
-    - Lowered memory use in the non-incremental-recursion algorithm for typical
-      option values (usually saving from 21-29 bytes per file).
+    - Added the --info=FLAGS and --debug=FLAGS options to allow finer-grained
+      control over what is output.  Added an extra type of --progress output
+      using --info=progress2.
 
-    - The default --delete algorithm is now --delete-during when talking to a
-      3.x rsync.  This is a faster scan than using --delete-before (which is
-      the default when talking to older rsync versions), and is compatible with
-      the new incremental recursion mode.
+    - The --msgs2stderr option can help with debugging rsync by allowing the
+      debug messages to get output to stderr rather than travel via the socket
+      protocol.
 
-    - Rsync now allows multiple remote-source args to be specified rather than
-      having to rely on a special space-splitting side-effect of the remote-
-      shell.  Additional remote args must specify the same host or an empty one
-      (e.g. empty:  :file1  or  ::module/file2).  This means that local use of
-      brace expansion now works:  rsync -av host:dir/{f1,f2} .
+    - Added the --delete-missing-args and --ignore-missing-args options to
+      either delete or ignore user-specified files on the receiver that are
+      missing on the sender (normally the absence of user-specified files
+      generates an error).
 
-    - Added the --protect-args (-s) option, that tells rsync to send most of
-      the command-line args at the start of the transfer rather than as args
-      to the remote-shell command.  This protects them from space-splitting,
-      and only interprets basic wildcard special shell characters (*?[).
+    - Added a "T" (terabyte) category to the --human-readable size suffixes.
 
-    - Added the --delete-delay option, which is a more efficient way to delete
-      files at the end of the transfer without needing a separate delete pass.
+    - Added the --usermap/--groupmap/--chown options for manipulating file
+      ownership during the copy.
 
-    - Added the --acls (-A) option to preserve Access Control Lists.  This is
-      an improved version of the prior patch that was available, and it even
-      supports OS X ACLs.  If you need to have backward compatibility with old,
-      acl-patched versions of rsync, apply the acls.diff file from the patches
-      dir.
+    - Added the "%C" escape to the log-output handling, which will output the
+      MD5 checksum of any transferred file, or all files if --checksum was
+      specified (when protocol 30 or above is in effect).
 
-    - Added the --xattrs (-X) option to preserver extended attributes.  This is
-      an improved version of the prior patch that was available, and it even
-      supports OS X xattrs (which includes their resource fork data).  If you
-      need to have backward compatibility with old, xattr-patched versions of
-      rsync, apply the xattrs.diff file from the patches dir.
+    - Added the "reverse lookup" parameter to the rsync daemon config file to
+      allow reverse-DNS lookups to be disabled.
 
-    - Added the --fake-super option that allows a non-super user to preserve
-      all attributes of a file by using a special extended-attribute idiom.
-      It even supports the storing of foreign ACL data on your backup server.
-      There is also an analogous "fake super" option for an rsync daemon.
+    - Added a forward-DNS lookup for the daemon's hosts allow/deny config.  Can
+      be disabled via "forward lookup" parameter (defaults to enabled).
 
-    - Added the --iconv option, which allows rsync to convert filenames from
-      one character-set to another during the transfer.  The default is to make
-      this feature available as long as your system has iconv_open().  If
-      compilation fails, specify --disable-iconv to configure, and then
-      rebuild.  If you want rsync to perform character-set conversions by
-      default, you can specify --enable-iconv=CONVERT_STRING with the default
-      value for the --iconv option that you wish to use.  For example,
-      "--enable-iconv=." is a good choice.  See the rsync manpage for an
-      explanation of the --iconv option's settings.
+    - Added a way for more than one group to be specified in the daemon's
+      config file, including a way to specify that you want all of the
+      specified user's groups without having to name them.  Also changed the
+      daemon to complain about an inability to set explicitly-specified uid/gid
+      values, even when not run by a super-user.
 
-    - Added the --skip-compress=LIST option to override the default list of
-      file suffixes that will not be compressed when using --compress.
-      
-    - The daemon's default for "dont compress" was extended to include:
-	  *.7z *.mp[34] *.mov *.avi *.ogg *.jpg *.jpeg
-      The matching routine was also optimized to run more quickly.
+    - The daemon now tries to send the user the error messages from the
+      pre-xfer exec script when it fails.
 
-    - The --max-delete option now outputs a warning if it skipped any file
-      deletions, including a count of how many deletions were skipped.  (Older
-      versions just silently stopped deleting things.)
+    - Improved the use of alt-dest options into an existing hierarchy of files:
+      If a match is found in an alt-dir, it takes precedence over an existing
+      file.  (We'll need to wait for a future version before attribute-changes
+      on otherwise unchanged files are safe when using an existing hierarchy.)
 
-    - You may specify --max-delete=0 to a 3.0.0 client to request that it warn
-      about extraneous files without deleting anything.  If you're not sure
-      what version the client is, you can use the less-obvious --max-delete=-1,
-      as both old and new versions will treat that as the same request (though
-      older versions don't warn).
+    - Added per-user authorization options and group-authorization support to
+      the daemon's "auth users" parameter.
 
-    - The --hard-link option now uses less memory on both the sending and
-      receiving side for all protocol versions.  For protocol 30, the use of a
-      hashtable on the sending side allows us to more efficiently convey to the
-      receiver what files are linked together.  This reduces the amount of data
-      sent over the socket by a considerable margin (rather than adding more
-      data), and limits the in-memory storage of the device+inode information
-      to just the sending side for the new protocol 30, or to the receiving
-      side when speaking an older protocol (note that older rsync versions kept
-      the device+inode information on both sides).
+    - Added a way to reference environment variables in a daemon's config file
+      (using %VAR% references).
 
-    - The filter rules now support a perishable ("p") modifier that marks rules
-      that should not have an effect in a directory that is being deleted.  e.g.
-      -f '-p .svn/' would only affect "live" .svn directories.
+    - When replacing a non-dir with a symlink/hard-link/device/special-file,
+      the update should now be done in an atomic manner.
 
-    - If we get an error setting the time on a symlink, we don't complain about
-      it anymore (since some operating systems don't support that, and it's not
-      that important).
+    - Avoid re-sending xattr info for hard-linked files w/the same xattrs
+      (protocol 31).
 
-    - Protocol 30 now uses MD5 checksums instead of MD4.
+    - The backup code was improved to use better logic maintaining the backup
+      directory hierarchy.  Also, when a file is being backed up, rsync tries
+      to hard-link it into place so that the upcoming replacement of the
+      destination file will be atomic (for the normal, non-inplace logic).
 
-    - Changed the --append option to not checksum the existing data in the
-      destination file, which speeds up file appending.
+    - Added the ability to synchronize nano-second modified times.
 
-    - Added the --append-verify option, which works like the older --append
-      option (verifying the existing data in the destination file).  For
-      compatibility with older rsync versions, any use of --append that is
-      talking protocol 29 or older will revert to the --append-verify method.
+    - Added a few more default suffixes for the "dont compress" settings.
 
-    - Added the --contimeout=SECONDS option that lets the user specify a
-      connection timeout for rsync daemon access.
+    - Added the checking of the RSYNC_PROTECT_ARGS environment variable to allow
+      the default for the --protect-args command-line option to be overridden.
 
-    - Documented and extended the support for the RSYNC_CONNECT_PROG variable
-      that can be used to enhance the client side of a daemon connection.
+    - Added the --preallocate command-line option.
 
-    - Improved the dashes and double-quotes in the nroff manpage output.
+    - Allow --password-file=- to read the password from stdin (filename "-").
 
-    - We now support a lot more --no-OPTION override options.
+    - Rsync now comes packaged with an rsync-ssl helper script that can be
+      used to contact a remote rsync daemon using a piped-stunnel command.
+      It also includes an stunnel config file to run the server side to
+      support ssl daemon connections.  See the packaging/lsb/rsync.spec
+      file for one way to package the resulting files.  (Suggestions for
+      how to make this even easier to install & use are welcomed.)
+
+    - Improved the speed of some --inplace updates when there are lots of
+      identical checksum blocks that end up being unusable.
+
+    - Added the --outbuf=N|L|B option for choosing the output buffering.
+
+    - Repeating the --fuzzy option now causes the code to look for fuzzy
+      matches inside alt-dest directories too.
+
+    - The --chmod option now supports numeric modes, e.g. --chmod=644,D755
+
+    - Added some Solaris xattr code.
+
+    - Made an rsync daemon (the listening process) exit with a 0 status when
+      it was signaled to die.  This helps launchd.
+
+    - Improved the RSYNC_* environment variables for the pre-xfer exec script:
+      when a daemon is sent multiple request args, they are now joined into a
+      single return value (separated by spaces) so that the RSYNC_REQUEST
+      environment variable is accurate for any "pre-xfer exec".  The values in
+      RSYNC_ARG# vars are no longer truncated at the "." arg (prior to the
+      request dirs/files), so that all the requested values are also listed
+      (separately) in RSYNC_ARG# variables.
+
+  EXTRAS:
+
+    - Added an "instant-rsyncd" script to the support directory, which makes
+      it easy to configure a simple rsync daemon in the current directory.
+
+    - Added the "mapfrom" and "mapto" scripts to the support directory, which
+      makes it easier to do user/group mapping in a local transfer based on
+      passwd/group files from another machine.
+
+    - There's a new, improved version of the lsh script in the support dir:
+      it's written in perl and supports -u without resorting to using sudo
+      (when run as root).  The old shell version is now named lsh.sh.
+
+    - There is a helper script named rsync-slash-strip in the support directory
+      for anyone that wants to change the way rsync handles args with trailing
+      slashes.  (e.g. arg/ would get stripped to arg while arg/. would turn into
+      arg/).
 
   INTERNAL:
 
-    - The file-list sorting algorithm now uses a sort that keeps any same-
-      named items in the same order as they were specified.  This allows
-      rsync to always ensure that the first of the duplicates is the one
-      that will be included in the copy.  The new sort was also faster
-      than the glibc version of qsort() and mergesort() in my testing.
+    - The I/O code was rewritten to be simpler and do bigger buffered reads
+      over the socket.  The I/O between the receiver and the generator was
+      changed to be standard multiplexed-I/O (like that over the socket).
 
-    - Rsync now supports the transfer of 64-bit timestamps (time_t values).
+    - The sender tries to use any dead time while the generator is looking for
+      files to transfer in order to do sender-side directory scanning in a more
+      parallel manner.
 
-    - Fixed a build problem with older (2.x) versions of gcc.
+    - A daemon can now inform a client about a daemon-configured timeout value
+      so that the client can assist in the keep-alive activity (protocol 31).
 
-    - Added some isType() functions that make dealing with signed characters
-      easier without forcing variables via casts.
+    - The filter code received some refactoring to make it more extendible, to
+      read better, and do better sanity checking.
 
-    - Changed strcat/strcpy/sprintf function calls to use safer versions.
+    - Really big numbers are now output using our own big-num routine rather
+      than casting them to a double and using a %.0f conversion.
 
-    - Upgraded the included popt version to 1.10.2 and improved its use of
-      string-handling functions.
+    - The pool_alloc library has received some minor improvements in alignment
+      handling.
 
-    - Added missing prototypes for compatibility functions from the lib dir.
+    - Added init_stat_x() function to avoid duplication of acl/xattr init code.
 
-    - Configure determines if iconv() has a const arg, allowing us to avoid a
-      compiler warning.
+    - The included zlib was upgraded from 1.2.3 to 1.2.8.
 
-    - Made the sending of some numbers more efficient for protocol 30.
+    - Rsync can now be compiled to use an unmodified zlib library instead of
+      the tweaked one that is included with rsync.  This will eventually
+      become the default, at which point we'll start the countdown to removing
+      the included zlib.  Until then, feel free to configure using:
 
-    - Make sure that a daemon process doesn't mind if the client was weird and
-      omitted the --server option.
-
-    - There are more internal logging categories available in protocol 30 than
-      the age-old FINFO and FERROR, including FERROR_XFER and FWARN.  These new
-      categories allow some errors and warnings to go to stderr without causing
-      an erroneous end-of-run warning about some files not being able to be
-      transferred.
-
-    - Improved the use of "const" on pointers.
-
-    - Improved J.W.'s pool_alloc routines to add a way of freeing older
-      sections of a pool's memory.
-
-    - The getaddrinfo.c compatibility code in the "lib" dir was replaced with
-      some new code (derived from samba, derived from PostgreSQL) that has a
-      better license than the old code.
+	./configure --with-included-zlib=no
 
   DEVELOPER RELATED:
 
-    - Rsync is now licensed under the GPLv3 or later.
+    - Added more conditional debug output.
 
-    - Rsync is now being maintained in a "git" repository instead of CVS
-      (though the old CVS repository still exists).  Several maintenance
-      scripts were updated to work with git.
-
-    - Generated files are no longer committed into the source repository.  The
-      autoconf and autoheader commands are now automatically run during the
-      normal use of "configure" and "make".  The latest dev versions of all
-      generated files can also be copied from the samba.org web site (see the
-      "magic" configure script that now comes with rsync for its location).
-
-    - The "patches" directory of diff files is now built from branches in the
-      rsync git repository (branch patch/FOO creates file patches/FOO.diff).
-
-    - The proto.h file is now built using a simple perl script rather than a
-      complex awk script, which proved to be more widely compatible.
-
-    - When running the tests, we now put our per-test temp dirs into a sub-
-      directory named testtmp (which is created, if missing).  This allows
-      someone to symlink the testtmp directory to another filesystem (which is
-      useful if the build dir's filesystem does not support ACLs and xattrs,
-      but another file system does).
-
-    - Rsync now has a way of handling protocol-version changes during the
-      development of a new protocol version.  This causes any out-of-sync
-      versions to speak an older protocol rather than fail in a cryptic manner.
-      This addition makes it safe to deploy a pre-release version that may
-      interact with the public.  This new exchange of sub-version info does not
-      interfere with the {MIN,MAX}_PROTOCOL_VERSION checking algorithm (which
-      does not have enough range to allow the main protocol number to be
-      incremented for every minor tweak in that happens during development).
-
-    - The csprotocol.txt file was updated to mention the daemon protocol change
-      in the 3.0.0 release.
+    - Fixed some build issues for android and minix.

README

@@ -1,122 +1,135 @@
 WHAT IS RSYNC?
 --------------
 
-rsync is a replacement for scp/rcp that has many more features.
+Rsync is a fast and extraordinarily versatile file copying tool for
+both remote and local files.
 
-rsync uses the "rsync algorithm" which provides a very fast method for
-bringing remote files into sync. It does this by sending just the
+Rsync uses a delta-transfer algorithm which provides a very fast method
+for bringing remote files into sync.  It does this by sending just the
 differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both
-sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.
-At first glance this may seem impossible because the calculation of
-diffs between two files normally requires local access to both
-files. 
+sets of files are present at one of the ends of the link beforehand.  At
+first glance this may seem impossible because the calculation of diffs
+between two files normally requires local access to both files.
 
-A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with
-this package. 
+A technical report describing the rsync algorithm is included with this
+package.
 
 
 USAGE
 -----
 
-Basically you use rsync just like rcp, but rsync has many additional
-options.  To get a complete list of supported options type
+Basically you use rsync just like scp, but rsync has many additional
+options.  To get a complete list of supported options type:
 
-  rsync --help
+    rsync --help
 
-and see the manual for more information.
+See the manpage for more detailed information.
 
 
 SETUP
 -----
 
-Rsync normally uses ssh or rsh for communication.  It does not need to
-be setuid and requires no special privileges for installation.  You
-must, however, have a working ssh or rsh system.  Using ssh is
-recommended for its security features.
+Rsync normally uses ssh or rsh for communication with remote systems.
+It does not need to be setuid and requires no special privileges for
+installation.  You must, however, have a working ssh or rsh system.
+Using ssh is recommended for its security features.
 
 Alternatively, rsync can run in `daemon' mode, listening on a socket.
 This is generally used for public file distribution, although
 authentication and access control are available.
 
-To install rsync, first run the "configure" script. This will create a
-Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system. Then type
-"make". 
+To install rsync, first run the "configure" script.  This will create a
+Makefile and config.h appropriate for your system.  Then type "make".
 
 Note that on some systems you will have to force configure not to use
 gcc because gcc may not support some features (such as 64 bit file
-offsets) that your system may support. Set the environment variable CC
+offsets) that your system may support.  Set the environment variable CC
 to the name of your native compiler before running configure in this
-case. 
+case.
 
 Once built put a copy of rsync in your search path on the local and
-remote systems (or use "make install"). That's it!
+remote systems (or use "make install").  That's it!
+
 
 RSYNC DAEMONS
 -------------
 
-rsync can also talk to "rsync daemons" which can provide anonymous or
-authenticated rsync. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
-to setup an rsync daemon. See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
+Rsync can also talk to "rsync daemons" which can provide anonymous or
+authenticated rsync.  See the rsyncd.conf(5) man page for details on how
+to setup an rsync daemon.  See the rsync(1) man page for info on how to
 connect to an rsync daemon.
 
 
-MAILING LIST
-------------
+WEB SITE
+--------
 
-There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its
-applications. It is open to anyone to join. I will announce new
-versions on this list. 
+The main rsync web site is here:
 
-To join the mailing list see the web page at http://lists.samba.org/
+    http://rsync.samba.org/
 
-To send mail to everyone on the list send it to rsync@lists.samba.org
+You'll find a FAQ list, downloads, resources, HTML versions of the
+manpages, etc.
+
+
+MAILING LISTS
+-------------
+
+There is a mailing list for the discussion of rsync and its applications
+that is open to anyone to join.  New releases are announced on this
+list, and there is also an announcement-only mailing list for those that
+want official announcements.  See the mailing-list page for full
+details:
+
+    http://rsync.samba.org/lists.html
 
 
 BUG REPORTS
 -----------
 
-If you have web access then please look at
+To visit this web page for full the details on bug reporting:
 
-  http://rsync.samba.org/
+    http://rsync.samba.org/bugzilla.html
 
-That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on
-how to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the
-internet for the error message you've received, or looking in the
-mailing list archives at
+That page contains links to the current bug list, and information on how
+to report a bug well.  You might also like to try searching the Internet
+for the error message you've received, or looking in the mailing list
+archives at:
 
-  http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
+    http://mail-archive.com/rsync@lists.samba.org/
 
 To send a bug report, follow the instructions on the bug-tracking
 page of the web site.
 
-If you don't have web access, email your bug report to
-rsync@lists.samba.org.
+Alternately, email your bug report to rsync@lists.samba.org .
 
 
-CVS TREE
---------
+GIT REPOSITORY
+--------------
 
 If you want to get the very latest version of rsync direct from the
-source code repository then you can use anonymous cvs. You will need a
-recent version of cvs then use the following commands:
+source code repository then you can use git:
 
-	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot login
-	Password: cvs
+    git clone git://git.samba.org/rsync.git
 
-	cvs -d :pserver:cvs@pserver.samba.org:/cvsroot co rsync
+See the download page for full details on all the ways to grab the
+source, including nightly tar files, web-browsing of the git repository,
+etc.:
 
-Look at the cvs documentation for more details.
+    http://rsync.samba.org/download.html
 
 
 COPYRIGHT
 ---------
 
-rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and has been improved
-by many developers around the world.  rsync may be used, modified and
-redistributed only under the terms of the GNU General Public License,
-found in the file COPYING in this distribution, or at 
+Rsync was originally written by Andrew Tridgell and is currently
+maintained by Wayne Davison.   It has been improved by many developers
+from around the world.
 
-  http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
+Rsync may be used, modified and redistributed only under the terms of
+the GNU General Public License, found in the file COPYING in this
+distribution, or at:
+
+    http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.html
 
 
 AVAILABILITY

access.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Routines to authenticate access to a daemon (hosts allow/deny).
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,14 +20,50 @@
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 
-static int match_hostname(char *host, char *tok)
+static int allow_forward_dns;
+
+extern const char undetermined_hostname[];
+
+static int match_hostname(const char **host_ptr, const char *addr, const char *tok)
 {
+	struct hostent *hp;
+	unsigned int i;
+	const char *host = *host_ptr;
+
 	if (!host || !*host)
 		return 0;
-	return wildmatch(tok, host);
+
+	/* First check if the reverse-DNS-determined hostname matches. */
+	if (iwildmatch(tok, host))
+		return 1;
+
+	if (!allow_forward_dns)
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Fail quietly if tok is an address or wildcarded entry, not a simple hostname. */
+	if (!tok[strspn(tok, ".0123456789")] || tok[strcspn(tok, ":/*?[")])
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Now try forward-DNS on the token (config-specified hostname) and see if the IP matches. */
+	if (!(hp = gethostbyname(tok)))
+		return 0;
+
+	for (i = 0; hp->h_addr_list[i] != NULL; i++) {
+		if (strcmp(addr, inet_ntoa(*(struct in_addr*)(hp->h_addr_list[i]))) == 0) {
+			/* If reverse lookups are off, we'll use the conf-specified
+			 * hostname in preference to UNDETERMINED. */
+			if (host == undetermined_hostname) {
+				if (!(*host_ptr = strdup(tok)))
+					*host_ptr = undetermined_hostname;
+			}
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 0;
 }
 
-static int match_binary(char *b1, char *b2, char *mask, int addrlen)
+static int match_binary(const char *b1, const char *b2, const char *mask, int addrlen)
 {
 	int i;
 
@@ -56,7 +92,7 @@ static void make_mask(char *mask, int plen, int addrlen)
 	return;
 }
 
-static int match_address(char *addr, char *tok)
+static int match_address(const char *addr, const char *tok)
 {
 	char *p;
 	struct addrinfo hints, *resa, *rest;
@@ -70,24 +106,16 @@ static int match_address(char *addr, char *tok)
 #endif
 	char mask[16];
 	char *a = NULL, *t = NULL;
-	unsigned int len;
 
 	if (!addr || !*addr)
 		return 0;
 
 	p = strchr(tok,'/');
-	if (p) {
+	if (p)
 		*p = '\0';
-		len = p - tok;
-	} else
-		len = strlen(tok);
 
-	/* Fail quietly if tok is a hostname (not an address) */
-	if (strspn(tok, ".0123456789") != len
-#ifdef INET6
-	    && strchr(tok, ':') == NULL
-#endif
-	) {
+	/* Fail quietly if tok is a hostname, not an address. */
+	if (tok[strspn(tok, ".0123456789")] && strchr(tok, ':') == NULL) {
 		if (p)
 			*p = '/';
 		return 0;
@@ -210,7 +238,7 @@ static int match_address(char *addr, char *tok)
 	return ret;
 }
 
-static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
+static int access_match(const char *list, const char *addr, const char **host_ptr)
 {
 	char *tok;
 	char *list2 = strdup(list);
@@ -219,11 +247,9 @@ static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
 		out_of_memory("access_match");
 
 	strlower(list2);
-	if (host)
-		strlower(host);
 
 	for (tok = strtok(list2, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
-		if (match_hostname(host, tok) || match_address(addr, tok)) {
+		if (match_hostname(host_ptr, addr, tok) || match_address(addr, tok)) {
 			free(list2);
 			return 1;
 		}
@@ -233,16 +259,21 @@ static int access_match(char *list, char *addr, char *host)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-int allow_access(char *addr, char *host, char *allow_list, char *deny_list)
+int allow_access(const char *addr, const char **host_ptr, int i)
 {
+	const char *allow_list = lp_hosts_allow(i);
+	const char *deny_list = lp_hosts_deny(i);
+
 	if (allow_list && !*allow_list)
 		allow_list = NULL;
 	if (deny_list && !*deny_list)
 		deny_list = NULL;
 
+	allow_forward_dns = lp_forward_lookup(i);
+
 	/* If we match an allow-list item, we always allow access. */
 	if (allow_list) {
-		if (access_match(allow_list, addr, host))
+		if (access_match(allow_list, addr, host_ptr))
 			return 1;
 		/* For an allow-list w/o a deny-list, disallow non-matches. */
 		if (!deny_list)
@@ -251,7 +282,7 @@ int allow_access(char *addr, char *host, char *allow_list, char *deny_list)
 
 	/* If we match a deny-list item (and got past any allow-list
 	 * items), we always disallow access. */
-	if (deny_list && access_match(deny_list, addr, host))
+	if (deny_list && access_match(deny_list, addr, host_ptr))
 		return 0;
 
 	/* Allow all other access. */

acls.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2006 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,6 +31,8 @@ extern int list_only;
 extern int orig_umask;
 extern int numeric_ids;
 extern int inc_recurse;
+extern int preserve_devices;
+extern int preserve_specials;
 
 /* Flags used to indicate what items are being transmitted for an entry. */
 #define XMIT_USER_OBJ (1<<0)
@@ -88,13 +90,26 @@ static const rsync_acl empty_rsync_acl = {
 static item_list access_acl_list = EMPTY_ITEM_LIST;
 static item_list default_acl_list = EMPTY_ITEM_LIST;
 
+static size_t prior_access_count = (size_t)-1;
+static size_t prior_default_count = (size_t)-1;
+
 /* === Calculations on ACL types === */
 
 static const char *str_acl_type(SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type)
 {
-	return type == SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS ? "SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS"
-	     : type == SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT ? "SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT"
-	     : "unknown SMB_ACL_TYPE_T";
+	switch (type) {
+	case SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS:
+#ifdef HAVE_OSX_ACLS
+		return "ACL_TYPE_EXTENDED";
+#else
+		return "ACL_TYPE_ACCESS";
+#endif
+	case SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT:
+		return "ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT";
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	return "unknown ACL type!";
 }
 
 static int calc_sacl_entries(const rsync_acl *racl)
@@ -102,10 +117,11 @@ static int calc_sacl_entries(const rsync_acl *racl)
 	/* A System ACL always gets user/group/other permission entries. */
 	return racl->names.count
 #ifdef ACLS_NEED_MASK
-	     + 4;
+	     + 1
 #else
-	     + (racl->mask_obj != NO_ENTRY) + 3;
+	     + (racl->mask_obj != NO_ENTRY)
 #endif
+	     + 3;
 }
 
 /* Extracts and returns the permission bits from the ACL.  This cannot be
@@ -119,15 +135,21 @@ static int rsync_acl_get_perms(const rsync_acl *racl)
 
 /* Removes the permission-bit entries from the ACL because these
  * can be reconstructed from the file's mode. */
-static void rsync_acl_strip_perms(rsync_acl *racl)
+static void rsync_acl_strip_perms(stat_x *sxp)
 {
+	rsync_acl *racl = sxp->acc_acl;
+
 	racl->user_obj = NO_ENTRY;
 	if (racl->mask_obj == NO_ENTRY)
 		racl->group_obj = NO_ENTRY;
 	else {
-		if (racl->group_obj == racl->mask_obj)
+		int group_perms = (sxp->st.st_mode >> 3) & 7;
+		if (racl->group_obj == group_perms)
 			racl->group_obj = NO_ENTRY;
-		racl->mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
+#ifndef HAVE_SOLARIS_ACLS
+		if (racl->names.count != 0 && racl->mask_obj == group_perms)
+			racl->mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
+#endif
 	}
 	racl->other_obj = NO_ENTRY;
 }
@@ -326,15 +348,6 @@ static BOOL unpack_smb_acl(SMB_ACL_T sacl, rsync_acl *racl)
 	/* Truncate the temporary list now that its idas have been saved. */
 	temp_ida_list.count = 0;
 
-#ifdef ACLS_NEED_MASK
-	if (!racl->names.count && racl->mask_obj != NO_ENTRY) {
-		/* Throw away a superfluous mask, but mask off the
-		 * group perms with it first. */
-		racl->group_obj &= racl->mask_obj;
-		racl->mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
-	}
-#endif
-
 	return True;
 }
 
@@ -482,9 +495,15 @@ static int get_rsync_acl(const char *fname, rsync_acl *racl,
 		}
 
 		racl->user_obj = IVAL(buf, 0);
+		if (racl->user_obj == NO_ENTRY)
+			racl->user_obj = (mode >> 6) & 7;
 		racl->group_obj = IVAL(buf, 4);
+		if (racl->group_obj == NO_ENTRY)
+			racl->group_obj = (mode >> 3) & 7;
 		racl->mask_obj = IVAL(buf, 8);
 		racl->other_obj = IVAL(buf, 12);
+		if (racl->other_obj == NO_ENTRY)
+			racl->other_obj = mode & 7;
 
 		if (cnt) {
 			char *bp = buf + 4*4;
@@ -526,6 +545,23 @@ static int get_rsync_acl(const char *fname, rsync_acl *racl,
 int get_acl(const char *fname, stat_x *sxp)
 {
 	sxp->acc_acl = create_racl();
+
+	if (S_ISREG(sxp->st.st_mode) || S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
+		/* Everyone supports this. */
+	} else if (S_ISLNK(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
+		return 0;
+	} else if (IS_SPECIAL(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
+#ifndef NO_SPECIAL_ACLS
+		if (!preserve_specials)
+#endif
+			return 0;
+	} else if (IS_DEVICE(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
+#ifndef NO_DEVICE_ACLS
+		if (!preserve_devices)
+#endif
+			return 0;
+	}
+
 	if (get_rsync_acl(fname, sxp->acc_acl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS,
 			  sxp->st.st_mode) < 0) {
 		free_acl(sxp);
@@ -547,7 +583,7 @@ int get_acl(const char *fname, stat_x *sxp)
 /* === Send functions === */
 
 /* Send the ida list over the file descriptor. */
-static void send_ida_entries(const ida_entries *idal, int f)
+static void send_ida_entries(int f, const ida_entries *idal)
 {
 	id_access *ida;
 	size_t count = idal->count;
@@ -556,12 +592,12 @@ static void send_ida_entries(const ida_entries *idal, int f)
 
 	for (ida = idal->idas; count--; ida++) {
 		uint32 xbits = ida->access << 2;
-		char *name;
+		const char *name;
 		if (ida->access & NAME_IS_USER) {
 			xbits |= XFLAG_NAME_IS_USER;
-			name = add_uid(ida->id);
+			name = numeric_ids ? NULL : add_uid(ida->id);
 		} else
-			name = add_gid(ida->id);
+			name = numeric_ids ? NULL : add_gid(ida->id);
 		write_varint(f, ida->id);
 		if (inc_recurse && name) {
 			int len = strlen(name);
@@ -573,8 +609,8 @@ static void send_ida_entries(const ida_entries *idal, int f)
 	}
 }
 
-static void send_rsync_acl(rsync_acl *racl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type,
-			   item_list *racl_list, int f)
+static void send_rsync_acl(int f, rsync_acl *racl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type,
+			   item_list *racl_list)
 {
 	int ndx = find_matching_rsync_acl(racl, type, racl_list);
 
@@ -607,7 +643,7 @@ static void send_rsync_acl(rsync_acl *racl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type,
 		if (flags & XMIT_OTHER_OBJ)
 			write_varint(f, racl->other_obj);
 		if (flags & XMIT_NAME_LIST)
-			send_ida_entries(&racl->names, f);
+			send_ida_entries(f, &racl->names);
 
 		/* Give the allocated data to the new list object. */
 		*new_racl = *racl;
@@ -617,28 +653,28 @@ static void send_rsync_acl(rsync_acl *racl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type,
 
 /* Send the ACL from the stat_x structure down the indicated file descriptor.
  * This also frees the ACL data. */
-void send_acl(stat_x *sxp, int f)
+void send_acl(int f, stat_x *sxp)
 {
 	if (!sxp->acc_acl) {
 		sxp->acc_acl = create_racl();
 		rsync_acl_fake_perms(sxp->acc_acl, sxp->st.st_mode);
 	}
 	/* Avoid sending values that can be inferred from other data. */
-	rsync_acl_strip_perms(sxp->acc_acl);
+	rsync_acl_strip_perms(sxp);
 
-	send_rsync_acl(sxp->acc_acl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, &access_acl_list, f);
+	send_rsync_acl(f, sxp->acc_acl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, &access_acl_list);
 
 	if (S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
 		if (!sxp->def_acl)
 			sxp->def_acl = create_racl();
 
-		send_rsync_acl(sxp->def_acl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, &default_acl_list, f);
+		send_rsync_acl(f, sxp->def_acl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, &default_acl_list);
 	}
 }
 
 /* === Receive functions === */
 
-static uint32 recv_acl_access(uchar *name_follows_ptr, int f)
+static uint32 recv_acl_access(int f, uchar *name_follows_ptr)
 {
 	uint32 access = read_varint(f);
 
@@ -663,7 +699,7 @@ static uint32 recv_acl_access(uchar *name_follows_ptr, int f)
 	return access;
 }
 
-static uchar recv_ida_entries(ida_entries *ent, int f)
+static uchar recv_ida_entries(int f, ida_entries *ent)
 {
 	uchar computed_mask_bits = 0;
 	int i, count = read_varint(f);
@@ -679,7 +715,7 @@ static uchar recv_ida_entries(ida_entries *ent, int f)
 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
 		uchar has_name;
 		id_t id = read_varint(f);
-		uint32 access = recv_acl_access(&has_name, f);
+		uint32 access = recv_acl_access(f, &has_name);
 
 		if (has_name) {
 			if (access & NAME_IS_USER)
@@ -702,7 +738,7 @@ static uchar recv_ida_entries(ida_entries *ent, int f)
 	return computed_mask_bits & ~NO_ENTRY;
 }
 
-static int recv_rsync_acl(item_list *racl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, int f)
+static int recv_rsync_acl(int f, item_list *racl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, mode_t mode)
 {
 	uchar computed_mask_bits = 0;
 	acl_duo *duo_item;
@@ -717,7 +753,7 @@ static int recv_rsync_acl(item_list *racl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, int f)
 
 	if (ndx != 0)
 		return ndx - 1;
-	
+
 	ndx = racl_list->count;
 	duo_item = EXPAND_ITEM_LIST(racl_list, acl_duo, 1000);
 	duo_item->racl = empty_rsync_acl;
@@ -725,29 +761,28 @@ static int recv_rsync_acl(item_list *racl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, int f)
 	flags = read_byte(f);
 
 	if (flags & XMIT_USER_OBJ)
-		duo_item->racl.user_obj = recv_acl_access(NULL, f);
+		duo_item->racl.user_obj = recv_acl_access(f, NULL);
 	if (flags & XMIT_GROUP_OBJ)
-		duo_item->racl.group_obj = recv_acl_access(NULL, f);
+		duo_item->racl.group_obj = recv_acl_access(f, NULL);
 	if (flags & XMIT_MASK_OBJ)
-		duo_item->racl.mask_obj = recv_acl_access(NULL, f);
+		duo_item->racl.mask_obj = recv_acl_access(f, NULL);
 	if (flags & XMIT_OTHER_OBJ)
-		duo_item->racl.other_obj = recv_acl_access(NULL, f);
+		duo_item->racl.other_obj = recv_acl_access(f, NULL);
 	if (flags & XMIT_NAME_LIST)
-		computed_mask_bits |= recv_ida_entries(&duo_item->racl.names, f);
+		computed_mask_bits |= recv_ida_entries(f, &duo_item->racl.names);
 
 #ifdef HAVE_OSX_ACLS
 	/* If we received a superfluous mask, throw it away. */
 	duo_item->racl.mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
 #else
-	if (!duo_item->racl.names.count) {
-		/* If we received a superfluous mask, throw it away. */
-		if (duo_item->racl.mask_obj != NO_ENTRY) {
-			/* Mask off the group perms with it first. */
-			duo_item->racl.group_obj &= duo_item->racl.mask_obj | NO_ENTRY;
-			duo_item->racl.mask_obj = NO_ENTRY;
-		}
-	} else if (duo_item->racl.mask_obj == NO_ENTRY) /* Must be non-empty with lists. */
-		duo_item->racl.mask_obj = (computed_mask_bits | duo_item->racl.group_obj) & ~NO_ENTRY;
+	if (duo_item->racl.names.count && duo_item->racl.mask_obj == NO_ENTRY) {
+		/* Mask must be non-empty with lists. */
+		if (type == SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
+			computed_mask_bits = (mode >> 3) & 7;
+		else
+			computed_mask_bits |= duo_item->racl.group_obj & ~NO_ENTRY;
+		duo_item->racl.mask_obj = computed_mask_bits;
+	}
 #endif
 
 	duo_item->sacl = NULL;
@@ -756,12 +791,12 @@ static int recv_rsync_acl(item_list *racl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, int f)
 }
 
 /* Receive the ACL info the sender has included for this file-list entry. */
-void receive_acl(struct file_struct *file, int f)
+void receive_acl(int f, struct file_struct *file)
 {
-	F_ACL(file) = recv_rsync_acl(&access_acl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, f);
+	F_ACL(file) = recv_rsync_acl(f, &access_acl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, file->mode);
 
 	if (S_ISDIR(file->mode))
-		F_DIR_DEFACL(file) = recv_rsync_acl(&default_acl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, f);
+		F_DIR_DEFACL(file) = recv_rsync_acl(f, &default_acl_list, SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, 0);
 }
 
 static int cache_rsync_acl(rsync_acl *racl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, item_list *racl_list)
@@ -784,17 +819,50 @@ static int cache_rsync_acl(rsync_acl *racl, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type, item_list *racl
 
 /* Turn the ACL data in stat_x into cached ACL data, setting the index
  * values in the file struct. */
-void cache_acl(struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
+void cache_tmp_acl(struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
 {
+	if (prior_access_count == (size_t)-1)
+		prior_access_count = access_acl_list.count;
+
 	F_ACL(file) = cache_rsync_acl(sxp->acc_acl,
 				      SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS, &access_acl_list);
 
 	if (S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
+		if (prior_default_count == (size_t)-1)
+			prior_default_count = default_acl_list.count;
 		F_DIR_DEFACL(file) = cache_rsync_acl(sxp->def_acl,
 				      SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT, &default_acl_list);
 	}
 }
 
+static void uncache_duo_acls(item_list *duo_list, size_t start)
+{
+	acl_duo *duo_item = duo_list->items;
+	acl_duo *duo_start = duo_item + start;
+
+	duo_item += duo_list->count;
+	duo_list->count = start;
+
+	while (duo_item-- > duo_start) {
+		rsync_acl_free(&duo_item->racl);
+		if (duo_item->sacl)
+			sys_acl_free_acl(duo_item->sacl);
+	}
+}
+
+void uncache_tmp_acls(void)
+{
+	if (prior_access_count != (size_t)-1) {
+		uncache_duo_acls(&access_acl_list, prior_access_count);
+		prior_access_count = (size_t)-1;
+	}
+
+	if (prior_default_count != (size_t)-1) {
+		uncache_duo_acls(&default_acl_list, prior_default_count);
+		prior_default_count = (size_t)-1;
+	}
+}
+
 #ifndef HAVE_OSX_ACLS
 static mode_t change_sacl_perms(SMB_ACL_T sacl, rsync_acl *racl, mode_t old_mode, mode_t mode)
 {
@@ -840,12 +908,14 @@ static mode_t change_sacl_perms(SMB_ACL_T sacl, rsync_acl *racl, mode_t old_mode
 			COE2( store_access_in_entry,((mode >> 3) & 7, entry) );
 			break;
 		case SMB_ACL_MASK:
+#ifndef HAVE_SOLARIS_ACLS
 #ifndef ACLS_NEED_MASK
 			/* mask is only empty when we don't need it. */
 			if (racl->mask_obj == NO_ENTRY)
 				break;
 #endif
 			COE2( store_access_in_entry,((mode >> 3) & 7, entry) );
+#endif
 			break;
 		case SMB_ACL_OTHER:
 			COE2( store_access_in_entry,(mode & 7, entry) );
@@ -858,7 +928,7 @@ static mode_t change_sacl_perms(SMB_ACL_T sacl, rsync_acl *racl, mode_t old_mode
 			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "change_sacl_perms: %s()",
 				errfun);
 		}
-		return (mode_t)~0;
+		return (mode_t)-1;
 	}
 
 #ifdef SMB_ACL_LOSES_SPECIAL_MODE_BITS
@@ -927,13 +997,13 @@ static int set_rsync_acl(const char *fname, acl_duo *duo_item,
 		if (type == SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS) {
 			cur_mode = change_sacl_perms(duo_item->sacl, &duo_item->racl,
 						     cur_mode, mode);
-			if (cur_mode == (mode_t)~0)
+			if (cur_mode == (mode_t)-1)
 				return 0;
 		}
 #endif
 		if (sys_acl_set_file(fname, type, duo_item->sacl) < 0) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "set_acl: sys_acl_set_file(%s, %s)",
-			fname, str_acl_type(type));
+				fname, str_acl_type(type));
 			return -1;
 		}
 		if (type == SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS)
@@ -943,17 +1013,17 @@ static int set_rsync_acl(const char *fname, acl_duo *duo_item,
 	return 0;
 }
 
-/* Set ACL on indicated filename.
+/* Given a fname, this sets extended access ACL entries, the default ACL (for a
+ * dir), and the regular mode bits on the file.  Call this with fname set to
+ * NULL to just check if the ACL is different.
  *
- * This sets extended access ACL entries and default ACL.  If convenient,
- * it sets permission bits along with the access ACL and signals having
- * done so by modifying sxp->st.st_mode.
+ * If the ACL operation has a side-effect of changing the file's mode, the
+ * sxp->st.st_mode value will be changed to match.
  *
- * Returns 1 for unchanged, 0 for changed, -1 for failed.  Call this
- * with fname set to NULL to just check if the ACL is unchanged. */
-int set_acl(const char *fname, const struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
+ * Returns 0 for an unchanged ACL, 1 for changed, -1 for failed. */
+int set_acl(const char *fname, const struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp, mode_t new_mode)
 {
-	int unchanged = 1;
+	int changed = 0;
 	int32 ndx;
 	BOOL eq;
 
@@ -967,18 +1037,18 @@ int set_acl(const char *fname, const struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
 		acl_duo *duo_item = access_acl_list.items;
 		duo_item += ndx;
 		eq = sxp->acc_acl
-		  && rsync_acl_equal_enough(sxp->acc_acl, &duo_item->racl, file->mode);
+		  && rsync_acl_equal_enough(sxp->acc_acl, &duo_item->racl, new_mode);
 		if (!eq) {
-			unchanged = 0;
+			changed = 1;
 			if (!dry_run && fname
 			 && set_rsync_acl(fname, duo_item, SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS,
-					  sxp, file->mode) < 0)
-				unchanged = -1;
+					  sxp, new_mode) < 0)
+				return -1;
 		}
 	}
 
-	if (!S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode))
-		return unchanged;
+	if (!S_ISDIR(new_mode))
+		return changed;
 
 	ndx = F_DIR_DEFACL(file);
 	if (ndx >= 0 && (size_t)ndx < default_acl_list.count) {
@@ -986,16 +1056,15 @@ int set_acl(const char *fname, const struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp)
 		duo_item += ndx;
 		eq = sxp->def_acl && rsync_acl_equal(sxp->def_acl, &duo_item->racl);
 		if (!eq) {
-			if (unchanged > 0)
-				unchanged = 0;
+			changed = 1;
 			if (!dry_run && fname
 			 && set_rsync_acl(fname, duo_item, SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT,
-					  sxp, file->mode) < 0)
-				unchanged = -1;
+					  sxp, new_mode) < 0)
+				return -1;
 		}
 	}
 
-	return unchanged;
+	return changed;
 }
 
 /* Non-incremental recursion needs to convert all the received IDs.
@@ -1038,6 +1107,9 @@ int default_perms_for_dir(const char *dir)
 	if (sacl == NULL) {
 		/* Couldn't get an ACL.  Darn. */
 		switch (errno) {
+		case EINVAL:
+			/* If SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT isn't valid, then the ACLs must be non-POSIX. */
+			break;
 #ifdef ENOTSUP
 		case ENOTSUP:
 #endif
@@ -1071,7 +1143,7 @@ int default_perms_for_dir(const char *dir)
 	/* Apply the permission-bit entries of the default ACL, if any. */
 	if (racl.user_obj != NO_ENTRY) {
 		perms = rsync_acl_get_perms(&racl);
-		if (verbose > 2)
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(ACL, 1))
 			rprintf(FINFO, "got ACL-based default perms %o for directory %s\n", perms, dir);
 	}
 

authenticate.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Support rsync daemon authentication.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,7 +19,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
 
+extern int read_only;
 extern char *password_file;
 
 /***************************************************************************
@@ -76,129 +78,6 @@ static void gen_challenge(const char *addr, char *challenge)
 	base64_encode(digest, len, challenge, 0);
 }
 
-
-/* Return the secret for a user from the secret file, null terminated.
- * Maximum length is len (not counting the null). */
-static int get_secret(int module, const char *user, char *secret, int len)
-{
-	const char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
-	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	int fd, ok = 1;
-	const char *p;
-	char ch, *s;
-
-	if (!fname || !*fname)
-		return 0;
-
-	if ((fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
-		return 0;
-
-	if (do_stat(fname, &st) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "stat(%s)", fname);
-		ok = 0;
-	} else if (lp_strict_modes(module)) {
-		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
-			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must not be other-accessible (see strict modes option)\n");
-			ok = 0;
-		} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
-			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must be owned by root when running as root (see strict modes)\n");
-			ok = 0;
-		}
-	}
-	if (!ok) {
-		rprintf(FLOG, "continuing without secrets file\n");
-		close(fd);
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (*user == '#') {
-		/* Reject attempt to match a comment. */
-		close(fd);
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	/* Try to find a line that starts with the user name and a ':'. */
-	p = user;
-	while (1) {
-		if (read(fd, &ch, 1) != 1) {
-			close(fd);
-			return 0;
-		}
-		if (ch == '\n')
-			p = user;
-		else if (p) {
-			if (*p == ch)
-				p++;
-			else if (!*p && ch == ':')
-				break;
-			else
-				p = NULL;
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Slurp the secret into the "secret" buffer. */
-	s = secret;
-	while (len > 0) {
-		if (read(fd, s, 1) != 1 || *s == '\n')
-			break;
-		if (*s == '\r')
-			continue;
-		s++;
-		len--;
-	}
-	*s = '\0';
-	close(fd);
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
-static const char *getpassf(const char *filename)
-{
-	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char buffer[512], *p;
-	int fd, n, ok = 1;
-	const char *envpw = getenv("RSYNC_PASSWORD");
-
-	if (!filename)
-		return NULL;
-
-	if ((fd = open(filename,O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
-		rsyserr(FWARNING, errno, "could not open password file \"%s\"",
-			filename);
-		if (envpw)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
-		rsyserr(FWARNING, errno, "stat(%s)", filename);
-		ok = 0;
-	} else if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
-		rprintf(FWARNING, "password file must not be other-accessible\n");
-		ok = 0;
-	} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
-		rprintf(FWARNING, "password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
-		ok = 0;
-	}
-	if (!ok) {
-		close(fd);
-		rprintf(FWARNING, "continuing without password file\n");
-		if (envpw)
-			rprintf(FINFO, "falling back to RSYNC_PASSWORD environment variable.\n");
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	n = read(fd, buffer, sizeof buffer - 1);
-	close(fd);
-	if (n > 0) {
-		buffer[n] = '\0';
-		if ((p = strtok(buffer, "\n\r")) != NULL)
-			return strdup(p);
-	}
-
-	return NULL;
-}
-
 /* Generate an MD4 hash created from the combination of the password
  * and the challenge string and return it base64-encoded. */
 static void generate_hash(const char *in, const char *challenge, char *out)
@@ -214,6 +93,125 @@ static void generate_hash(const char *in, const char *challenge, char *out)
 	base64_encode(buf, len, out, 0);
 }
 
+/* Return the secret for a user from the secret file, null terminated.
+ * Maximum length is len (not counting the null). */
+static const char *check_secret(int module, const char *user, const char *group,
+				const char *challenge, const char *pass)
+{
+	char line[1024];
+	char pass2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
+	const char *fname = lp_secrets_file(module);
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	int fd, ok = 1;
+	int user_len = strlen(user);
+	int group_len = group ? strlen(group) : 0;
+	char *err;
+
+	if (!fname || !*fname || (fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+		return "no secrets file";
+
+	if (do_fstat(fd, &st) == -1) {
+		rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "fstat(%s)", fname);
+		ok = 0;
+	} else if (lp_strict_modes(module)) {
+		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must not be other-accessible (see strict modes option)\n");
+			ok = 0;
+		} else if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
+			rprintf(FLOG, "secrets file must be owned by root when running as root (see strict modes)\n");
+			ok = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!ok) {
+		close(fd);
+		return "ignoring secrets file";
+	}
+
+	if (*user == '#') {
+		/* Reject attempt to match a comment. */
+		close(fd);
+		return "invalid username";
+	}
+
+	/* Try to find a line that starts with the user (or @group) name and a ':'. */
+	err = "secret not found";
+	while ((user || group) && read_line_old(fd, line, sizeof line, 1)) {
+		const char **ptr, *s;
+		int len;
+		if (*line == '@') {
+			ptr = &group;
+			len = group_len;
+			s = line+1;
+		} else {
+			ptr = &user;
+			len = user_len;
+			s = line;
+		}
+		if (!*ptr || strncmp(s, *ptr, len) != 0 || s[len] != ':')
+			continue;
+		generate_hash(s+len+1, challenge, pass2);
+		if (strcmp(pass, pass2) == 0) {
+			err = NULL;
+			break;
+		}
+		err = "password mismatch";
+		*ptr = NULL; /* Don't look for name again. */
+	}
+
+	close(fd);
+
+	memset(line, 0, sizeof line);
+	memset(pass2, 0, sizeof pass2);
+
+	return err;
+}
+
+static const char *getpassf(const char *filename)
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+	char buffer[512], *p;
+	int n;
+
+	if (!filename)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0) {
+		n = fgets(buffer, sizeof buffer, stdin) == NULL ? -1 : (int)strlen(buffer);
+	} else {
+		int fd;
+
+		if ((fd = open(filename,O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "could not open password file %s", filename);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+
+		if (do_stat(filename, &st) == -1) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "stat(%s)", filename);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+		if ((st.st_mode & 06) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: password file must not be other-accessible\n");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+		if (MY_UID() == 0 && st.st_uid != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: password file must be owned by root when running as root\n");
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+		}
+
+		n = read(fd, buffer, sizeof buffer - 1);
+		close(fd);
+	}
+
+	if (n > 0) {
+		buffer[n] = '\0';
+		if ((p = strtok(buffer, "\n\r")) != NULL)
+			return strdup(p);
+	}
+
+	rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: failed to read a password from %s\n", filename);
+	exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+}
+
 /* Possibly negotiate authentication with the client.  Use "leader" to
  * start off the auth if necessary.
  *
@@ -226,9 +224,12 @@ char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, const char *host,
 	char *users = lp_auth_users(module);
 	char challenge[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
 	char line[BIGPATHBUFLEN];
-	char secret[512];
-	char pass2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN*2];
+	char **auth_uid_groups = NULL;
+	int auth_uid_groups_cnt = -1;
+	const char *err = NULL;
+	int group_match = -1;
 	char *tok, *pass;
+	char opt_ch = '\0';
 
 	/* if no auth list then allow anyone in! */
 	if (!users || !*users)
@@ -238,7 +239,7 @@ char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, const char *host,
 
 	io_printf(f_out, "%s%s\n", leader, challenge);
 
-	if (!read_line_old(f_in, line, sizeof line)
+	if (!read_line_old(f_in, line, sizeof line, 0)
 	 || (pass = strchr(line, ' ')) == NULL) {
 		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
 			"invalid challenge response\n",
@@ -251,36 +252,91 @@ char *auth_server(int f_in, int f_out, int module, const char *host,
 		out_of_memory("auth_server");
 
 	for (tok = strtok(users, " ,\t"); tok; tok = strtok(NULL, " ,\t")) {
-		if (wildmatch(tok, line))
-			break;
+		char *opts;
+		/* See if the user appended :deny, :ro, or :rw. */
+		if ((opts = strchr(tok, ':')) != NULL) {
+			*opts++ = '\0';
+			opt_ch = isUpper(opts) ? toLower(opts) : *opts;
+			if (opt_ch == 'r') { /* handle ro and rw */
+				opt_ch = isUpper(opts+1) ? toLower(opts+1) : opts[1];
+				if (opt_ch == 'o')
+					opt_ch = 'r';
+				else if (opt_ch != 'w')
+					opt_ch = '\0';
+			} else if (opt_ch != 'd') /* if it's not deny, ignore it */
+				opt_ch = '\0';
+		} else
+			opt_ch = '\0';
+		if (*tok != '@') {
+			/* Match the username */
+			if (wildmatch(tok, line))
+				break;
+		} else {
+#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPLIST
+			int j;
+			/* See if authorizing user is a real user, and if so, see
+			 * if it is in a group that matches tok+1 wildmat. */
+			if (auth_uid_groups_cnt < 0) {
+				gid_t gid_list[64];
+				uid_t auth_uid;
+				auth_uid_groups_cnt = sizeof gid_list / sizeof (gid_t);
+				if (!user_to_uid(line, &auth_uid, False)
+				 || getallgroups(auth_uid, gid_list, &auth_uid_groups_cnt) != NULL)
+					auth_uid_groups_cnt = 0;
+				else {
+					if ((auth_uid_groups = new_array(char *, auth_uid_groups_cnt)) == NULL)
+						out_of_memory("auth_server");
+					for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++)
+						auth_uid_groups[j] = gid_to_group(gid_list[j]);
+				}
+			}
+			for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++) {
+				if (auth_uid_groups[j] && wildmatch(tok+1, auth_uid_groups[j])) {
+					group_match = j;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (group_match >= 0)
+				break;
+#else
+			rprintf(FLOG, "your computer doesn't support getgrouplist(), so no @group authorization is possible.\n");
+#endif
+		}
 	}
+
 	free(users);
 
-	if (!tok) {
-		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
-			"unauthorized user\n",
-			lp_name(module), host, addr);
+	if (!tok)
+		err = "no matching rule";
+	else if (opt_ch == 'd')
+		err = "denied by rule";
+	else {
+		char *group = group_match >= 0 ? auth_uid_groups[group_match] : NULL;
+		err = check_secret(module, line, group, challenge, pass);
+	}
+
+	memset(challenge, 0, sizeof challenge);
+	memset(pass, 0, strlen(pass));
+
+	if (auth_uid_groups) {
+		int j;
+		for (j = 0; j < auth_uid_groups_cnt; j++) {
+			if (auth_uid_groups[j])
+				free(auth_uid_groups[j]);
+		}
+		free(auth_uid_groups);
+	}
+
+	if (err) {
+		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s) for %s: %s\n",
+			lp_name(module), host, addr, line, err);
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
-	if (!get_secret(module, line, secret, sizeof secret - 1)) {
-		memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
-		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
-			"missing secret for user \"%s\"\n",
-			lp_name(module), host, addr, line);
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	generate_hash(secret, challenge, pass2);
-	memset(secret, 0, sizeof secret);
-
-	if (strcmp(pass, pass2) != 0) {
-		rprintf(FLOG, "auth failed on module %s from %s (%s): "
-			"password mismatch\n",
-			lp_name(module), host, addr);
-		return NULL;
-	}
+	if (opt_ch == 'r')
+		read_only = 1;
+	else if (opt_ch == 'w')
+		read_only = 0;
 
 	return strdup(line);
 }

backup.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Backup handling code.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1999 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "ifuncs.h"
 
-extern int verbose;
 extern int am_root;
 extern int preserve_acls;
 extern int preserve_xattrs;
@@ -34,199 +34,229 @@ extern char backup_dir_buf[MAXPATHLEN];
 extern char *backup_suffix;
 extern char *backup_dir;
 
-/* make a complete pathname for backup file */
+/* Returns -1 on error, 0 on missing dir, and 1 on present dir. */
+static int validate_backup_dir(void)
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
+
+	if (do_lstat(backup_dir_buf, &st) < 0) {
+		if (errno == ENOENT)
+			return 0;
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup lstat %s failed", backup_dir_buf);
+		return -1;
+	}
+	if (!S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+		int flags = get_del_for_flag(st.st_mode) | DEL_FOR_BACKUP | DEL_RECURSE;
+		if (delete_item(backup_dir_buf, st.st_mode, flags) == 0)
+			return 0;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return 1;
+}
+
+/* Create a backup path from the given fname, putting the result into
+ * backup_dir_buf.  Any new directories (compared to the prior backup
+ * path) are ensured to exist as directories, replacing anything else
+ * that may be in the way (e.g. a symlink). */
+static BOOL copy_valid_path(const char *fname)
+{
+	const char *f;
+	int val;
+	BOOL ret = True;
+	stat_x sx;
+	char *b, *rel = backup_dir_buf + backup_dir_len, *name = rel;
+
+	for (f = fname, b = rel; *f && *f == *b; f++, b++) {
+		if (*b == '/')
+			name = b + 1;
+	}
+
+	if (stringjoin(rel, backup_dir_remainder, fname, backup_suffix, NULL) >= backup_dir_remainder) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "backup filename too long\n");
+		*name = '\0';
+		return False;
+	}
+
+	for ( ; ; name = b + 1) {
+		if ((b = strchr(name, '/')) == NULL)
+			return True;
+		*b = '\0';
+
+		val = validate_backup_dir();
+		if (val == 0)
+			break;
+		if (val < 0) {
+			*name = '\0';
+			return False;
+		}
+
+		*b = '/';
+	}
+
+	init_stat_x(&sx);
+
+	for ( ; b; name = b + 1, b = strchr(name, '/')) {
+		*b = '\0';
+
+		while (do_mkdir(backup_dir_buf, ACCESSPERMS) < 0) {
+			if (errno == EEXIST) {
+				val = validate_backup_dir();
+				if (val > 0)
+					break;
+				if (val == 0)
+					continue;
+			} else
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup mkdir %s failed", backup_dir_buf);
+			*name = '\0';
+			ret = False;
+			goto cleanup;
+		}
+
+		/* Try to transfer the directory settings of the actual dir
+		 * that the files are coming from. */
+		if (x_stat(rel, &sx.st, NULL) < 0)
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "backup stat %s failed", full_fname(rel));
+		else {
+			struct file_struct *file;
+			if (!(file = make_file(rel, NULL, NULL, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
+				continue;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+			if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+				get_acl(rel, &sx);
+				cache_tmp_acl(file, &sx);
+				free_acl(&sx);
+			}
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+			if (preserve_xattrs) {
+				get_xattr(rel, &sx);
+				cache_tmp_xattr(file, &sx);
+				free_xattr(&sx);
+			}
+#endif
+			set_file_attrs(backup_dir_buf, file, NULL, NULL, 0);
+			unmake_file(file);
+		}
+
+		*b = '/';
+	}
+
+  cleanup:
+
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/* Make a complete pathname for backup file and verify any new path elements. */
 char *get_backup_name(const char *fname)
 {
 	if (backup_dir) {
-		if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf + backup_dir_len, backup_dir_remainder,
-			       fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < backup_dir_remainder)
-			return backup_dir_buf;
-	} else {
-		if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf, MAXPATHLEN,
-			       fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < MAXPATHLEN)
+		/* copy fname into backup_dir_buf while validating the dirs. */
+		if (copy_valid_path(fname))
 			return backup_dir_buf;
+		/* copy_valid_path() has printed an error message. */
+		return NULL;
 	}
 
+	if (stringjoin(backup_dir_buf, MAXPATHLEN, fname, backup_suffix, NULL) < MAXPATHLEN)
+		return backup_dir_buf;
+
 	rprintf(FERROR, "backup filename too long\n");
 	return NULL;
 }
 
-/* simple backup creates a backup with a suffix in the same directory */
-static int make_simple_backup(const char *fname)
+/* Has same return codes as make_backup(). */
+static inline int link_or_rename(const char *from, const char *to,
+				 BOOL prefer_rename, STRUCT_STAT *stp)
 {
-	int rename_errno;
-	const char *fnamebak = get_backup_name(fname);
-
-	if (!fnamebak)
-		return 0;
-
-	while (1) {
-		if (do_rename(fname, fnamebak) == 0) {
-			if (verbose > 1) {
-				rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
-					fname, fnamebak);
-			}
-			break;
-		}
-		/* cygwin (at least version b19) reports EINVAL */
-		if (errno == ENOENT || errno == EINVAL)
-			break;
-
-		rename_errno = errno;
-		if (errno == EISDIR && do_rmdir(fnamebak) == 0)
-			continue;
-		if (errno == ENOTDIR && do_unlink(fnamebak) == 0)
-			continue;
-
-		rsyserr(FERROR, rename_errno, "rename %s to backup %s",
-			fname, fnamebak);
-		errno = rename_errno;
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
-
-/****************************************************************************
-Create a directory given an absolute path, perms based upon another directory
-path
-****************************************************************************/
-int make_bak_dir(const char *fullpath)
-{
-	char fbuf[MAXPATHLEN], *rel, *end, *p;
-	struct file_struct *file;
-	int len = backup_dir_len;
-	stat_x sx;
-
-	while (*fullpath == '.' && fullpath[1] == '/') {
-		fullpath += 2;
-		len -= 2;
-	}
-
-	if (strlcpy(fbuf, fullpath, sizeof fbuf) >= sizeof fbuf)
-		return -1;
-
-	rel = fbuf + len;
-	end = p = rel + strlen(rel);
-
-	/* Try to find an existing dir, starting from the deepest dir. */
-	while (1) {
-		if (--p == fbuf)
-			return -1;
-		if (*p == '/') {
-			*p = '\0';
-			if (mkdir_defmode(fbuf) == 0)
-				break;
-			if (errno != ENOENT) {
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
-					"make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed",
-					full_fname(fbuf));
-				return -1;
-			}
-		}
-	}
-
-	/* Make all the dirs that we didn't find on the way here. */
-	while (1) {
-		if (p >= rel) {
-			/* Try to transfer the directory settings of the
-			 * actual dir that the files are coming from. */
-			if (x_stat(rel, &sx.st, NULL) < 0) {
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno,
-					"make_bak_dir stat %s failed",
-					full_fname(rel));
-			} else {
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-				sx.acc_acl = sx.def_acl = NULL;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
+	if (!prefer_rename) {
+#ifndef CAN_HARDLINK_SYMLINK
+		if (S_ISLNK(stp->st_mode))
+			return 0; /* Use copy code. */
 #endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-				sx.xattr = NULL;
+#ifndef CAN_HARDLINK_SPECIAL
+		if (IS_SPECIAL(stp->st_mode) || IS_DEVICE(stp->st_mode))
+			return 0; /* Use copy code. */
 #endif
-				if (!(file = make_file(rel, NULL, NULL, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
-					continue;
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-				if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-					get_acl(rel, &sx);
-					cache_acl(file, &sx);
-					free_acl(&sx);
-				}
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-				if (preserve_xattrs) {
-					get_xattr(rel, &sx);
-					cache_xattr(file, &sx);
-					free_xattr(&sx);
-				}
-#endif
-				set_file_attrs(fbuf, file, NULL, NULL, 0);
-				unmake_file(file);
-			}
-		}
-		*p = '/';
-		p += strlen(p);
-		if (p == end)
-			break;
-		if (mkdir_defmode(fbuf) < 0) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "make_bak_dir mkdir %s failed",
-				full_fname(fbuf));
-			return -1;
+		if (do_link(from, to) == 0) {
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+				rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: HLINK %s successful.\n", from);
+			return 2;
 		}
+		/* We prefer to rename a regular file rather than copy it. */
+		if (!S_ISREG(stp->st_mode) || errno == EEXIST || errno == EISDIR)
+			return 0;
+	}
+#endif
+	if (do_rename(from, to) == 0) {
+		if (stp->st_nlink > 1 && !S_ISDIR(stp->st_mode)) {
+			/* If someone has hard-linked the file into the backup
+			 * dir, rename() might return success but do nothing! */
+			robust_unlink(from); /* Just in case... */
+		}
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: RENAME %s successful.\n", from);
+		return 1;
 	}
-
 	return 0;
 }
 
-/* robustly move a file, creating new directory structures if necessary */
-static int robust_move(const char *src, char *dst)
-{
-	if (robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0
-	 && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(dst) < 0
-	  || robust_rename(src, dst, NULL, 0755) < 0))
-		return -1;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* If we have a --backup-dir, then we get here from make_backup().
- * We will move the file to be deleted into a parallel directory tree. */
-static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
+/* Hard-link, rename, or copy an item to the backup name.  Returns 2 if item
+ * was duplicated into backup area, 1 if item was moved, or 0 for failure.*/
+int make_backup(const char *fname, BOOL prefer_rename)
 {
 	stat_x sx;
 	struct file_struct *file;
-	char *buf;
-	int kept = 0;
-	int ret_code;
+	int save_preserve_xattrs;
+	char *buf = get_backup_name(fname);
+	int ret = 0;
 
-	/* return if no file to keep */
+	if (!buf)
+		return 0;
+
+	init_stat_x(&sx);
+	/* Return success if no file to keep. */
 	if (x_lstat(fname, &sx.st, NULL) < 0)
 		return 1;
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-	sx.acc_acl = sx.def_acl = NULL;
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-	sx.xattr = NULL;
-#endif
 
-	if (!(file = make_file(fname, NULL, NULL, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
-		return 1; /* the file could have disappeared */
-
-	if (!(buf = get_backup_name(fname))) {
-		unmake_file(file);
-		return 0;
+	/* Try a hard-link or a rename first.  Using rename is not atomic, but
+	 * is more efficient than forcing a copy for larger files when no hard-
+	 * linking is possible. */
+	if ((ret = link_or_rename(fname, buf, prefer_rename, &sx.st)) != 0)
+		goto success;
+	if (errno == EEXIST || errno == EISDIR) {
+		STRUCT_STAT bakst;
+		if (do_lstat(buf, &bakst) == 0) {
+			int flags = get_del_for_flag(bakst.st_mode) | DEL_FOR_BACKUP | DEL_RECURSE;
+			if (delete_item(buf, bakst.st_mode, flags) != 0)
+				return 0;
+		}
+		if ((ret = link_or_rename(fname, buf, prefer_rename, &sx.st)) != 0)
+			goto success;
 	}
 
+	/* Fall back to making a copy. */
+	if (!(file = make_file(fname, NULL, &sx.st, 0, NO_FILTERS)))
+		return 1; /* the file could have disappeared */
+
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
 		get_acl(fname, &sx);
-		cache_acl(file, &sx);
+		cache_tmp_acl(file, &sx);
 		free_acl(&sx);
 	}
 #endif
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
 	if (preserve_xattrs) {
 		get_xattr(fname, &sx);
-		cache_xattr(file, &sx);
+		cache_tmp_xattr(file, &sx);
 		free_xattr(&sx);
 	}
 #endif
@@ -234,95 +264,78 @@ static int keep_backup(const char *fname)
 	/* Check to see if this is a device file, or link */
 	if ((am_root && preserve_devices && IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
 	 || (preserve_specials && IS_SPECIAL(file->mode))) {
-		uint32 *devp = F_RDEV_P(file);
-		dev_t rdev = MAKEDEV(DEV_MAJOR(devp), DEV_MINOR(devp));
-		do_unlink(buf);
-		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, rdev) < 0
-		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
-		     || do_mknod(buf, file->mode, rdev) < 0)) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed",
-				full_fname(buf));
-		} else if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n",
-				fname);
-		}
-		kept = 1;
-		do_unlink(fname);
-	}
-
-	if (!kept && S_ISDIR(file->mode)) {
-		/* make an empty directory */
-		if (do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0
-		    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
-		     || do_mkdir(buf, file->mode) < 0)) {
-			rsyserr(FINFO, errno, "mkdir %s failed",
-				full_fname(buf));
-		}
-
-		ret_code = do_rmdir(fname);
-		if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: RMDIR %s returns %i\n",
-				full_fname(fname), ret_code);
-		}
-		kept = 1;
+		if (do_mknod(buf, file->mode, sx.st.st_rdev) < 0)
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "mknod %s failed", full_fname(buf));
+		else if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: DEVICE %s successful.\n", fname);
+		ret = 2;
 	}
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
-	if (!kept && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+	if (!ret && preserve_links && S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
 		const char *sl = F_SYMLINK(file);
-		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(sl, buf)) {
-			if (verbose) {
-				rprintf(FINFO, "ignoring unsafe symlink %s -> %s\n",
-					full_fname(buf), sl);
+		if (safe_symlinks && unsafe_symlink(sl, fname)) {
+			if (INFO_GTE(SYMSAFE, 1)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "not backing up unsafe symlink \"%s\" -> \"%s\"\n",
+					fname, sl);
 			}
-			kept = 1;
+			ret = 2;
 		} else {
-			do_unlink(buf);
-			if (do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0
-			    && (errno != ENOENT || make_bak_dir(buf) < 0
-			     || do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0)) {
-				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"",
-					full_fname(buf), sl);
-			}
-			do_unlink(fname);
-			kept = 1;
+			if (do_symlink(sl, buf) < 0)
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "link %s -> \"%s\"", full_fname(buf), sl);
+			else if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+				rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: SYMLINK %s successful.\n", fname);
+			ret = 2;
 		}
 	}
 #endif
 
-	if (!kept && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n",
-			fname);
+	if (!ret && !S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "make_bak: skipping non-regular file %s\n", fname);
 		unmake_file(file);
-		return 1;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+		uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+		uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
+		return 2;
 	}
 
-	/* move to keep tree if a file */
-	if (!kept) {
-		if (robust_move(fname, buf) != 0) {
+	/* Copy to backup tree if a file. */
+	if (!ret) {
+		if (copy_file(fname, buf, -1, file->mode) < 0) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "keep_backup failed: %s -> \"%s\"",
 				full_fname(fname), buf);
-		} else if (sx.st.st_nlink > 1) {
-			/* If someone has hard-linked the file into the backup
-			 * dir, rename() might return success but do nothing! */
-			robust_unlink(fname); /* Just in case... */
+			unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+			uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+			uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
+			return 0;
 		}
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+			rprintf(FINFO, "make_backup: COPY %s successful.\n", fname);
+		ret = 2;
 	}
+
+	save_preserve_xattrs = preserve_xattrs;
+	preserve_xattrs = 0;
 	set_file_attrs(buf, file, NULL, fname, 0);
+	preserve_xattrs = save_preserve_xattrs;
+
 	unmake_file(file);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	uncache_tmp_acls();
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	uncache_tmp_xattrs();
+#endif
 
-	if (verbose > 1) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n",
-			fname, buf);
-	}
-	return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* main backup switch routine */
-int make_backup(const char *fname)
-{
-	if (backup_dir)
-		return keep_backup(fname);
-	return make_simple_backup(fname);
+  success:
+	if (INFO_GTE(BACKUP, 1))
+		rprintf(FINFO, "backed up %s to %s\n", fname, buf);
+	return ret;
 }

batch.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1999 Weiss
  * Copyright (C) 2004 Chris Shoemaker
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "zlib/zlib.h"
+#include <zlib.h>
 #include <time.h>
 
 extern int eol_nulls;
@@ -31,15 +31,25 @@ extern int preserve_hard_links;
 extern int preserve_devices;
 extern int preserve_uid;
 extern int preserve_gid;
+extern int preserve_acls;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern int always_checksum;
 extern int do_compression;
-extern int def_compress_level;
+extern int inplace;
+extern int append_mode;
 extern int protocol_version;
 extern char *batch_name;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+extern char *iconv_opt;
+#endif
 
-extern struct filter_list_struct filter_list;
+extern filter_rule_list filter_list;
 
-static int tweaked_compress_level;
+int batch_stream_flags;
+
+static int tweaked_append;
+static int tweaked_append_verify;
+static int tweaked_iconv;
 
 static int *flag_ptr[] = {
 	&recurse,		/* 0 */
@@ -50,7 +60,13 @@ static int *flag_ptr[] = {
 	&preserve_hard_links,	/* 5 */
 	&always_checksum,	/* 6 */
 	&xfer_dirs,		/* 7 (protocol 29) */
-	&tweaked_compress_level,/* 8 (protocol 29) */
+	&do_compression,	/* 8 (protocol 29) */
+	&tweaked_iconv,		/* 9  (protocol 30) */
+	&preserve_acls,		/* 10 (protocol 30) */
+	&preserve_xattrs,	/* 11 (protocol 30) */
+	&inplace,		/* 12 (protocol 30) */
+	&tweaked_append,	/* 13 (protocol 30) */
+	&tweaked_append_verify,	/* 14 (protocol 30) */
 	NULL
 };
 
@@ -64,6 +80,12 @@ static char *flag_name[] = {
 	"--checksum (-c)",
 	"--dirs (-d)",
 	"--compress (-z)",
+	"--iconv",
+	"--acls (-A)",
+	"--xattrs (-X)",
+	"--inplace",
+	"--append",
+	"--append-verify",
 	NULL
 };
 
@@ -71,16 +93,14 @@ void write_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
 	int i, flags;
 
-#if Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION == -1
-	tweaked_compress_level = do_compression ? def_compress_level + 2 : 0;
-#else
-#error internal logic error!  Fix def_compress_level logic above and below too!
+	tweaked_append = append_mode == 1;
+	tweaked_append_verify = append_mode == 2;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	tweaked_iconv = iconv_opt != NULL;
 #endif
 
 	/* Start the batch file with a bitmap of data-stream-affecting
 	 * flags. */
-	if (protocol_version < 29)
-		flag_ptr[7] = NULL;
 	for (i = 0, flags = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
 		if (*flag_ptr[i])
 			flags |= 1 << i;
@@ -90,14 +110,32 @@ void write_stream_flags(int fd)
 
 void read_stream_flags(int fd)
 {
-	int i, flags;
+	batch_stream_flags = read_int(fd);
+}
+
+void check_batch_flags(void)
+{
+	int i;
 
 	if (protocol_version < 29)
 		flag_ptr[7] = NULL;
-	for (i = 0, flags = read_int(fd); flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
-		int set = flags & (1 << i) ? 1 : 0;
+	else if (protocol_version < 30)
+		flag_ptr[9] = NULL;
+	tweaked_append = append_mode == 1;
+	tweaked_append_verify = append_mode == 2;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	tweaked_iconv = iconv_opt != NULL;
+#endif
+	for (i = 0; flag_ptr[i]; i++) {
+		int set = batch_stream_flags & (1 << i) ? 1 : 0;
 		if (*flag_ptr[i] != set) {
-			if (verbose) {
+			if (i == 9) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,
+					"%s specify the --iconv option to use this batch file.\n",
+					set ? "Please" : "Do not");
+				exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+			}
+			if (INFO_GTE(MISC, 1)) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
 					"%sing the %s option to match the batchfile.\n",
 					set ? "Sett" : "Clear", flag_name[i]);
@@ -112,48 +150,56 @@ void read_stream_flags(int fd)
 			xfer_dirs = 0;
 	}
 
-	if (tweaked_compress_level == 0 || tweaked_compress_level == 2)
-		do_compression = 0;
-	else {
-		do_compression = 1;
-		def_compress_level = tweaked_compress_level - 2;
-	}
+	if (tweaked_append)
+		append_mode = 1;
+	else if (tweaked_append_verify)
+		append_mode = 2;
 }
 
-static void write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
+static int write_arg(int fd, char *arg)
 {
 	char *x, *s;
+	int len, ret = 0;
 
 	if (*arg == '-' && (x = strchr(arg, '=')) != NULL) {
-		write(fd, arg, x - arg + 1);
+		if (write(fd, arg, x - arg + 1) != x - arg + 1)
+			ret = -1;
 		arg += x - arg + 1;
 	}
 
 	if (strpbrk(arg, " \"'&;|[]()$#!*?^\\") != NULL) {
-		write(fd, "'", 1);
+		if (write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+			ret = -1;
 		for (s = arg; (x = strchr(s, '\'')) != NULL; s = x + 1) {
-			write(fd, s, x - s + 1);
-			write(fd, "'", 1);
+			if (write(fd, s, x - s + 1) != x - s + 1
+			 || write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+				ret = -1;
 		}
-		write(fd, s, strlen(s));
-		write(fd, "'", 1);
-		return;
+		len = strlen(s);
+		if (write(fd, s, len) != len
+		 || write(fd, "'", 1) != 1)
+			ret = -1;
+		return ret;
 	}
 
-	write(fd, arg, strlen(arg));
+	len = strlen(arg);
+	if (write(fd, arg, len) != len)
+		ret = -1;
+
+	return ret;
 }
 
 static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
 {
-	struct filter_struct *ent;
+	filter_rule *ent;
 
 	write_sbuf(fd, " <<'#E#'\n");
 	for (ent = filter_list.head; ent; ent = ent->next) {
 		unsigned int plen;
-		char *p = get_rule_prefix(ent->match_flags, "- ", 0, &plen);
+		char *p = get_rule_prefix(ent, "- ", 0, &plen);
 		write_buf(fd, p, plen);
 		write_sbuf(fd, ent->pattern);
-		if (ent->match_flags & MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY)
+		if (ent->rflags & FILTRULE_DIRECTORY)
 			write_byte(fd, '/');
 		write_byte(fd, eol_nulls ? 0 : '\n');
 	}
@@ -169,21 +215,22 @@ static void write_filter_rules(int fd)
  * (hopefully) work. */
 void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 {
-	int fd, i, len;
+	int fd, i, len, err = 0;
 	char *p, filename[MAXPATHLEN];
 
 	stringjoin(filename, sizeof filename,
 		   batch_name, ".sh", NULL);
 	fd = do_open(filename, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC,
-		     S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IEXEC);
+		     S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
 	if (fd < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s open error",
 			filename);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILESELECT);
 	}
 
 	/* Write argvs info to BATCH.sh file */
-	write_arg(fd, argv[0]);
+	if (write_arg(fd, argv[0]) < 0)
+		err = 1;
 	if (filter_list.head) {
 		if (protocol_version >= 29)
 			write_sbuf(fd, " --filter=._-");
@@ -204,27 +251,33 @@ void write_batch_shell_file(int argc, char *argv[], int file_arg_cnt)
 			i++;
 			continue;
 		}
-		write(fd, " ", 1);
+		if (write(fd, " ", 1) != 1)
+			err = 1;
 		if (strncmp(p, "--write-batch", len = 13) == 0
 		 || strncmp(p, "--only-write-batch", len = 18) == 0) {
-			write(fd, "--read-batch", 12);
+			if (write(fd, "--read-batch", 12) != 12)
+				err = 1;
 			if (p[len] == '=') {
-				write(fd, "=", 1);
-				write_arg(fd, p + len + 1);
+				if (write(fd, "=", 1) != 1
+				 || write_arg(fd, p + len + 1) < 0)
+					err = 1;
 			}
-		} else
-			write_arg(fd, p);
+		} else {
+			if (write_arg(fd, p) < 0)
+				err = 1;
+		}
 	}
 	if (!(p = check_for_hostspec(argv[argc - 1], &p, &i)))
 		p = argv[argc - 1];
-	write(fd, " ${1:-", 6);
-	write_arg(fd, p);
+	if (write(fd, " ${1:-", 6) != 6
+	 || write_arg(fd, p) < 0)
+		err = 1;
 	write_byte(fd, '}');
 	if (filter_list.head)
 		write_filter_rules(fd);
-	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0) {
+	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1 || close(fd) < 0 || err) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Batch file %s write error",
 			filename);
-		exit_cleanup(1);
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 }

byteorder.h

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Simple byteorder handling.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1992-1995 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  */
 
 #undef CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
+#undef AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE
 
 /* We know that the x86 can handle misalignment and has the same
  * byte order (LSB-first) as the 32-bit numbers we transmit. */
@@ -32,21 +33,68 @@
 
 #define CVAL(buf,pos) (((unsigned char *)(buf))[pos])
 #define UVAL(buf,pos) ((uint32)CVAL(buf,pos))
-#define SCVAL(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos) = (val))
 
 #if CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT
+
 #define PVAL(buf,pos) (UVAL(buf,pos)|UVAL(buf,(pos)+1)<<8)
 #define IVAL(buf,pos) (PVAL(buf,pos)|PVAL(buf,(pos)+2)<<16)
 #define SSVALX(buf,pos,val) (CVAL(buf,pos)=(val)&0xFF,CVAL(buf,pos+1)=(val)>>8)
 #define SIVALX(buf,pos,val) (SSVALX(buf,pos,val&0xFFFF),SSVALX(buf,pos+2,val>>16))
 #define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) SIVALX((buf),(pos),((uint32)(val)))
-#else
-/* this handles things for architectures like the 386 that can handle
-   alignment errors */
-/*
-   WARNING: This section is dependent on the length of int32
-   being correct. set CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT if it is not.
-*/
+
+#define IVALu(buf,pos) IVAL(buf,pos)
+#define SIVALu(buf,pos,val) SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
+
+#else /* !CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT */
+
+/* This handles things for architectures like the 386 that can handle alignment errors.
+ * WARNING: This section is dependent on the length of an int32 (and thus a uint32)
+ * being correct (4 bytes)!  Set CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT if it is not. */
+
+# ifdef AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE
+
 #define IVAL(buf,pos) (*(uint32 *)((char *)(buf) + (pos)))
 #define SIVAL(buf,pos,val) IVAL(buf,pos)=((uint32)(val))
-#endif
+
+#define IVALu(buf,pos) IVAL(buf,pos)
+#define SIVALu(buf,pos,val) SIVAL(buf,pos,val)
+
+# else /* !AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE */
+
+static inline uint32
+IVALu(const uchar *buf, int pos)
+{
+	union {
+		const uchar *b;
+		const uint32 *num;
+	} u;
+	u.b = buf + pos;
+	return *u.num;
+}
+
+static inline void
+SIVALu(uchar *buf, int pos, uint32 val)
+{
+	union {
+		uchar *b;
+		uint32 *num;
+	} u;
+	u.b = buf + pos;
+	*u.num = val;
+}
+
+static inline uint32
+IVAL(const char *buf, int pos)
+{
+	return IVALu((uchar*)buf, pos);
+}
+
+static inline void
+SIVAL(char *buf, int pos, uint32 val)
+{
+	SIVALu((uchar*)buf, pos, val);
+}
+
+# endif /* !AVOID_BYTEORDER_INLINE */
+
+#endif /* !CAREFUL_ALIGNMENT */

case_N.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
- * End-of-run cleanup helper code used by cleanup.c.
+ * Allow an arbitrary sequence of case labels.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,63 +17,60 @@
  * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
  */
 
-/* This is included by cleanup.c multiple times, once for every segement in
- * the _exit_cleanup() code.  This produces the next "case N:" statement in
- * sequence and increments the cleanup_step variable by 1.  This ensures that
- * our case statements never get out of whack due to added/removed steps. */
+/* This is included multiple times, once for every segement in a switch statement.
+ * This produces the next "case N:" statement in sequence. */
 
-#if !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_0
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_0
+#if !defined CASE_N_STATE_0
+#define CASE_N_STATE_0
 	case 0:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_1
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_1
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_1
+#define CASE_N_STATE_1
 	case 1:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_2
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_2
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_2
+#define CASE_N_STATE_2
 	case 2:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_3
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_3
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_3
+#define CASE_N_STATE_3
 	case 3:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_4
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_4
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_4
+#define CASE_N_STATE_4
 	case 4:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_5
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_5
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_5
+#define CASE_N_STATE_5
 	case 5:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_6
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_6
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_6
+#define CASE_N_STATE_6
 	case 6:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_7
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_7
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_7
+#define CASE_N_STATE_7
 	case 7:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_8
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_8
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_8
+#define CASE_N_STATE_8
 	case 8:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_9
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_9
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_9
+#define CASE_N_STATE_9
 	case 9:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_10
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_10
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_10
+#define CASE_N_STATE_10
 	case 10:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_11
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_11
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_11
+#define CASE_N_STATE_11
 	case 11:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_12
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_12
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_12
+#define CASE_N_STATE_12
 	case 12:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_13
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_13
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_13
+#define CASE_N_STATE_13
 	case 13:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_14
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_14
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_14
+#define CASE_N_STATE_14
 	case 14:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_15
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_15
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_15
+#define CASE_N_STATE_15
 	case 15:
-#elif !defined EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_16
-#define EXIT_CLEANUP_CASE_16
+#elif !defined CASE_N_STATE_16
+#define CASE_N_STATE_16
 	case 16:
 #else
 #error Need to add more case statements!
 #endif
-		cleanup_step++;

checksum.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,8 +24,6 @@
 extern int checksum_seed;
 extern int protocol_version;
 
-int csum_length = SHORT_SUM_LENGTH; /* initial value */
-
 /*
   a simple 32 bit checksum that can be upadted from either end
   (inspired by Mark Adler's Adler-32 checksum)
@@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ void get_checksum2(char *buf, int32 len, char *sum)
 		md5_begin(&m);
 		md5_update(&m, (uchar *)buf, len);
 		if (checksum_seed) {
-			SIVAL(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
+			SIVALu(seedbuf, 0, checksum_seed);
 			md5_update(&m, seedbuf, 4);
 		}
 		md5_result(&m, (uchar *)sum);

chmod.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Implement the core of the --chmod option.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Howard
- * Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
 
 extern mode_t orig_umask;
 
@@ -35,10 +36,12 @@ struct chmod_mode_struct {
 #define CHMOD_ADD 1
 #define CHMOD_SUB 2
 #define CHMOD_EQ  3
+#define CHMOD_SET 4
 
 #define STATE_ERROR 0
 #define STATE_1ST_HALF 1
 #define STATE_2ND_HALF 2
+#define STATE_OCTAL_NUM 3
 
 /* Parse a chmod-style argument, and break it down into one or more AND/OR
  * pairs in a linked list.  We return a pointer to new items on succcess
@@ -87,6 +90,10 @@ struct chmod_mode_struct *parse_chmod(const char *modestr,
 				curr_mode->ModeAND = CHMOD_BITS - (where * 7) - (topoct ? topbits : 0);
 				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits + topoct;
 				break;
+			case CHMOD_SET:
+				curr_mode->ModeAND = 0;
+				curr_mode->ModeOR  = bits;
+				break;
 			}
 
 			curr_mode->flags = flags;
@@ -99,7 +106,8 @@ struct chmod_mode_struct *parse_chmod(const char *modestr,
 			where = what = op = topoct = topbits = flags = 0;
 		}
 
-		if (state != STATE_2ND_HALF) {
+		switch (state) {
+		case STATE_1ST_HALF:
 			switch (*modestr) {
 			case 'D':
 				if (flags & FLAG_FILES_ONLY)
@@ -138,10 +146,17 @@ struct chmod_mode_struct *parse_chmod(const char *modestr,
 				state = STATE_2ND_HALF;
 				break;
 			default:
-				state = STATE_ERROR;
+				if (isDigit(modestr) && *modestr < '8' && !where) {
+					op = CHMOD_SET;
+					state =  STATE_OCTAL_NUM;
+					where = 1;
+					what = *modestr - '0';
+				} else
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
 				break;
 			}
-		} else {
+			break;
+		case STATE_2ND_HALF:
 			switch (*modestr) {
 			case 'r':
 				what |= 4;
@@ -168,6 +183,15 @@ struct chmod_mode_struct *parse_chmod(const char *modestr,
 				state = STATE_ERROR;
 				break;
 			}
+			break;
+		case STATE_OCTAL_NUM:
+			if (isDigit(modestr) && *modestr < '8') {
+				what = what*8 + *modestr - '0';
+				if (what > CHMOD_BITS)
+					state = STATE_ERROR;
+			} else
+				state = STATE_ERROR;
+			break;
 		}
 		modestr++;
 	}

cleanup.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,12 +24,18 @@
 
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_daemon;
+extern int am_receiver;
 extern int io_error;
 extern int keep_partial;
 extern int got_xfer_error;
+extern int protocol_version;
+extern int output_needs_newline;
 extern char *partial_dir;
 extern char *logfile_name;
 
+BOOL shutting_down = False;
+BOOL flush_ok_after_signal = False;
+
 #ifdef HAVE_SIGACTION
 static struct sigaction sigact;
 #endif
@@ -81,7 +87,7 @@ int cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 static const char *cleanup_fname;
 static const char *cleanup_new_fname;
 static struct file_struct *cleanup_file;
-static int cleanup_fd_r, cleanup_fd_w;
+static int cleanup_fd_r = -1, cleanup_fd_w = -1;
 static pid_t cleanup_pid = 0;
 
 pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
@@ -93,75 +99,108 @@ pid_t cleanup_child_pid = -1;
  **/
 NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
-	static int cleanup_step = 0;
-	static int exit_code = 0;
-	static int unmodified_code = 0;
+	static int switch_step = 0;
+	static int exit_code = 0, exit_line = 0;
+	static const char *exit_file = NULL;
+	static int first_code = 0;
 
 	SIGACTION(SIGUSR1, SIG_IGN);
 	SIGACTION(SIGUSR2, SIG_IGN);
 
-	if (exit_code) /* Preserve first error code when recursing. */
-		code = exit_code;
+	if (!exit_code) { /* Preserve first error exit info when recursing. */
+		exit_code = code;
+		exit_file = file;
+		exit_line = line < 0 ? -line : line;
+	}
 
 	/* If this is the exit at the end of the run, the server side
-	 * should not attempt to output a message (see log.c). */
+	 * should not attempt to output a message (see log_exit()). */
 	if (am_server && code == 0)
 		am_server = 2;
 
 	/* Some of our actions might cause a recursive call back here, so we
 	 * keep track of where we are in the cleanup and never repeat a step. */
-	switch (cleanup_step) {
-#include "case_N.h" /* case 0: cleanup_step++; */
+	switch (switch_step) {
+#include "case_N.h" /* case 0: */
+		switch_step++;
 
-		exit_code = unmodified_code = code;
+		first_code = code;
 
-		if (verbose > 3) {
+		if (output_needs_newline) {
+			fputc('\n', stdout);
+			output_needs_newline = 0;
+		}
+
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 2)) {
 			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
-				code, file, line);
+				"[%s] _exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): entered\n",
+				who_am_i(), code, file, line);
 		}
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
 #include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
 
 		if (cleanup_child_pid != -1) {
 			int status;
 			int pid = wait_process(cleanup_child_pid, &status, WNOHANG);
 			if (pid == cleanup_child_pid) {
 				status = WEXITSTATUS(status);
-				if (status > code)
-					code = exit_code = status;
+				if (status > exit_code)
+					exit_code = status;
 			}
 		}
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
 #include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
 
-		if (cleanup_got_literal && cleanup_fname && cleanup_new_fname
-		 && keep_partial && handle_partial_dir(cleanup_new_fname, PDIR_CREATE)) {
+		if (cleanup_got_literal && (cleanup_fname || cleanup_fd_w != -1)) {
 			const char *fname = cleanup_fname;
 			cleanup_fname = NULL;
-			if (cleanup_fd_r != -1)
+			if (cleanup_fd_r != -1) {
 				close(cleanup_fd_r);
+				cleanup_fd_r = -1;
+			}
 			if (cleanup_fd_w != -1) {
 				flush_write_file(cleanup_fd_w);
 				close(cleanup_fd_w);
+				cleanup_fd_w = -1;
+			}
+			if (fname && cleanup_new_fname && keep_partial
+			 && handle_partial_dir(cleanup_new_fname, PDIR_CREATE)) {
+				int tweak_modtime = 0;
+				if (!partial_dir) {
+				    /* We don't want to leave a partial file with a modern time or it
+				     * could be skipped via --update.  Setting the time to something
+				     * really old also helps it to stand out as unfinished in an ls. */
+				    tweak_modtime = 1;
+				    cleanup_file->modtime = 0;
+				}
+				finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, NULL, NULL,
+						cleanup_file, tweak_modtime, !partial_dir);
 			}
-			finish_transfer(cleanup_new_fname, fname, NULL, NULL,
-					cleanup_file, 0, !partial_dir);
 		}
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
 #include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
 
-		io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
+		if (flush_ok_after_signal) {
+			flush_ok_after_signal = False;
+			if (code == RERR_SIGNAL)
+				io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
+		}
+		if (!exit_code && !code)
+			io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
 #include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
 
 		if (cleanup_fname)
 			do_unlink(cleanup_fname);
-		if (code)
+		if (exit_code)
 			kill_all(SIGUSR1);
 		if (cleanup_pid && cleanup_pid == getpid()) {
 			char *pidf = lp_pid_file();
@@ -169,32 +208,55 @@ NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 				unlink(lp_pid_file());
 		}
 
-		if (code == 0) {
+		if (exit_code == 0) {
+			if (code)
+				exit_code = code;
 			if (io_error & IOERR_DEL_LIMIT)
-				code = exit_code = RERR_DEL_LIMIT;
+				exit_code = RERR_DEL_LIMIT;
 			if (io_error & IOERR_VANISHED)
-				code = exit_code = RERR_VANISHED;
+				exit_code = RERR_VANISHED;
 			if (io_error & IOERR_GENERAL || got_xfer_error)
-				code = exit_code = RERR_PARTIAL;
+				exit_code = RERR_PARTIAL;
 		}
 
-		if (code || am_daemon || (logfile_name && (am_server || !verbose)))
-			log_exit(code, file, line);
+		/* If line < 0, this exit is after a MSG_ERROR_EXIT event, so
+		 * we don't want to output a duplicate error. */
+		if ((exit_code && line > 0)
+		 || am_daemon || (logfile_name && (am_server || !INFO_GTE(STATS, 1))))
+			log_exit(exit_code, exit_file, exit_line);
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
 #include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
 
-		if (verbose > 2) {
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 1)) {
 			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"_exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): "
+				"[%s] _exit_cleanup(code=%d, file=%s, line=%d): "
 				"about to call exit(%d)\n",
-				unmodified_code, file, line, code);
+				who_am_i(), first_code, exit_file, exit_line, exit_code);
 		}
 
 		/* FALLTHROUGH */
 #include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
 
-		if (am_server && code)
+		if (exit_code && exit_code != RERR_SOCKETIO && exit_code != RERR_STREAMIO && exit_code != RERR_SIGNAL1
+		 && exit_code != RERR_TIMEOUT && !shutting_down && (protocol_version >= 31 || am_receiver)) {
+			if (line > 0) {
+				if (DEBUG_GTE(EXIT, 3)) {
+					rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] sending MSG_ERROR_EXIT with exit_code %d\n",
+						who_am_i(), exit_code);
+				}
+				send_msg_int(MSG_ERROR_EXIT, exit_code);
+			}
+			noop_io_until_death();
+		}
+
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+#include "case_N.h"
+		switch_step++;
+
+		if (am_server && exit_code)
 			msleep(100);
 		close_all();
 
@@ -203,12 +265,13 @@ NORETURN void _exit_cleanup(int code, const char *file, int line)
 		break;
 	}
 
-	exit(code);
+	exit(exit_code);
 }
 
 void cleanup_disable(void)
 {
 	cleanup_fname = cleanup_new_fname = NULL;
+	cleanup_fd_r = cleanup_fd_w = -1;
 	cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 }
 

clientname.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ char *client_addr(int fd)
 	static int initialised;
 	struct sockaddr_storage ss;
 	socklen_t length = sizeof ss;
-	char *ssh_info, *p;
 
 	if (initialised)
 		return addr_buf;
@@ -49,11 +48,14 @@ char *client_addr(int fd)
 	initialised = 1;
 
 	if (am_server) {	/* daemon over --rsh mode */
+		char *env_str;
 		strlcpy(addr_buf, "0.0.0.0", sizeof addr_buf);
-		if ((ssh_info = getenv("SSH_CONNECTION")) != NULL
-		    || (ssh_info = getenv("SSH_CLIENT")) != NULL
-		    || (ssh_info = getenv("SSH2_CLIENT")) != NULL) {
-			strlcpy(addr_buf, ssh_info, sizeof addr_buf);
+		if ((env_str = getenv("REMOTE_HOST")) != NULL
+		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH_CONNECTION")) != NULL
+		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH_CLIENT")) != NULL
+		 || (env_str = getenv("SSH2_CLIENT")) != NULL) {
+			char *p;
+			strlcpy(addr_buf, env_str, sizeof addr_buf);
 			/* Truncate the value to just the IP address. */
 			if ((p = strchr(addr_buf, ' ')) != NULL)
 				*p = '\0';
@@ -108,6 +110,9 @@ char *client_name(int fd)
 		struct addrinfo hint, *answer;
 		int err;
 
+		if (strcmp(addr, "0.0.0.0") == 0)
+			return name_buf;
+
 		memset(&hint, 0, sizeof hint);
 
 #ifdef AI_NUMERICHOST
@@ -266,7 +271,7 @@ int compare_addrinfo_sockaddr(const struct addrinfo *ai,
 
 		if (ai->ai_addrlen < sizeof (struct sockaddr_in6)) {
 			rprintf(FLOG, "%s: too short sockaddr_in6; length=%d\n",
-				fn, ai->ai_addrlen);
+				fn, (int)ai->ai_addrlen);
 			return 1;
 		}
 

compat.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) Andrew Tridgell 1996
  * Copyright (C) Paul Mackerras 1996
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,8 +24,9 @@
 int remote_protocol = 0;
 int file_extra_cnt = 0; /* count of file-list extras that everyone gets */
 int inc_recurse = 0;
+int compat_flags = 0;
+int use_safe_inc_flist = 0;
 
-extern int verbose;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_sender;
 extern int local_server;
@@ -33,6 +34,7 @@ extern int inplace;
 extern int recurse;
 extern int use_qsort;
 extern int allow_inc_recurse;
+extern int preallocate_files;
 extern int append_mode;
 extern int fuzzy_basis;
 extern int read_batch;
@@ -48,24 +50,35 @@ extern int preserve_acls;
 extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern int need_messages_from_generator;
 extern int delete_mode, delete_before, delete_during, delete_after;
-extern char *shell_cmd; /* contains VER.SUB string if client is a pre-release */
+extern char *shell_cmd;
 extern char *partial_dir;
 extern char *dest_option;
 extern char *files_from;
 extern char *filesfrom_host;
-extern struct filter_list_struct filter_list;
+extern filter_rule_list filter_list;
 extern int need_unsorted_flist;
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 extern iconv_t ic_send, ic_recv;
+extern char *iconv_opt;
 #endif
 
 /* These index values are for the file-list's extra-attribute array. */
 int uid_ndx, gid_ndx, acls_ndx, xattrs_ndx, unsort_ndx;
 
+int receiver_symlink_times = 0; /* receiver can set the time on a symlink */
+int sender_symlink_iconv = 0;	/* sender should convert symlink content */
+
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 int filesfrom_convert = 0;
 #endif
 
+#define CF_INC_RECURSE	 (1<<0)
+#define CF_SYMLINK_TIMES (1<<1)
+#define CF_SYMLINK_ICONV (1<<2)
+#define CF_SAFE_FLIST	 (1<<3)
+
+static const char *client_info;
+
 /* The server makes sure that if either side only supports a pre-release
  * version of a protocol, that both sides must speak a compatible version
  * of that protocol for it to be advertised as available. */
@@ -79,8 +92,9 @@ static void check_sub_protocol(void)
 	int our_sub = 0;
 #endif
 
-	if (!shell_cmd || !(dot = strchr(shell_cmd, '.'))
-	 || !(their_protocol = atoi(shell_cmd))
+	/* client_info starts with VER.SUB string if client is a pre-release. */
+	if (!(their_protocol = atoi(client_info))
+	 || !(dot = strchr(client_info, '.'))
 	 || !(their_sub = atoi(dot+1))) {
 #if SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION != 0
 		if (our_sub)
@@ -103,6 +117,8 @@ static void check_sub_protocol(void)
 
 void set_allow_inc_recurse(void)
 {
+	client_info = shell_cmd ? shell_cmd : "";
+
 	if (!recurse || use_qsort)
 		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
 	else if (!am_sender
@@ -110,7 +126,7 @@ void set_allow_inc_recurse(void)
 	  || delay_updates || prune_empty_dirs))
 		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
 	else if (am_server && !local_server
-	 && (!shell_cmd || strchr(shell_cmd, 'i') == NULL))
+	 && (strchr(client_info, 'i') == NULL))
 		allow_inc_recurse = 0;
 }
 
@@ -147,7 +163,7 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
 
-	if (verbose > 3) {
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(PROTO, 1)) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "(%s) Protocol versions: remote=%d, negotiated=%d\n",
 			am_server? "Server" : "Client", remote_protocol, protocol_version);
 	}
@@ -171,6 +187,16 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 			PROTOCOL_VERSION, am_server? "Server" : "Client");
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 	}
+	if (read_batch)
+		check_batch_flags();
+
+#ifndef SUPPORT_PREALLOCATION
+	if (preallocate_files && !am_sender) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "preallocation is not supported on this %s\n",
+			am_server ? "Server" : "Client");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+	}
+#endif
 
 	if (protocol_version < 30) {
 		if (append_mode == 1)
@@ -232,10 +258,34 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 		}
 	} else if (protocol_version >= 30) {
 		if (am_server) {
-			inc_recurse = allow_inc_recurse;
-			write_byte(f_out, inc_recurse);
+			compat_flags = allow_inc_recurse ? CF_INC_RECURSE : 0;
+#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
+			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_TIMES;
+#endif
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+			compat_flags |= CF_SYMLINK_ICONV;
+#endif
+			if (local_server || strchr(client_info, 'f') != NULL)
+				compat_flags |= CF_SAFE_FLIST;
+			write_byte(f_out, compat_flags);
 		} else
-			inc_recurse = read_byte(f_in);
+			compat_flags = read_byte(f_in);
+		/* The inc_recurse var MUST be set to 0 or 1. */
+		inc_recurse = compat_flags & CF_INC_RECURSE ? 1 : 0;
+		if (am_sender) {
+			receiver_symlink_times = am_server
+			    ? strchr(client_info, 'L') != NULL
+			    : !!(compat_flags & CF_SYMLINK_TIMES);
+		}
+#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
+		else
+			receiver_symlink_times = 1;
+#endif
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+		sender_symlink_iconv = iconv_opt && (am_server
+		    ? local_server || strchr(client_info, 's') != NULL
+		    : !!(compat_flags & CF_SYMLINK_ICONV));
+#endif
 		if (inc_recurse && !allow_inc_recurse) {
 			/* This should only be able to happen in a batch. */
 			fprintf(stderr,
@@ -243,17 +293,22 @@ void setup_protocol(int f_out,int f_in)
 			    read_batch ? "batch file" : "connection");
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
 		}
+		use_safe_inc_flist = (compat_flags & CF_SAFE_FLIST) || protocol_version >= 31;
 		need_messages_from_generator = 1;
+#ifdef CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES
+	} else if (!am_sender) {
+		receiver_symlink_times = 1;
+#endif
 	}
 
 	if (need_unsorted_flist && (!am_sender || inc_recurse))
 		unsort_ndx = ++file_extra_cnt;
 
 	if (partial_dir && *partial_dir != '/' && (!am_server || local_server)) {
-		int flags = MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES | MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY;
+		int rflags = FILTRULE_NO_PREFIXES | FILTRULE_DIRECTORY;
 		if (!am_sender || protocol_version >= 30)
-			flags |= MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE;
-		parse_rule(&filter_list, partial_dir, flags, 0);
+			rflags |= FILTRULE_PERISHABLE;
+		parse_filter_str(&filter_list, partial_dir, rule_template(rflags), 0);
 	}
 
 

config.guess

@@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
-#   Inc.
+#   Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-timestamp='2006-07-02'
+timestamp='2013-05-16'
 
 # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
 # (at your option) any later version.
 #
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
@@ -17,26 +15,22 @@ timestamp='2006-07-02'
 # General Public License for more details.
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
 # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.  Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
 #
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+# Originally written by Per Bothner.
 #
-# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
-# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
+#
+# Please send patches with a ChangeLog entry to config-patches@gnu.org.
+
 
 me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
 
@@ -56,8 +50,7 @@ version="\
 GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
 
 Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -139,12 +132,33 @@ UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
 UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
 UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
 
+case "${UNAME_SYSTEM}" in
+Linux|GNU|GNU/*)
+	# If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc.
+	# We could probably try harder.
+	LIBC=gnu
+
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	cat <<-EOF > $dummy.c
+	#include <features.h>
+	#if defined(__UCLIBC__)
+	LIBC=uclibc
+	#elif defined(__dietlibc__)
+	LIBC=dietlibc
+	#else
+	LIBC=gnu
+	#endif
+	EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
+	;;
+esac
+
 # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
 
 case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
     *:NetBSD:*:*)
 	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
-	# more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+	# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
 	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
 	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
 	# object file format.  This provides both forward
@@ -161,6 +175,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
 	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
 	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
 	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
 	esac
 	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
@@ -169,7 +184,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
 		eval $set_cc_for_build
 		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-			| grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+			| grep -q __ELF__
 		then
 		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
 		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
@@ -179,7 +194,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 		fi
 		;;
 	    *)
-	        os=netbsd
+		os=netbsd
 		;;
 	esac
 	# The OS release
@@ -200,6 +215,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
 	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
 	exit ;;
+    *:Bitrig:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     *:OpenBSD:*:*)
 	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -222,7 +241,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
 		;;
 	*5.*)
-	        UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
 		;;
 	esac
 	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
@@ -268,7 +287,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
 	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-	exit ;;
+	# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
+	exitcode=$?
+	trap '' 0
+	exit $exitcode ;;
     Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
 	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
 	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
@@ -294,12 +316,12 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
 	exit ;;
     *:OS400:*:*)
-        echo powerpc-ibm-os400
+	echo powerpc-ibm-os400
 	exit ;;
     arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
 	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
-    arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
+    arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*)
 	echo arm-unknown-riscos
 	exit ;;
     SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
@@ -323,14 +345,33 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
 	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
 	esac ;;
+    s390x:SunOS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit ;;
     sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
 	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
 	exit ;;
     sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
 	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
 	exit ;;
-    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+    i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
+	echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	SUN_ARCH="i386"
+	# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
+	# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
+	# This test works for both compilers.
+	if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+	    if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+		(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+	    then
+		SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
+	    fi
+	fi
+	echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
 	exit ;;
     sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
 	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
@@ -374,23 +415,23 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
     # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
     # be no problem.
     atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
     atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
 	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
+	exit ;;
     *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
     milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
+	echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
+	echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
-        echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit ;;
+	echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     m68k:machten:*:*)
 	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
@@ -460,8 +501,8 @@ EOF
 	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
 	exit ;;
     AViiON:dgux:*:*)
-        # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
-        UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
 	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
 	then
 	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
@@ -474,7 +515,7 @@ EOF
 	else
 	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
- 	exit ;;
+	exit ;;
     M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
 	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
 	exit ;;
@@ -531,7 +572,7 @@ EOF
 		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
 	fi
 	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:[45])
+    *:AIX:*:[4567])
 	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
 	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
 		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
@@ -574,52 +615,52 @@ EOF
 	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
 		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
 		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
-                    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
-                    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
-                      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
-                      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
-                      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
-                        case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
-                          32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
-                          64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+		    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+		    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+		      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+		      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+		      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+			case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+			  32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+			  64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
 			  '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
-                        esac ;;
-                    esac
+			esac ;;
+		    esac
 		fi
 		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
 		    eval $set_cc_for_build
-		    sed 's/^              //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+		    sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
 
-              #define _HPUX_SOURCE
-              #include <stdlib.h>
-              #include <unistd.h>
+		#define _HPUX_SOURCE
+		#include <stdlib.h>
+		#include <unistd.h>
 
-              int main ()
-              {
-              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-                  long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
-              #endif
-                  long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+		int main ()
+		{
+		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+		    long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+		#endif
+		    long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
 
-                  switch (cpu)
-              	{
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
-              	case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
-              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-              	    switch (bits)
-              		{
-              		case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
-              		case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
-              		default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-              		} break;
-              #else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
-              	    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-              #endif
-              	default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-              	}
-                  exit (0);
-              }
+		    switch (cpu)
+			{
+			case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+			case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+			case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+			    switch (bits)
+				{
+				case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+				case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+				default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+				} break;
+		#else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+			    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+		#endif
+			default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+			}
+		    exit (0);
+		}
 EOF
 		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
 		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
@@ -639,7 +680,7 @@ EOF
 	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
 
 	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
-		grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+		grep -q __LP64__
 	    then
 		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
 	    else
@@ -710,22 +751,22 @@ EOF
 	exit ;;
     C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
 	echo c1-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
+	exit ;;
     C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
 	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
 	then echo c32-convex-bsd
 	else echo c2-convex-bsd
 	fi
-        exit ;;
+	exit ;;
     C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
 	echo c34-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
+	exit ;;
     C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
 	echo c38-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
+	exit ;;
     C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
 	echo c4-convex-bsd
-        exit ;;
+	exit ;;
     CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
 	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
 	exit ;;
@@ -749,14 +790,14 @@ EOF
 	exit ;;
     F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
 	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
-        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-        echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-        exit ;;
+	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+	FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+	echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+	exit ;;
     5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
-        FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-        echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+	FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+	echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
 	exit ;;
     i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
@@ -768,37 +809,51 @@ EOF
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
     *:FreeBSD:*:*)
-	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
-	    pc98)
-		echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+	case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in
 	    amd64)
 		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
 	    *)
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+		echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
 	esac
 	exit ;;
     i*:CYGWIN*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
 	exit ;;
-    i*:MINGW*:*)
+    *:MINGW64*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64
+	exit ;;
+    *:MINGW*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
 	exit ;;
+    i*:MSYS*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys
+	exit ;;
     i*:windows32*:*)
-    	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
-    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
+	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
 	exit ;;
     i*:PW*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
 	exit ;;
-    x86:Interix*:[3456]*)
-	echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    EM64T:Interix*:[3456]*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
+    *:Interix*:*)
+	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+	    x86)
+		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    IA64)
+		echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	esac ;;
     [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
 	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
 	exit ;;
+    8664:Windows_NT:*)
+	echo x86_64-pc-mks
+	exit ;;
     i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
 	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
 	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
@@ -819,93 +874,21 @@ EOF
 	exit ;;
     *:GNU:*:*)
 	# the GNU system
-	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-${LIBC}`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
 	exit ;;
     *:GNU/*:*:*)
 	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     i*86:Minix:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
 	exit ;;
-    arm*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+    aarch64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
-    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    cris:Linux:*:*)
-	echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    frv:Linux:*:*)
-    	echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    m68*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    mips:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#undef CPU
-	#undef mips
-	#undef mipsel
-	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
-	CPU=mipsel
-	#else
-	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
-	CPU=mips
-	#else
-	CPU=
-	#endif
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
-	    /^CPU/{
-		s: ::g
-		p
-	    }'`"
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
-	;;
-    mips64:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#undef CPU
-	#undef mips64
-	#undef mips64el
-	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
-	CPU=mips64el
-	#else
-	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
-	CPU=mips64
-	#else
-	CPU=
-	#endif
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
-	    /^CPU/{
-		s: ::g
-		p
-	    }'`"
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
-	;;
-    or32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    ppc:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+    aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
+	UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     alpha:Linux:*:*)
 	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
@@ -916,103 +899,126 @@ EOF
 	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
 	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
 	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
-        esac
-	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
-	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+	esac
+	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
+	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="gnulibc1" ; fi
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    arm*:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
+	then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	else
+	    if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+		| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
+	    then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi
+	    else
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf
+	    fi
+	fi
+	exit ;;
+    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    cris:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    frv:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    hexagon:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    ia64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    m68*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+	#undef CPU
+	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
+	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
+	#else
+	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
+	#else
+	CPU=
+	#endif
+	#endif
+EOF
+	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}"; exit; }
+	;;
+    or1k:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    or32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    padre:Linux:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
 	# Look for CPU level
 	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
-	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
-	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
-	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
+	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
+	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-${LIBC} ;;
 	esac
 	exit ;;
-    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    ppc:Linux:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     sh64*:Linux:*:*)
-    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     sh*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    tile*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     vax:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
     x86_64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
+	exit ;;
+    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-${LIBC}
 	exit ;;
-    i*86:Linux:*:*)
-	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
-	# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
-	# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
-	# Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
-	ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
-			 | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
-				    s/[ 	][ 	]*/ /g
-				    s/.*supported targets: *//
-				    s/ .*//
-				    p'`
-        case "$ld_supported_targets" in
-	  elf32-i386)
-		TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
-		;;
-	  a.out-i386-linux)
-		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
-		exit ;;
-	  coff-i386)
-		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
-		exit ;;
-	  "")
-		# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
-		# one that does not give us useful --help.
-		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
-		exit ;;
-	esac
-	# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#include <features.h>
-	#ifdef __ELF__
-	# ifdef __GLIBC__
-	#  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
-	LIBC=gnu
-	#  else
-	LIBC=gnulibc1
-	#  endif
-	# else
-	LIBC=gnulibc1
-	# endif
-	#else
-	#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
-	LIBC=gnu
-	#else
-	LIBC=gnuaout
-	#endif
-	#endif
-	#ifdef __dietlibc__
-	LIBC=dietlibc
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
-	    /^LIBC/{
-		s: ::g
-		p
-	    }'`"
-	test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
-		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
-		exit
-	}
-	test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
-	;;
     i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
 	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
 	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
@@ -1020,11 +1026,11 @@ EOF
 	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
 	exit ;;
     i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
-        # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
-        # number series starting with 2...
-        # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+	# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+	# number series starting with 2...
+	# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
 	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
-        # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+	# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
 	exit ;;
     i*86:OS/2:*:*)
@@ -1041,7 +1047,7 @@ EOF
     i*86:syllable:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
 	exit ;;
-    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
 	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
     i*86:*DOS:*:*)
@@ -1056,7 +1062,7 @@ EOF
 	fi
 	exit ;;
     i*86:*:5:[678]*)
-    	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
+	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
 	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
 	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
 	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
@@ -1084,10 +1090,13 @@ EOF
 	exit ;;
     pc:*:*:*)
 	# Left here for compatibility:
-        # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
-        # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
-	echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
-        exit ;;
+	# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+	# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
+	# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
+	# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
+	# this is a cross-build.
+	echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
+	exit ;;
     Intel:Mach:3*:*)
 	echo i386-pc-mach3
 	exit ;;
@@ -1122,8 +1131,18 @@ EOF
 	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
 	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
     3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
-        /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-          && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
+    NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
+	OS_REL='.3'
+	test -r /etc/.relid \
+	    && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
+	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
+	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
     m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
 	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
@@ -1136,7 +1155,7 @@ EOF
     rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
 	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
-    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
 	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
     SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
@@ -1156,10 +1175,10 @@ EOF
 		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
 	fi
 	exit ;;
-    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
-                      # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
-        echo i586-unisys-sysv4
-        exit ;;
+    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*)	# Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+			# says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+	echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+	exit ;;
     *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
 	# From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
 	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
@@ -1185,11 +1204,11 @@ EOF
 	exit ;;
     R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
 	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
-	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	else
-	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
-        exit ;;
+	exit ;;
     BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
 	echo powerpc-be-beos
 	exit ;;
@@ -1199,6 +1218,12 @@ EOF
     BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
 	echo i586-pc-beos
 	exit ;;
+    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-haiku
+	exit ;;
+    x86_64:Haiku:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-haiku
+	exit ;;
     SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
 	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
@@ -1208,6 +1233,15 @@ EOF
     SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
 	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
+    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
 	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
@@ -1216,9 +1250,21 @@ EOF
 	exit ;;
     *:Darwin:*:*)
 	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
-	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
-	    unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
-	esac
+	eval $set_cc_for_build
+	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = unknown ; then
+	    UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc
+	fi
+	if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
+	    if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
+		(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
+		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
+	    then
+		case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+		    i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;;
+		    powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;;
+		esac
+	    fi
+	fi
 	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
     *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
@@ -1232,7 +1278,10 @@ EOF
     *:QNX:*:4*)
 	echo i386-pc-qnx
 	exit ;;
-    NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+    NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
 	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
     NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
@@ -1277,13 +1326,13 @@ EOF
 	echo pdp10-unknown-its
 	exit ;;
     SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
-        echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit ;;
     *:DragonFly:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
 	exit ;;
     *:*VMS:*:*)
-    	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
 	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
 	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
 	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
@@ -1298,11 +1347,14 @@ EOF
     i*86:rdos:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
 	exit ;;
+    i*86:AROS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
+	exit ;;
+    x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx
+	exit ;;
 esac
 
-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
-
 eval $set_cc_for_build
 cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
 #ifdef _SEQUENT_
@@ -1320,11 +1372,11 @@ main ()
 #include <sys/param.h>
   printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
 #ifdef NEWSOS4
-          "4"
+	"4"
 #else
-	  ""
+	""
 #endif
-         ); exit (0);
+	); exit (0);
 #endif
 #endif
 
@@ -1458,9 +1510,9 @@ This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
 the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
 download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
 
-  http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess
+  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
 and
-  http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub
+  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
 
 If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
 send the following data and any information you think might be

config.sub

@@ -1,44 +1,40 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Configuration validation subroutine script.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
-#   Inc.
+#   Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-timestamp='2006-07-02'
+timestamp='2013-04-24'
 
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
 # (at your option) any later version.
 #
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
+# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 #
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
 # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
+# program.  This Exception is an additional permission under section 7
+# of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3").
 
 
-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>.  Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+# Please send patches with a ChangeLog entry to config-patches@gnu.org.
 #
 # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
 # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
 # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
 # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
 
+# You can get the latest version of this script from:
+# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
+
 # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
 # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
 # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
@@ -72,8 +68,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
 version="\
 GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
 
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
 warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
@@ -120,12 +115,18 @@ esac
 # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
 maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
 case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
-  uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
+  linux-musl* | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
+  knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
   storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
     os=-$maybe_os
     basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
     ;;
+  android-linux)
+    os=-linux-android
+    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown
+    ;;
   *)
     basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
     if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
@@ -148,10 +149,13 @@ case $os in
 	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
 	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
 	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
+	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze*)
 		os=
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
+	-bluegene*)
+		os=-cnk
+		;;
 	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
 		os=
 		basic_machine=$1
@@ -166,10 +170,10 @@ case $os in
 		os=-chorusos
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
- 	-chorusrdb)
- 		os=-chorusrdb
+	-chorusrdb)
+		os=-chorusrdb
 		basic_machine=$1
- 		;;
+		;;
 	-hiux*)
 		os=-hiuxwe2
 		;;
@@ -214,6 +218,12 @@ case $os in
 	-isc*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
 		;;
+	-lynx*178)
+		os=-lynxos178
+		;;
+	-lynx*5)
+		os=-lynxos5
+		;;
 	-lynx*)
 		os=-lynxos
 		;;
@@ -238,24 +248,34 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
 	1750a | 580 \
 	| a29k \
+	| aarch64 | aarch64_be \
 	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
 	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
 	| am33_2.0 \
-	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
+	| arc | arceb \
+	| arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2-8] | armv[3-8][lb] | armv7[arm] \
+	| avr | avr32 \
+	| be32 | be64 \
 	| bfin \
 	| c4x | clipper \
 	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
-	| fr30 | frv \
+	| epiphany \
+	| fido | fr30 | frv \
 	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
+	| hexagon \
 	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
 	| ip2k | iq2000 \
+	| le32 | le64 \
+	| lm32 \
 	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
-	| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore \
+	| maxq | mb | microblaze | microblazeel | mcore | mep | metag \
 	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
 	| mips16 \
 	| mips64 | mips64el \
-	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
+	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
 	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
+	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
+	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
 	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
 	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
 	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
@@ -266,30 +286,45 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
 	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
 	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
+	| mipsr5900 | mipsr5900el \
 	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
 	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+	| moxie \
 	| mt \
 	| msp430 \
-	| nios | nios2 \
+	| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
+	| nios | nios2 | nios2eb | nios2el \
 	| ns16k | ns32k \
-	| or32 \
+	| open8 \
+	| or1k | or32 \
 	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
-	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
+	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
 	| pyramid \
-	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| rl78 | rx \
+	| score \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
 	| sh64 | sh64le \
 	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
 	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
-	| spu | strongarm \
-	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
-	| v850 | v850e \
+	| spu \
+	| tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
+	| ubicom32 \
+	| v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \
 	| we32k \
-	| x86 | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
-	| z8k)
+	| x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| z8k | z80)
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		;;
-	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12)
-		# Motorola 68HC11/12.
+	c54x)
+		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
+		;;
+	c55x)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
+		;;
+	c6x)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
+		;;
+	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | picochip)
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		os=-none
 		;;
@@ -299,6 +334,21 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=mt-unknown
 		;;
 
+	strongarm | thumb | xscale)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		;;
+	xgate)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	xscaleeb)
+		basic_machine=armeb-unknown
+		;;
+
+	xscaleel)
+		basic_machine=armel-unknown
+		;;
+
 	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
 	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
 	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
@@ -313,29 +363,37 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
 	580-* \
 	| a29k-* \
+	| aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \
 	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
 	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
-	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
+	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* | arceb-* \
 	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
 	| avr-* | avr32-* \
+	| be32-* | be64-* \
 	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
-	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
+	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
 	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
 	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
 	| elxsi-* \
-	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
 	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
 	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
+	| hexagon-* \
 	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
 	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
+	| le32-* | le64-* \
+	| lm32-* \
 	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
 	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
-	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* \
+	| microblaze-* | microblazeel-* \
 	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
 	| mips16-* \
 	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
-	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
+	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
 	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
+	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
 	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
 	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
 	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
@@ -346,31 +404,41 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
 	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
 	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
+	| mipsr5900-* | mipsr5900el-* \
 	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
 	| mmix-* \
 	| mt-* \
 	| msp430-* \
-	| nios-* | nios2-* \
+	| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
+	| nios-* | nios2-* | nios2eb-* | nios2el-* \
 	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+	| open8-* \
 	| orion-* \
 	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
-	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
+	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \
 	| pyramid-* \
-	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
-	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
+	| rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
 	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
 	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
 	| sparclite-* \
-	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
-	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
+	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+	| tahoe-* \
 	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
+	| tile*-* \
 	| tron-* \
-	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
+	| ubicom32-* \
+	| v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \
+	| vax-* \
 	| we32k-* \
-	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
-	| xstormy16-* | xtensa-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \
+	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
 	| ymp-* \
-	| z8k-*)
+	| z8k-* | z80-*)
+		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
+	xtensa*)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		;;
 	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
 	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
@@ -388,7 +456,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
 		;;
-    	abacus)
+	abacus)
 		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
 		;;
 	adobe68k)
@@ -434,6 +502,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
 		os=-bsd
 		;;
+	aros)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-aros
+		;;
 	aux)
 		basic_machine=m68k-apple
 		os=-aux
@@ -442,10 +514,35 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
 		os=-dynix
 		;;
+	blackfin)
+		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	blackfin-*)
+		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	bluegene*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
+		os=-cnk
+		;;
+	c54x-*)
+		basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	c55x-*)
+		basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
+	c6x-*)
+		basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
 	c90)
 		basic_machine=c90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
+	cegcc)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-cegcc
+		;;
 	convex-c1)
 		basic_machine=c1-convex
 		os=-bsd
@@ -474,8 +571,8 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=craynv-cray
 		os=-unicosmp
 		;;
-	cr16c)
-		basic_machine=cr16c-unknown
+	cr16 | cr16-*)
+		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
 		os=-elf
 		;;
 	crds | unos)
@@ -513,6 +610,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
+	dicos)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-dicos
+		;;
 	djgpp)
 		basic_machine=i586-pc
 		os=-msdosdjgpp
@@ -628,7 +729,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
 		;;
-# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
 	i*86v32)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-sysv32
@@ -667,6 +767,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m68k-isi
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
+	m68knommu)
+		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	m68knommu-*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
 	m88k-omron*)
 		basic_machine=m88k-omron
 		;;
@@ -678,10 +786,21 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
+	microblaze*)
+		basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
+		;;
+	mingw64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		os=-mingw64
+		;;
 	mingw32)
 		basic_machine=i386-pc
 		os=-mingw32
 		;;
+	mingw32ce)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-mingw32ce
+		;;
 	miniframe)
 		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
 		;;
@@ -710,10 +829,18 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	ms1-*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
 		;;
+	msys)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-msys
+		;;
 	mvs)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
 		os=-mvs
 		;;
+	nacl)
+		basic_machine=le32-unknown
+		os=-nacl
+		;;
 	ncr3000)
 		basic_machine=i486-ncr
 		os=-sysv4
@@ -778,6 +905,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	np1)
 		basic_machine=np1-gould
 		;;
+	neo-tandem)
+		basic_machine=neo-tandem
+		;;
+	nse-tandem)
+		basic_machine=nse-tandem
+		;;
 	nsr-tandem)
 		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
 		;;
@@ -808,6 +941,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i860-intel
 		os=-osf
 		;;
+	parisc)
+		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
+		os=-linux
+		;;
+	parisc-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		os=-linux
+		;;
 	pbd)
 		basic_machine=sparc-tti
 		;;
@@ -852,9 +993,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		;;
 	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
 		;;
-	ppc)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
+	ppc | ppcbe)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
 		;;
-	ppc-*)	basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+	ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
 	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
 		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
@@ -879,7 +1021,11 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i586-unknown
 		os=-pw32
 		;;
-	rdos)
+	rdos | rdos64)
+		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
+		os=-rdos
+		;;
+	rdos32)
 		basic_machine=i386-pc
 		os=-rdos
 		;;
@@ -909,6 +1055,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	sb1el)
 		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
 		;;
+	sde)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	sei)
 		basic_machine=mips-sei
 		os=-seiux
@@ -920,6 +1070,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
 		os=-hms
 		;;
+	sh5el)
+		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
+		;;
 	sh64)
 		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
 		;;
@@ -941,6 +1094,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i860-stratus
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
+	strongarm-* | thumb-*)
+		basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
 	sun2)
 		basic_machine=m68000-sun
 		;;
@@ -997,17 +1153,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=t90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
-	tic54x | c54x*)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic55x | c55x*)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic6x | c6x*)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
-		os=-coff
+	tile*)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		os=-linux-gnu
 		;;
 	tx39)
 		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
@@ -1076,6 +1224,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	xps | xps100)
 		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
 		;;
+	xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
+		;;
 	ymp)
 		basic_machine=ymp-cray
 		os=-unicos
@@ -1084,6 +1235,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
 		os=-sim
 		;;
+	z80-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z80-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
 	none)
 		basic_machine=none-none
 		os=-none
@@ -1122,7 +1277,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	we32k)
 		basic_machine=we32k-att
 		;;
-	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
 		basic_machine=sh-unknown
 		;;
 	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
@@ -1169,9 +1324,12 @@ esac
 if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
 then
 case $os in
-        # First match some system type aliases
-        # that might get confused with valid system types.
+	# First match some system type aliases
+	# that might get confused with valid system types.
 	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
+	-auroraux)
+		os=-auroraux
+		;;
 	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
 		;;
@@ -1192,21 +1350,23 @@ case $os in
 	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
 	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
 	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
-	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
-	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -solaris* | -sym* \
+	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
+	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
+	      | -sym* | -kopensolaris* | -plan9* \
 	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
-	      | -aos* \
+	      | -aos* | -aros* \
 	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
 	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
 	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
-	      | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+	      | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
 	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
 	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
 	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
 	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
-	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
-	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
+	      | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
+	      | -linux-newlib* | -linux-musl* | -linux-uclibc* \
 	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
 	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
 	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
@@ -1214,7 +1374,7 @@ case $os in
 	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
 	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
 	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
-	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers*)
+	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*)
 	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
 		;;
 	-qnx*)
@@ -1253,7 +1413,7 @@ case $os in
 	-opened*)
 		os=-openedition
 		;;
-        -os400*)
+	-os400*)
 		os=-os400
 		;;
 	-wince*)
@@ -1302,7 +1462,7 @@ case $os in
 	-sinix*)
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
-        -tpf*)
+	-tpf*)
 		os=-tpf
 		;;
 	-triton*)
@@ -1338,12 +1498,14 @@ case $os in
 	-aros*)
 		os=-aros
 		;;
-	-kaos*)
-		os=-kaos
-		;;
 	-zvmoe)
 		os=-zvmoe
 		;;
+	-dicos*)
+		os=-dicos
+		;;
+	-nacl*)
+		;;
 	-none)
 		;;
 	*)
@@ -1366,7 +1528,10 @@ else
 # system, and we'll never get to this point.
 
 case $basic_machine in
-        spu-*)
+	score-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	spu-*)
 		os=-elf
 		;;
 	*-acorn)
@@ -1378,8 +1543,20 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	arm*-semi)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
-        c4x-* | tic4x-*)
-        	os=-coff
+	c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	hexagon-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	tic54x-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic55x-*)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	tic6x-*)
+		os=-coff
 		;;
 	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
 	pdp10-*)
@@ -1399,19 +1576,22 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		;;
 	m68000-sun)
 		os=-sunos3
-		# This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
-		# default.
-		# os=-sunos4
 		;;
 	m68*-cisco)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
+	mep-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	mips*-cisco)
 		os=-elf
 		;;
 	mips*-*)
 		os=-elf
 		;;
+	or1k-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	or32-*)
 		os=-coff
 		;;
@@ -1430,7 +1610,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	*-ibm)
 		os=-aix
 		;;
-    	*-knuth)
+	*-knuth)
 		os=-mmixware
 		;;
 	*-wec)
@@ -1535,7 +1715,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-sunos*)
 				vendor=sun
 				;;
-			-aix*)
+			-cnk*|-aix*)
 				vendor=ibm
 				;;
 			-beos*)

configure

@@ -6,26 +6,22 @@
 dir=`dirname $0`
 realconfigure="$dir/configure.sh"
 
-if [ ! -f "$realconfigure" ]; then
-    if test x"$dir" != x -a x"$dir" != x.; then
-	curdir=`pwd`
-	cd "$dir"
-    else
-	curdir=''
-    fi
-    if make -f prepare-source.mak conf; then
-	:
-    elif [ -f "$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns" ]; then
+if test ! -f "$realconfigure"; then
+    if test -f "$HOME/build_farm/build_test.fns"; then
+	# Test the included popt
+	set -- --with-included-popt "${@}"
 	# Allow the build farm to grab latest files via rsync.
-	rsync -pvz rsync://rsync.samba.org/rsyncftp/generated-files/'c*' .
+	actions='build fetch'
+    else
+	actions='build'
+    fi
+    if "$dir/prepare-source" $actions; then
+	:
     else
 	echo 'Failed to build configure.sh and/or config.h.in -- giving up.' >&2
 	rm -f "$realconfigure"
 	exit 1
     fi
-    if test x"$curdir" != x; then
-	cd "$curdir"
-    fi
 fi
 
 exec "$realconfigure" "${@}"

configure.ac

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([byteorder.h])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
 AC_PREREQ(2.59)
 
-RSYNC_VERSION=3.0.0pre6
+RSYNC_VERSION=3.1.0
 AC_SUBST(RSYNC_VERSION)
 AC_MSG_NOTICE([Configuring rsync $RSYNC_VERSION])
 
@@ -13,22 +13,7 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_VERSION, ["$RSYNC_VERSION"], [rsync release version])
 
 LDFLAGS=${LDFLAGS-""}
 
-AC_CANONICAL_TARGET([])
-
-dnl Checks for programs.
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_PROG_EGREP
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-AC_PROG_CC_STDC
-AC_SUBST(SHELL)
-
-AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], 1,
-          [Define _GNU_SOURCE so that we get all necessary prototypes])
-
-if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = x"no"; then
-	AC_MSG_WARN([rsync requires an ANSI C compiler and you don't seem to have one])
-fi
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
 
 # We must decide this before testing the compiler.
 
@@ -42,14 +27,28 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
 
 if test x"$enable_debug" = x"no"; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-O"}
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
 else
     AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-    # leave CFLAGS alone; AC_PROG_CC will try to include -g if it can
     dnl AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define to turn on debugging code that may slow normal operation])
-    dnl CFLAGS=${CFLAGS-"-g"}
+    # leave ac_cv_prog_cc_g alone; AC_PROG_CC will try to include -g if it can
 fi
 
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_EGREP
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
+AC_PROG_CC_STDC
+AC_SUBST(SHELL)
+
+AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], 1,
+          [Define _GNU_SOURCE so that we get all necessary prototypes])
+
+if test x"$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" = x"no"; then
+	AC_MSG_WARN([rsync requires an ANSI C compiler and you do not seem to have one])
+fi
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(profile,
 	AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-profile],
@@ -80,6 +79,15 @@ fi
 AC_ARG_WITH(included-popt,
         AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-popt], [use bundled popt library, not from system]))
 
+AC_ARG_WITH(included-zlib,
+        AC_HELP_STRING([--with-included-zlib], [use bundled zlib library, not from system]))
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(protected-args,
+        AC_HELP_STRING([--with-protected-args], [make --protected-args option the default]))
+if test x"$with_protected_args" = x"yes"; then
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_USE_PROTECTED_ARGS, 1, [Define to 1 if --protected-args should be the default])
+fi
+
 AC_ARG_WITH(rsync-path,
 	AC_HELP_STRING([--with-rsync-path=PATH], [set default --rsync-path to PATH (default: rsync)]),
 	[ RSYNC_PATH="$with_rsync_path" ],
@@ -126,8 +134,14 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RSYNC_RSH, "$RSYNC_RSH", [default -e command])
 AC_CHECK_PROG(HAVE_YODL2MAN, yodl2man, 1, 0)
 if test x$HAVE_YODL2MAN = x1; then
     MAKE_MAN=man
+else
+    MAKE_MAN=man-copy
 fi
 
+# Some programs on solaris are only found in /usr/xpg4/bin (or work better than others versions).
+AC_PATH_PROG(SHELL_PATH, sh, /bin/sh, [/usr/xpg4/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH])
+AC_PATH_PROG(FAKEROOT_PATH, fakeroot, /usr/bin/fakeroot, [/usr/xpg4/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH])
+
 AC_ARG_WITH(nobody-group,
     AC_HELP_STRING([--with-nobody-group=GROUP],
 		   [set the default unprivileged group (default nobody or nogroup)]),
@@ -195,10 +209,10 @@ ipv6trylibc=yes
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(ipv6,
 	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ipv6],
-		[don't even try to use IPv6]))
+		[do not even try to use IPv6]))
 if test x"$enable_ipv6" != x"no"; then
 	AC_MSG_CHECKING([ipv6 stack type])
-	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 toshiba v6d zeta; do
+	for i in inria kame linux-glibc linux-inet6 solaris toshiba v6d zeta cygwin; do
 		case $i in
 		inria)
 			# http://www.kame.net/
@@ -242,6 +256,16 @@ AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
 				CFLAGS="-I/usr/inet6/include $CFLAGS"
 			fi
 			;;
+		solaris)
+			# http://www.sun.com
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <netinet/ip6.h>
+#ifdef __sun
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
 		toshiba)
 			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
 #include <sys/param.h>
@@ -275,6 +299,15 @@ yes
 				ipv6libdir=/usr/local/v6/lib;
 				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
 			;;
+		cygwin)
+			AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#ifdef _CYGWIN_IN6_H
+yes
+#endif],
+				[ipv6type=$i;
+				AC_DEFINE(INET6, 1, [true if you have IPv6])])
+			;;
 		esac
 		if test "$ipv6type" != "unknown"; then
 			break
@@ -290,7 +323,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE([locale],
 	AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-locale],
 		[disable locale features]))
 AH_TEMPLATE([CONFIG_LOCALE],
-[Undefine if you don't want locale features.  By default this is defined.])
+[Undefine if you do not want locale features.  By default this is defined.])
 if test x"$enable_locale" != x"no"; then
 	AC_DEFINE(CONFIG_LOCALE)
 fi
@@ -311,8 +344,11 @@ AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/fcntl.h sys/select.h fcntl.h sys/time.h sys/unistd.h \
     unistd.h utime.h grp.h compat.h sys/param.h ctype.h sys/wait.h \
     sys/ioctl.h sys/filio.h string.h stdlib.h sys/socket.h sys/mode.h \
-    sys/un.h sys/attr.h glob.h mcheck.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h locale.h \
-    netdb.h malloc.h float.h limits.h iconv.h libcharset.h langinfo.h)
+    sys/un.h sys/attr.h mcheck.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h locale.h \
+    netdb.h malloc.h float.h limits.h iconv.h libcharset.h langinfo.h \
+    sys/acl.h acl/libacl.h attr/xattr.h sys/xattr.h sys/extattr.h \
+    popt.h popt/popt.h linux/falloc.h netinet/in_systm.h netinet/ip.h \
+    zlib.h)
 AC_HEADER_MAJOR
 
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([if makedev takes 3 args],rsync_cv_MAKEDEV_TAKES_3_ARGS,[
@@ -360,7 +396,18 @@ AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
 AC_TYPE_UID_T
 AC_CHECK_TYPES([mode_t,off_t,size_t,pid_t,id_t])
 AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
-AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev,
+		  struct stat.st_mtimensec,
+		  struct stat.st_mtim.tv_nsec],,,[
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif])
 
 TYPE_SOCKLEN_T
 
@@ -409,8 +456,10 @@ fi
 
 AC_SEARCH_LIBS(inet_ntop, resolv)
 
-# Solaris and HP-UX weirdness:
-# Search for libiconv_open (not iconv_open) to discover if -liconv is needed!
+# For OS X, Solaris, HP-UX, etc.: figure out if -liconv is needed.  We'll
+# accept either iconv_open or libiconv_open, since some include files map
+# the former to the latter.
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(iconv_open, iconv)
 AC_SEARCH_LIBS(libiconv_open, iconv)
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
@@ -548,21 +597,72 @@ AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
 AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(waitpid wait4 getcwd strdup chown chmod lchmod mknod mkfifo \
     fchmod fstat ftruncate strchr readlink link utime utimes lutimes strftime \
-    memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf setsid glob strpbrk \
+    memmove lchown vsnprintf snprintf vasprintf asprintf setsid strpbrk \
     strlcat strlcpy strtol mallinfo getgroups setgroups geteuid getegid \
     setlocale setmode open64 lseek64 mkstemp64 mtrace va_copy __va_copy \
-    strerror putenv iconv_open locale_charset nl_langinfo getxattr \
-    extattr_get_link sigaction sigprocmask setattrlist)
+    seteuid strerror putenv iconv_open locale_charset nl_langinfo getxattr \
+    extattr_get_link sigaction sigprocmask setattrlist getgrouplist \
+    initgroups utimensat posix_fallocate attropen setvbuf)
+
+dnl cygwin iconv.h defines iconv_open as libiconv_open
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_iconv_open" != x"yes"; then
+    AC_CHECK_FUNC(libiconv_open, [ac_cv_func_iconv_open=yes; AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV_OPEN, 1)])
+fi
+
+dnl Preallocation stuff (also fallocate, posix_fallocate function tests above):
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for useable fallocate],rsync_cv_have_fallocate,[
+AC_TRY_LINK([#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>],
+[fallocate(0, 0, 0, 0);],
+rsync_cv_have_fallocate=yes,rsync_cv_have_fallocate=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_have_fallocate" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FALLOCATE, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the fallocate function and it compiles and links without error])
+fi
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([for SYS_fallocate],rsync_cv_have_sys_fallocate,[
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/syscall.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>],
+[syscall(SYS_fallocate, 0, 0, (loff_t)0, (loff_t)0);],
+rsync_cv_have_sys_fallocate=yes,rsync_cv_have_sys_fallocate=no)])
+if test x"$rsync_cv_have_sys_fallocate" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_FALLOCATE, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the SYS_fallocate syscall number])
+fi
+
+if test x"$ac_cv_func_posix_fallocate" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether posix_fallocate is efficient])
+    case $host_os in
+    *cygwin*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_EFFICIENT_POSIX_FALLOCATE, 1,
+		  [Define if posix_fallocate is efficient (Cygwin)])
+	;;
+    *)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+dnl End of preallocation stuff
 
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpgrp tcgetpgrp)
 if test $ac_cv_func_getpgrp = yes; then
     AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
 fi
 
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(iconv-open,
+    AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-iconv-open],
+	    [disable all use of iconv_open() function]),
+    [], [enable_iconv_open=$ac_cv_func_iconv_open])
+
+if test x"$enable_iconv_open" != x"no"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(USE_ICONV_OPEN, 1, [Define to 1 if you want rsync to make use of iconv_open()])
+fi
+
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(iconv,
     AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-iconv],
 	    [disable rsync's --iconv option]),
-    [], [enable_iconv=$ac_cv_func_iconv_open])
+    [], [enable_iconv=$enable_iconv_open])
 AH_TEMPLATE([ICONV_OPTION],
 [Define if you want the --iconv option.  Specifing a value will set the
 default iconv setting (a NULL means no --iconv processing by default).])
@@ -639,16 +739,31 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([
 
 main() {
        int fd[2];
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+       exit(1);
+#else
        exit((socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, fd) != -1) ? 0 : 1);
+#endif
 }],
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=yes,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=no,rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SOCKETPAIR" = x"yes"; then
     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKETPAIR, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the "socketpair" function])
 fi
 
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpass, , [AC_LIBOBJ(lib/getpass)])
+
 if test x"$with_included_popt" != x"yes"; then
     AC_CHECK_LIB(popt, poptGetContext, , [with_included_popt=yes])
 fi
+if test x"$ac_cv_header_popt_popt_h" = x"yes"; then
+    # If the system has /usr/include/popt/popt.h, we enable the
+    # included popt because an attempt to "#include <popt/popt.h>"
+    # would use our included header file anyway (due to -I.), and
+    # might conflict with the system popt.
+    with_included_popt=yes
+elif test x"$ac_cv_header_popt_h" != x"yes"; then
+    with_included_popt=yes
+fi
 
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use included libpopt])
 if test x"$with_included_popt" = x"yes"; then
@@ -665,6 +780,25 @@ else
     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
 fi
 
+# We default to using our zlib unless --with-included-zlib=no is given.
+if test x"$with_included_zlib" != x"no"; then
+    with_included_zlib=yes
+elif test x"$ac_cv_header_zlib_h" != x"yes"; then
+    with_included_zlib=yes
+fi
+if test x"$with_included_zlib" != x"yes"; then
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(z, deflateParams, , [with_included_zlib=yes])
+fi
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use included zlib])
+if test x"$with_included_zlib" = x"yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($srcdir/zlib)
+    BUILD_ZLIB='$(zlib_OBJS)'
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$srcdir/zlib"
+else
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+
 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned char],rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK,[
 AC_TRY_COMPILE([],[signed char *s = ""],
 rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK=yes,rsync_cv_SIGNED_CHAR_OK=no)])
@@ -746,7 +880,7 @@ rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=yes,
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=no,
 rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP=cross)])
 if test x"$rsync_cv_HAVE_SECURE_MKSTEMP" = x"yes"; then
-    case $target_os in
+    case $host_os in
     hpux*)
 	dnl HP-UX has a broken mkstemp() implementation they refuse to fix,
 	dnl so we noisily skip using it.  See HP change request JAGaf34426
@@ -818,9 +952,12 @@ AC_SUBST(OBJ_SAVE)
 AC_SUBST(OBJ_RESTORE)
 AC_SUBST(CC_SHOBJ_FLAG)
 AC_SUBST(BUILD_POPT)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_ZLIB)
 AC_SUBST(MAKE_MAN)
 
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/acl.h acl/libacl.h)
+AC_PATH_PROG([STUNNEL], [stunnel], [stunnel], [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/sbin$PATH_SEPARATOR/sbin])
+AC_PATH_PROG([STUNNEL4], [stunnel4], [$STUNNEL], [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/sbin$PATH_SEPARATOR/sbin])
+
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(_acl __acl _facl __facl)
 #################################################
 # check for ACL support
@@ -839,7 +976,7 @@ else
 	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNIXWARE_ACLS, 1, [true if you have UnixWare ACLs])
 	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1, [Define to 1 to add support for ACLs])
 	;;
-    *solaris*|*cygwin*)
+    solaris*|*cygwin*)
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using solaris ACLs)
 	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS_ACLS, 1, [true if you have solaris ACLs])
 	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_ACLS, 1)
@@ -902,17 +1039,13 @@ samba_cv_HAVE_ACL_GET_PERM_NP=yes,samba_cv_HAVE_ACL_GET_PERM_NP=no)])
     esac
 fi
 
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(attr/xattr.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/xattr.h)
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/extattr.h)
-
 #################################################
 # check for extended attribute support
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to support extended attributes)
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(xattr-support,
     AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-xattr-support],
 	    [disable extended attributes]),
-    [], [case "$ac_cv_func_getxattr$ac_cv_func_extattr_get_link" in
+    [], [case "$ac_cv_func_getxattr$ac_cv_func_extattr_get_link$ac_cv_func_attropen" in
 	*yes*) enable_xattr_support=maybe ;;
 	*) enable_xattr_support=no ;;
 	esac])
@@ -926,17 +1059,26 @@ else
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using Linux xattrs)
 	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LINUX_XATTRS, 1, [True if you have Linux xattrs])
 	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_XATTRS, 1)
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_SYMLINK_USER_XATTRS, 1, [True if symlinks do not support user xattrs])
 	;;
     darwin*)
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using OS X xattrs)
 	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OSX_XATTRS, 1, [True if you have Mac OS X xattrs])
 	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_XATTRS, 1)
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_DEVICE_XATTRS, 1, [True if device files do not support xattrs])
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_SPECIAL_XATTRS, 1, [True if special files do not support xattrs])
 	;;
     freebsd*)
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using FreeBSD extattrs)
 	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEBSD_XATTRS, 1, [True if you have FreeBSD xattrs])
 	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_XATTRS, 1)
 	;;
+    solaris*)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using Solaris xattrs)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS_XATTRS, 1, [True if you have Solaris xattrs])
+	AC_DEFINE(SUPPORT_XATTRS, 1)
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_SYMLINK_XATTRS, 1, [True if symlinks do not support xattrs])
+	;;
     *)
 	if test x"$enable_xattr_support" = x"yes"; then
 	    AC_MSG_ERROR(Failed to find extended attribute support)
@@ -947,6 +1089,23 @@ else
     esac
 fi
 
+if test x"$enable_acl_support" = x"no" -o x"$enable_xattr_support" = x"no" -o x"$enable_iconv" = x"no"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $CC supports -Wno-unused-parameter])
+    OLD_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wno-unused-parameter"
+    AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdio.h>], [printf("hello\n");], [rsync_warn_flag=yes], [rsync_warn_flag=no])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$rsync_warn_flag])
+    if test x"$rsync_warn_flag" = x"no"; then
+	CFLAGS="$OLD_CFLAGS"
+    fi
+fi
+
+case "$CC" in
+' checker'*|checker*)
+    AC_DEFINE(FORCE_FD_ZERO_MEMSET, 1, [Used to make "checker" understand that FD_ZERO() clears memory.])
+    ;;
+esac
+
 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile lib/dummy zlib/dummy popt/dummy shconfig])
 AC_OUTPUT
 

delete.c

@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ * Deletion routines used in rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
+ * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+extern int am_root;
+extern int make_backups;
+extern int max_delete;
+extern char *backup_dir;
+extern char *backup_suffix;
+extern int backup_suffix_len;
+extern struct stats stats;
+
+int ignore_perishable = 0;
+int non_perishable_cnt = 0;
+int skipped_deletes = 0;
+
+static inline int is_backup_file(char *fn)
+{
+	int k = strlen(fn) - backup_suffix_len;
+	return k > 0 && strcmp(fn+k, backup_suffix) == 0;
+}
+
+/* The directory is about to be deleted: if DEL_RECURSE is given, delete all
+ * its contents, otherwise just checks for content.  Returns DR_SUCCESS or
+ * DR_NOT_EMPTY.  Note that fname must point to a MAXPATHLEN buffer!  (The
+ * buffer is used for recursion, but returned unchanged.)
+ */
+static enum delret delete_dir_contents(char *fname, uint16 flags)
+{
+	struct file_list *dirlist;
+	enum delret ret;
+	unsigned remainder;
+	void *save_filters;
+	int j, dlen;
+	char *p;
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 3)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "delete_dir_contents(%s) flags=%d\n",
+			fname, flags);
+	}
+
+	dlen = strlen(fname);
+	save_filters = push_local_filters(fname, dlen);
+
+	non_perishable_cnt = 0;
+	dirlist = get_dirlist(fname, dlen, 0);
+	ret = non_perishable_cnt ? DR_NOT_EMPTY : DR_SUCCESS;
+
+	if (!dirlist->used)
+		goto done;
+
+	if (!(flags & DEL_RECURSE)) {
+		ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+		goto done;
+	}
+
+	p = fname + dlen;
+	if (dlen != 1 || *fname != '/')
+		*p++ = '/';
+	remainder = MAXPATHLEN - (p - fname);
+
+	/* We do our own recursion, so make delete_item() non-recursive. */
+	flags = (flags & ~(DEL_RECURSE|DEL_MAKE_ROOM|DEL_NO_UID_WRITE))
+	      | DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY;
+
+	for (j = dirlist->used; j--; ) {
+		struct file_struct *fp = dirlist->files[j];
+
+		if (fp->flags & FLAG_MOUNT_DIR && S_ISDIR(fp->mode)) {
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 1)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+				    "mount point, %s, pins parent directory\n",
+				    f_name(fp, NULL));
+			}
+			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		strlcpy(p, fp->basename, remainder);
+		if (!(fp->mode & S_IWUSR) && !am_root && fp->flags & FLAG_OWNED_BY_US)
+			do_chmod(fname, fp->mode | S_IWUSR);
+		/* Save stack by recursing to ourself directly. */
+		if (S_ISDIR(fp->mode)) {
+			if (delete_dir_contents(fname, flags | DEL_RECURSE) != DR_SUCCESS)
+				ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+		}
+		if (delete_item(fname, fp->mode, flags) != DR_SUCCESS)
+			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+	}
+
+	fname[dlen] = '\0';
+
+  done:
+	flist_free(dirlist);
+	pop_local_filters(save_filters);
+
+	if (ret == DR_NOT_EMPTY) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "cannot delete non-empty directory: %s\n",
+			fname);
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/* Delete a file or directory.  If DEL_RECURSE is set in the flags, this will
+ * delete recursively.
+ *
+ * Note that fbuf must point to a MAXPATHLEN buffer if the mode indicates it's
+ * a directory! (The buffer is used for recursion, but returned unchanged.)
+ */
+enum delret delete_item(char *fbuf, uint16 mode, uint16 flags)
+{
+	enum delret ret;
+	char *what;
+	int ok;
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DEL, 2)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "delete_item(%s) mode=%o flags=%d\n",
+			fbuf, (int)mode, (int)flags);
+	}
+
+	if (flags & DEL_NO_UID_WRITE)
+		do_chmod(fbuf, mode | S_IWUSR);
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode) && !(flags & DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY)) {
+		/* This only happens on the first call to delete_item() since
+		 * delete_dir_contents() always calls us w/DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY. */
+		ignore_perishable = 1;
+		/* If DEL_RECURSE is not set, this just reports emptiness. */
+		ret = delete_dir_contents(fbuf, flags);
+		ignore_perishable = 0;
+		if (ret == DR_NOT_EMPTY || ret == DR_AT_LIMIT)
+			goto check_ret;
+		/* OK: try to delete the directory. */
+	}
+
+	if (!(flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) && max_delete >= 0 && stats.deleted_files >= max_delete) {
+		skipped_deletes++;
+		return DR_AT_LIMIT;
+	}
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode)) {
+		what = "rmdir";
+		ok = do_rmdir(fbuf) == 0;
+	} else {
+		if (make_backups > 0 && !(flags & DEL_FOR_BACKUP) && (backup_dir || !is_backup_file(fbuf))) {
+			what = "make_backup";
+			ok = make_backup(fbuf, True);
+			if (ok == 2) {
+				what = "unlink";
+				ok = robust_unlink(fbuf) == 0;
+			}
+		} else {
+			what = "unlink";
+			ok = robust_unlink(fbuf) == 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (ok) {
+		if (!(flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM)) {
+			log_delete(fbuf, mode);
+			stats.deleted_files++;
+			if (S_ISREG(mode)) {
+				/* Nothing more to count */
+			} else if (S_ISDIR(mode))
+				stats.deleted_dirs++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+			else if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+				stats.deleted_symlinks++;
+#endif
+			else if (IS_DEVICE(mode))
+				stats.deleted_symlinks++;
+			else
+				stats.deleted_specials++;
+		}
+		ret = DR_SUCCESS;
+	} else {
+		if (S_ISDIR(mode) && errno == ENOTEMPTY) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "cannot delete non-empty directory: %s\n",
+				fbuf);
+			ret = DR_NOT_EMPTY;
+		} else if (errno != ENOENT) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "delete_file: %s(%s) failed",
+				what, fbuf);
+			ret = DR_FAILURE;
+		} else
+			ret = DR_SUCCESS;
+	}
+
+  check_ret:
+	if (ret != DR_SUCCESS && flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) {
+		const char *desc;
+		switch (flags & DEL_MAKE_ROOM) {
+		case DEL_FOR_FILE: desc = "regular file"; break;
+		case DEL_FOR_DIR: desc = "directory"; break;
+		case DEL_FOR_SYMLINK: desc = "symlink"; break;
+		case DEL_FOR_DEVICE: desc = "device file"; break;
+		case DEL_FOR_SPECIAL: desc = "special file"; break;
+		default: exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED); /* IMPOSSIBLE */
+		}
+		rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "could not make way for %s %s: %s\n",
+			flags & DEL_FOR_BACKUP ? "backup" : "new",
+			desc, fbuf);
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+uint16 get_del_for_flag(uint16 mode)
+{
+	if (S_ISREG(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_FILE;
+	if (S_ISDIR(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_DIR;
+	if (S_ISLNK(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_SYMLINK;
+	if (IS_DEVICE(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_DEVICE;
+	if (IS_SPECIAL(mode))
+		return DEL_FOR_SPECIAL;
+	exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED); /* IMPOSSIBLE */
+}

errcode.h

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Error codes returned by rsync.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998-2000 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

fileio.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,46 +20,58 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
 
 #ifndef ENODATA
 #define ENODATA EAGAIN
 #endif
 
+/* We want all reads to be aligned on 1K boundries. */
+#define ALIGN_BOUNDRY 1024
+/* How far past the boundary is an offset? */
+#define ALIGNED_OVERSHOOT(oft) ((oft) & (ALIGN_BOUNDRY-1))
+/* Round up a length to the next boundary */
+#define ALIGNED_LENGTH(len) ((((len) - 1) | (ALIGN_BOUNDRY-1)) + 1)
+
 extern int sparse_files;
 
-static char last_byte;
-static size_t sparse_seek = 0;
+static OFF_T sparse_seek = 0;
 
-int sparse_end(int f)
+int sparse_end(int f, OFF_T size)
 {
 	int ret;
 
 	if (!sparse_seek)
 		return 0;
 
-	do_lseek(f, sparse_seek-1, SEEK_CUR);
+#ifdef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
+	ret = do_ftruncate(f, size);
+#else
+	if (do_lseek(f, sparse_seek-1, SEEK_CUR) != size-1)
+		ret = -1;
+	else {
+		do {
+			ret = write(f, "", 1);
+		} while (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+		ret = ret <= 0 ? -1 : 0;
+	}
+#endif
+
 	sparse_seek = 0;
 
-	do {
-		ret = write(f, "", 1);
-	} while (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR);
-
-	return ret <= 0 ? -1 : 0;
+	return ret;
 }
 
 
-static int write_sparse(int f, char *buf, size_t len)
+static int write_sparse(int f, char *buf, int len)
 {
-	size_t l1 = 0, l2 = 0;
+	int l1 = 0, l2 = 0;
 	int ret;
 
 	for (l1 = 0; l1 < len && buf[l1] == 0; l1++) {}
 	for (l2 = 0; l2 < len-l1 && buf[len-(l2+1)] == 0; l2++) {}
 
-	/* XXX Riddle me this: why does this function SLOW DOWN when I
-	 * remove the following (unneeded) line?? Core Duo weirdness? */
-	last_byte = buf[len-1];
-
 	sparse_seek += l1;
 
 	if (l1 == len)
@@ -72,11 +84,14 @@ static int write_sparse(int f, char *buf, size_t len)
 	while ((ret = write(f, buf + l1, len - (l1+l2))) <= 0) {
 		if (ret < 0 && errno == EINTR)
 			continue;
+		sparse_seek = 0;
 		return ret;
 	}
 
-	if (ret != (int)(len - (l1+l2)))
+	if (ret != (int)(len - (l1+l2))) {
+		sparse_seek = 0;
 		return l1+ret;
+	}
 
 	return len;
 }
@@ -108,7 +123,7 @@ int flush_write_file(int f)
  * write_file does not allow incomplete writes.  It loops internally
  * until len bytes are written or errno is set.
  */
-int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
+int write_file(int f, char *buf, int len)
 {
 	int ret = 0;
 
@@ -125,7 +140,7 @@ int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
 				if (!wf_writeBuf)
 					out_of_memory("write_file");
 			}
-			r1 = MIN(len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
+			r1 = (int)MIN((size_t)len, wf_writeBufSize - wf_writeBufCnt);
 			if (r1) {
 				memcpy(wf_writeBuf + wf_writeBufCnt, buf, r1);
 				wf_writeBufCnt += r1;
@@ -154,8 +169,7 @@ int write_file(int f,char *buf,size_t len)
  * It gives sliding window access to a file.  mmap() is not used because of
  * the possibility of another program (such as a mailer) truncating the
  * file thus giving us a SIGBUS. */
-struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size,
-			    int32 blk_size)
+struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size, int32 blk_size)
 {
 	struct map_struct *map;
 
@@ -167,7 +181,7 @@ struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size,
 
 	map->fd = fd;
 	map->file_size = len;
-	map->def_window_size = read_size;
+	map->def_window_size = ALIGNED_LENGTH(read_size);
 
 	return map;
 }
@@ -176,9 +190,8 @@ struct map_struct *map_file(int fd, OFF_T len, int32 read_size,
 /* slide the read window in the file */
 char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 {
-	int32 nread;
 	OFF_T window_start, read_start;
-	int32 window_size, read_size, read_offset;
+	int32 window_size, read_size, read_offset, align_fudge;
 
 	if (len == 0)
 		return NULL;
@@ -193,12 +206,13 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 		return map->p + (offset - map->p_offset);
 
 	/* nope, we are going to have to do a read. Work out our desired window */
-	window_start = offset;
+	align_fudge = (int32)ALIGNED_OVERSHOOT(offset);
+	window_start = offset - align_fudge;
 	window_size = map->def_window_size;
 	if (window_start + window_size > map->file_size)
 		window_size = (int32)(map->file_size - window_start);
-	if (len > window_size)
-		window_size = len;
+	if (window_size < len + align_fudge)
+		window_size = ALIGNED_LENGTH(len + align_fudge);
 
 	/* make sure we have allocated enough memory for the window */
 	if (window_size > map->p_size) {
@@ -208,11 +222,9 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 		map->p_size = window_size;
 	}
 
-	/* Now try to avoid re-reading any bytes by reusing any bytes
-	 * from the previous buffer. */
-	if (window_start >= map->p_offset &&
-	    window_start < map->p_offset + map->p_len &&
-	    window_start + window_size >= map->p_offset + map->p_len) {
+	/* Now try to avoid re-reading any bytes by reusing any bytes from the previous buffer. */
+	if (window_start >= map->p_offset && window_start < map->p_offset + map->p_len
+	 && window_start + window_size >= map->p_offset + map->p_len) {
 		read_start = map->p_offset + map->p_len;
 		read_offset = (int32)(read_start - window_start);
 		read_size = window_size - read_offset;
@@ -232,8 +244,8 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 	if (map->p_fd_offset != read_start) {
 		OFF_T ret = do_lseek(map->fd, read_start, SEEK_SET);
 		if (ret != read_start) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "lseek returned %.0f, not %.0f",
-				(double)ret, (double)read_start);
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "lseek returned %s, not %s",
+				big_num(ret), big_num(read_start));
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 		}
 		map->p_fd_offset = read_start;
@@ -242,7 +254,7 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 	map->p_len = window_size;
 
 	while (read_size > 0) {
-		nread = read(map->fd, map->p + read_offset, read_size);
+		int32 nread = read(map->fd, map->p + read_offset, read_size);
 		if (nread <= 0) {
 			if (!map->status)
 				map->status = nread ? errno : ENODATA;
@@ -256,7 +268,7 @@ char *map_ptr(struct map_struct *map, OFF_T offset, int32 len)
 		read_size -= nread;
 	}
 
-	return map->p;
+	return map->p + align_fudge;
 }
 
 

getgroups.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * `id -G` on Linux, but it's too hard to find a portable equivalent.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 3 as

hashtable.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Routines to provide a memory-efficient hashtable.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@
 
 struct hashtable *hashtable_create(int size, int key64)
 {
+	int req = size;
 	struct hashtable *tbl;
-	int node_size = key64 ? sizeof (struct ht_int64_node )
+	int node_size = key64 ? sizeof (struct ht_int64_node)
 			      : sizeof (struct ht_int32_node);
 
 	/* Pick a power of 2 that can hold the requested size. */
 	if (size & (size-1) || size < 16) {
-		int req = size;
 		size = 16;
 		while (size < req)
 			size *= 2;
@@ -41,12 +41,27 @@ struct hashtable *hashtable_create(int size, int key64)
 	tbl->size = size;
 	tbl->entries = 0;
 	tbl->node_size = node_size;
+	tbl->key64 = key64 ? 1 : 0;
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
+		char buf[32];
+		if (req != size)
+			snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "req: %d, ", req);
+		else
+			*buf = '\0';
+		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] created hashtable %lx (%ssize: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
+			who_am_i(), (long)tbl, buf, size, key64 ? 64 : 32);
+	}
 
 	return tbl;
 }
 
 void hashtable_destroy(struct hashtable *tbl)
 {
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] destroyed hashtable %lx (size: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
+			who_am_i(), (long)tbl, tbl->size, tbl->key64 ? 64 : 32);
+	}
 	free(tbl->nodes);
 	free(tbl);
 }
@@ -55,10 +70,15 @@ void hashtable_destroy(struct hashtable *tbl)
  * already existing.  Returns NULL if not allocating and not found. */
 void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
 {
-	int key64 = (tbl->node_size > sizeof (struct ht_int32_node));
+	int key64 = tbl->key64;
 	struct ht_int32_node *node;
 	uint32 ndx;
 
+	if (key64 ? key == 0 : (int32)key == 0) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "Internal hashtable error: illegal key supplied!\n");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+	}
+
 	if (allocate_if_missing && tbl->entries > HASH_LOAD_LIMIT(tbl->size)) {
 		void *old_nodes = tbl->nodes;
 		int size = tbl->size * 2;
@@ -69,6 +89,11 @@ void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
 		tbl->size = size;
 		tbl->entries = 0;
 
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(HASH, 1)) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] growing hashtable %lx (size: %d, keys: %d-bit)\n",
+				who_am_i(), (long)tbl, size, key64 ? 64 : 32);
+		}
+
 		for (i = size / 2; i-- > 0; ) {
 			struct ht_int32_node *move_node = HT_NODE(tbl, old_nodes, i);
 			int64 move_key = HT_KEY(move_node, key64);
@@ -86,7 +111,7 @@ void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
 		uchar buf[4], *keyp = buf;
 		int i;
 
-		SIVAL(buf, 0, key);
+		SIVALu(buf, 0, key);
 		for (ndx = 0, i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
 			ndx += keyp[i];
 			ndx += (ndx << 10);
@@ -103,7 +128,9 @@ void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
 		a = b = c = 0xdeadbeef + (8 << 2);
 
 #define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) ^ ((x)>>(32-(k))))
+#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
 		b += (uint32)(key >> 32);
+#endif
 		a += (uint32)key;
 		c ^= b; c -= rot(b, 14);
 		a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 11);
@@ -139,7 +166,7 @@ void *hashtable_find(struct hashtable *tbl, int64 key, int allocate_if_missing)
 	if (key64)
 		((struct ht_int64_node*)node)->key = key;
 	else
-		node->key = key;
+		node->key = (int32)key;
 	tbl->entries++;
 	return node;
 }

hlink.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,21 +21,23 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
+#include "ifuncs.h"
 
-extern int verbose;
 extern int dry_run;
+extern int list_only;
 extern int am_sender;
 extern int inc_recurse;
 extern int do_xfers;
 extern int link_dest;
 extern int preserve_acls;
-extern int make_backups;
+extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern int protocol_version;
 extern int remove_source_files;
 extern int stdout_format_has_i;
 extern int maybe_ATTRS_REPORT;
 extern int unsort_ndx;
-extern char *basis_dir[];
+extern char *basis_dir[MAX_BASIS_DIRS+1];
 extern struct file_list *cur_flist;
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS
@@ -55,7 +57,7 @@ static struct file_list *hlink_flist;
 void init_hard_links(void)
 {
 	if (am_sender || protocol_version < 30)
-		dev_tbl = hashtable_create(16, SIZEOF_INT64 == 8);
+		dev_tbl = hashtable_create(16, 1);
 	else if (inc_recurse)
 		prior_hlinks = hashtable_create(1024, 0);
 }
@@ -65,11 +67,18 @@ struct ht_int64_node *idev_find(int64 dev, int64 ino)
 	static struct ht_int64_node *dev_node = NULL;
 	struct hashtable *tbl;
 
-	if (!dev_node || dev_node->key != dev) {
+	/* Note that some OSes have a dev == 0, so increment to avoid storing a 0. */
+	if (!dev_node || dev_node->key != dev+1) {
 		/* We keep a separate hash table of inodes for every device. */
-		dev_node = hashtable_find(dev_tbl, dev, 1);
-		if (!(tbl = dev_node->data))
-			tbl = dev_node->data = hashtable_create(512, SIZEOF_INT64 == 8);
+		dev_node = hashtable_find(dev_tbl, dev+1, 1);
+		if (!(tbl = dev_node->data)) {
+			tbl = dev_node->data = hashtable_create(512, 1);
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 3)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+				    "[%s] created hashtable for dev %s\n",
+				    who_am_i(), big_num(dev));
+			}
+		}
 	} else
 		tbl = dev_node->data;
 
@@ -118,18 +127,23 @@ static void match_gnums(int32 *ndx_list, int ndx_count)
 		if (inc_recurse) {
 			node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 1);
 			if (!node->data) {
-				node->data = new_array0(char, 5);
+				if (!(node->data = new_array0(char, 5)))
+					out_of_memory("match_gnums");
 				assert(gnum >= hlink_flist->ndx_start);
 				file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
 				prev = -1;
 			} else if (CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0) {
 				struct file_list *flist;
-				struct file_struct *fp;
 				prev = IVAL(node->data, 1);
-				flist = flist_for_ndx(prev);
-				assert(flist != NULL);
-				fp = flist->files[prev - flist->ndx_start];
-				fp->flags &= ~FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+				flist = flist_for_ndx(prev, NULL);
+				if (flist)
+					flist->files[prev - flist->ndx_start]->flags &= ~FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+				else {
+					/* We skipped all prior files in this
+					 * group, so mark this as a "first". */
+					file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_FIRST;
+					prev = -1;
+				}
 			} else
 				prev = -1;
 		} else {
@@ -142,7 +156,7 @@ static void match_gnums(int32 *ndx_list, int ndx_count)
 			if (gnum != gnum_next)
 				break;
 			F_HL_PREV(file) = prev;
-			/* The linked list must use raw ndx values. */
+			/* The linked list uses over-the-wire ndx values. */
 			if (unsort_ndx)
 				prev = F_NDX(file);
 			else
@@ -174,29 +188,31 @@ static void match_gnums(int32 *ndx_list, int ndx_count)
  * to first when we're done. */
 void match_hard_links(struct file_list *flist)
 {
-	int i, ndx_count = 0;
-	int32 *ndx_list;
+	if (!list_only && flist->used) {
+		int i, ndx_count = 0;
+		int32 *ndx_list;
 
-	if (!(ndx_list = new_array(int32, flist->used)))
-		out_of_memory("match_hard_links");
+		if (!(ndx_list = new_array(int32, flist->used)))
+			out_of_memory("match_hard_links");
 
-	for (i = 0; i < flist->used; i++) {
-		if (F_IS_HLINKED(flist->sorted[i]))
-			ndx_list[ndx_count++] = i;
+		for (i = 0; i < flist->used; i++) {
+			if (F_IS_HLINKED(flist->sorted[i]))
+				ndx_list[ndx_count++] = i;
+		}
+
+		hlink_flist = flist;
+
+		if (ndx_count)
+			match_gnums(ndx_list, ndx_count);
+
+		free(ndx_list);
 	}
-
-	hlink_flist = flist;
-
-	if (ndx_count)
-		match_gnums(ndx_list, ndx_count);
-
-	free(ndx_list);
 	if (protocol_version < 30)
 		idev_destroy();
 }
 
 static int maybe_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
-			   const char *fname, int statret, stat_x *sxp,
+			   char *fname, int statret, stat_x *sxp,
 			   const char *oldname, STRUCT_STAT *old_stp,
 			   const char *realname, int itemizing, enum logcode code)
 {
@@ -208,55 +224,70 @@ static int maybe_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, int ndx,
 					ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS,
 					0, "");
 			}
-			if (verbose > 1 && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
+			if (INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
 				rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
 			file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
 			return 0;
 		}
-		if (make_backups > 0) {
-			if (!make_backup(fname))
-				return -1;
-		} else if (robust_unlink(fname)) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "unlink %s failed",
-				full_fname(fname));
-			return -1;
-		}
 	}
 
-	if (hard_link_one(file, fname, oldname, 0)) {
+	if (atomic_create(file, fname, oldname, MAKEDEV(0, 0), sxp, statret == 0 ? DEL_FOR_FILE : 0)) {
 		if (itemizing) {
 			itemize(fname, file, ndx, statret, sxp,
 				ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS, 0,
 				realname);
 		}
-		if (code != FNONE && verbose)
+		if (code != FNONE && INFO_GTE(NAME, 1))
 			rprintf(code, "%s => %s\n", fname, realname);
 		return 0;
 	}
+
 	return -1;
 }
 
 /* Figure out if a prior entry is still there or if we just have a
- * cached name for it.  Never called with a FLAG_HLINK_FIRST entry. */
-static char *check_prior(int prev_ndx, int gnum, struct file_list **flist_p)
+ * cached name for it. */
+static char *check_prior(struct file_struct *file, int gnum,
+			 int *prev_ndx_p, struct file_list **flist_p)
 {
-	struct file_list *flist = flist_for_ndx(prev_ndx);
+	struct file_struct *fp;
 	struct ht_int32_node *node;
+	int prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
 
-	if (flist) {
-		*flist_p = flist;
-		return NULL;
+	while (1) {
+		struct file_list *flist;
+		if (prev_ndx < 0
+		 || (flist = flist_for_ndx(prev_ndx, NULL)) == NULL)
+			break;
+		fp = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		if (!(fp->flags & FLAG_SKIP_HLINK)) {
+			*prev_ndx_p = prev_ndx;
+			*flist_p = flist;
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(fp);
 	}
 
-	node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0);
-	assert(node != NULL && node->data);
-	assert(CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0);
-	return node->data;
+	if (inc_recurse
+	 && (node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0)) != NULL) {
+		assert(node->data != NULL);
+		if (CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0) {
+			*prev_ndx_p = -1;
+			*flist_p = NULL;
+			return node->data;
+		}
+		/* The prior file must have been skipped. */
+		F_HL_PREV(file) = -1;
+	}
+
+	*prev_ndx_p = -1;
+	*flist_p = NULL;
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 /* Only called if FLAG_HLINKED is set and FLAG_HLINK_FIRST is not.  Returns:
  * 0 = process the file, 1 = skip the file, -1 = error occurred. */
-int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
+int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, char *fname,
 		    int statret, stat_x *sxp, int itemizing,
 		    enum logcode code)
 {
@@ -265,34 +296,53 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 	char *realname, *prev_name;
 	struct file_list *flist;
 	int gnum = inc_recurse ? F_HL_GNUM(file) : -1;
-	int prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
+	int prev_ndx;
 
-	prev_name = realname = check_prior(prev_ndx, gnum, &flist);
+	prev_name = realname = check_prior(file, gnum, &prev_ndx, &flist);
 
 	if (!prev_name) {
-		struct file_struct *prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		struct file_struct *prev_file;
 
-		/* Is the previous link is not complete yet? */
+		if (!flist) {
+			/* The previous file was skipped, so this one is
+			 * treated as if it were the first in its group. */
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): virtual first\n",
+					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum);
+			}
+			return 0;
+		}
+
+		prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+
+		/* Is the previous link not complete yet? */
 		if (!(prev_file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_DONE)) {
 			/* Is the previous link being transferred? */
 			if (prev_file->flags & FLAG_FILE_SENT) {
-				/* Add ourselves to the list of files that will be
-				 * updated when the transfer completes, and mark
-				 * ourself as waiting for the transfer. */
+				/* Add ourselves to the list of files that will
+				 * be updated when the transfer completes, and
+				 * mark ourself as waiting for the transfer. */
 				F_HL_PREV(file) = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
 				F_HL_PREV(prev_file) = ndx;
 				file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
 				cur_flist->in_progress++;
+				if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+					rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): waiting for %d\n",
+						ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, F_HL_PREV(file));
+				}
 				return 1;
 			}
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): looking for a leader\n",
+					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum);
+			}
 			return 0;
 		}
 
 		/* There is a finished file to link with! */
 		if (!(prev_file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_FIRST)) {
 			/* The previous previous is FIRST when prev is not. */
-			prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
-			prev_name = realname = check_prior(prev_ndx, gnum, &flist);
+			prev_name = realname = check_prior(prev_file, gnum, &prev_ndx, &flist);
 			/* Update our previous pointer to point to the FIRST. */
 			F_HL_PREV(file) = prev_ndx;
 		}
@@ -300,9 +350,14 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 		if (!prev_name) {
 			int alt_dest;
 
+			assert(flist != NULL);
 			prev_file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
 			/* F_HL_PREV() is alt_dest value when DONE && FIRST. */
 			alt_dest = F_HL_PREV(prev_file);
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): found flist match (alt %d)\n",
+					ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, alt_dest);
+			}
 
 			if (alt_dest >= 0 && dry_run) {
 				pathjoin(namebuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[alt_dest],
@@ -316,10 +371,19 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 		}
 	}
 
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(HLINK, 2)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hlink for %d (%s,%d): leader is %d (%s)\n",
+			ndx, f_name(file, NULL), gnum, prev_ndx, prev_name);
+	}
+
 	if (link_stat(prev_name, &prev_st, 0) < 0) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed",
-			full_fname(prev_name));
-		return -1;
+		if (!dry_run || errno != ENOENT) {
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed", full_fname(prev_name));
+			return -1;
+		}
+		/* A new hard-link will get a new dev & inode, so approximate
+		 * those values in dry-run mode by zeroing them. */
+		memset(&prev_st, 0, sizeof prev_st);
 	}
 
 	if (statret < 0 && basis_dir[0] != NULL) {
@@ -327,9 +391,7 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 		char cmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
 		stat_x alt_sx;
 		int j = 0;
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-		alt_sx.acc_acl = alt_sx.def_acl = NULL;
-#endif
+		init_stat_x(&alt_sx);
 		do {
 			pathjoin(cmpbuf, MAXPATHLEN, basis_dir[j], fname);
 			if (link_stat(cmpbuf, &alt_sx.st, 0) < 0)
@@ -340,10 +402,10 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 					continue;
 				statret = 1;
 				if (stdout_format_has_i == 0
-				 || (verbose < 2 && stdout_format_has_i < 2)) {
+				 || (!INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && stdout_format_has_i < 2)) {
 					itemizing = 0;
 					code = FNONE;
-					if (verbose > 1 && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
+					if (INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && maybe_ATTRS_REPORT)
 						rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
 				}
 				break;
@@ -358,19 +420,29 @@ int hard_link_check(struct file_struct *file, int ndx, const char *fname,
 			sxp->st = alt_sx.st;
 #ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
 			if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
-				if (!ACL_READY(*sxp))
+				free_acl(sxp);
+				if (!ACL_READY(alt_sx))
 					get_acl(cmpbuf, sxp);
 				else {
 					sxp->acc_acl = alt_sx.acc_acl;
 					sxp->def_acl = alt_sx.def_acl;
+					alt_sx.acc_acl = alt_sx.def_acl = NULL;
 				}
 			}
 #endif
-		}
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-		else if (preserve_acls)
-			free_acl(&alt_sx);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+			if (preserve_xattrs) {
+				free_xattr(sxp);
+				if (!XATTR_READY(alt_sx))
+					get_xattr(cmpbuf, sxp);
+				else {
+					sxp->xattr = alt_sx.xattr;
+					alt_sx.xattr = NULL;
+				}
+			}
 #endif
+		} else
+			free_stat_x(&alt_sx);
 	}
 
 	if (maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, fname, statret, sxp, prev_name, &prev_st,
@@ -389,8 +461,8 @@ int hard_link_one(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname,
 	if (do_link(oldname, fname) < 0) {
 		enum logcode code;
 		if (terse) {
-			if (!verbose)
-				return -1;
+			if (!INFO_GTE(NAME, 1))
+				return 0;
 			code = FINFO;
 		} else
 			code = FERROR_XFER;
@@ -410,13 +482,13 @@ void finish_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int fin_ndx,
 {
 	stat_x prev_sx;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
-	char alt_name[MAXPATHLEN], *prev_name;
+	char prev_name[MAXPATHLEN], alt_name[MAXPATHLEN];
 	const char *our_name;
 	struct file_list *flist;
 	int prev_statret, ndx, prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
 
 	if (stp == NULL && prev_ndx >= 0) {
-		if (link_stat(fname, &st, 0) < 0) {
+		if (link_stat(fname, &st, 0) < 0 && !dry_run) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "stat %s failed",
 				full_fname(fname));
 			return;
@@ -434,27 +506,20 @@ void finish_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int fin_ndx,
 	} else
 		our_name = fname;
 
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-	prev_sx.acc_acl = prev_sx.def_acl = NULL;
-#endif
+	init_stat_x(&prev_sx);
 
 	while ((ndx = prev_ndx) >= 0) {
 		int val;
-		flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx);
-		assert(flist != NULL);
+		flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "finish_hard_link");
 		file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
 		file->flags = (file->flags & ~FLAG_HLINK_FIRST) | FLAG_HLINK_DONE;
 		prev_ndx = F_HL_PREV(file);
 		F_HL_PREV(file) = fin_ndx;
-		prev_name = f_name(file, NULL);
-		prev_statret = link_stat(prev_name, &prev_sx.st, 0);
+		prev_statret = link_stat(f_name(file, prev_name), &prev_sx.st, 0);
 		val = maybe_hard_link(file, ndx, prev_name, prev_statret, &prev_sx,
 				      our_name, stp, fname, itemizing, code);
 		flist->in_progress--;
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-		if (preserve_acls)
-			free_acl(&prev_sx);
-#endif
+		free_stat_x(&prev_sx);
 		if (val < 0)
 			continue;
 		if (remove_source_files == 1 && do_xfers)
@@ -464,11 +529,43 @@ void finish_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int fin_ndx,
 	if (inc_recurse) {
 		int gnum = F_HL_GNUM(file);
 		struct ht_int32_node *node = hashtable_find(prior_hlinks, gnum, 0);
-		assert(node != NULL && node->data != NULL);
-		assert(CVAL(node->data, 0) == 0);
+		if (node == NULL) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Unable to find a hlink node for %d (%s)\n", gnum, f_name(file, prev_name));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+		}
+		if (node->data == NULL) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Hlink node data for %d is NULL (%s)\n", gnum, f_name(file, prev_name));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+		}
+		if (CVAL(node->data, 0) != 0) {
+			rprintf(FERROR, "Hlink node data for %d already has path=%s (%s)\n",
+				gnum, (char*)node->data, f_name(file, prev_name));
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
+		}
 		free(node->data);
 		if (!(node->data = strdup(our_name)))
 			out_of_memory("finish_hard_link");
 	}
 }
+
+int skip_hard_link(struct file_struct *file, struct file_list **flist_p)
+{
+	struct file_list *flist;
+	int prev_ndx;
+
+	file->flags |= FLAG_SKIP_HLINK;
+	if (!(file->flags & FLAG_HLINK_LAST))
+		return -1;
+
+	check_prior(file, F_HL_GNUM(file), &prev_ndx, &flist);
+	if (prev_ndx >= 0) {
+		file = flist->files[prev_ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+		if (file->flags & (FLAG_HLINK_DONE|FLAG_FILE_SENT))
+			return -1;
+		file->flags |= FLAG_HLINK_LAST;
+		*flist_p = flist;
+	}
+
+	return prev_ndx;
+}
 #endif

ifuncs.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Inline functions for rsync.
  *
- * Copyright (C) 2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -35,6 +35,14 @@ realloc_xbuf(xbuf *xb, size_t sz)
 	xb->size = sz;
 }
 
+static inline void
+free_xbuf(xbuf *xb)
+{
+	if (xb->buf)
+		free(xb->buf);
+	memset(xb, 0, sizeof (xbuf));
+}
+
 static inline int
 to_wire_mode(mode_t mode)
 {
@@ -57,44 +65,42 @@ from_wire_mode(int mode)
 	return mode;
 }
 
-static inline int
-isDigit(const char *ptr)
+static inline char *
+d_name(struct dirent *di)
 {
-	return isdigit(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+#ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_READDIR
+	return (di->d_name - 2);
+#else
+	return di->d_name;
+#endif
 }
 
-static inline int
-isPrint(const char *ptr)
+static inline void
+init_stat_x(stat_x *sx_p)
 {
-	return isprint(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+	sx_p->acc_acl = sx_p->def_acl = NULL;
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+	sx_p->xattr = NULL;
+#endif
 }
 
-static inline int
-isSpace(const char *ptr)
+static inline void
+free_stat_x(stat_x *sx_p)
 {
-	return isspace(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-isLower(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return islower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-isUpper(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return isupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-toLower(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return tolower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
-}
-
-static inline int
-toUpper(const char *ptr)
-{
-	return toupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
+    {
+	extern int preserve_acls;
+	if (preserve_acls)
+		free_acl(sx_p);
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
+    {
+	extern int preserve_xattrs;
+	if (preserve_xattrs)
+		free_xattr(sx_p);
+    }
+#endif
 }

inums.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Inline functions for rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+static inline char *
+big_num(int64 num)
+{
+	return do_big_num(num, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+comma_num(int64 num)
+{
+	extern int human_readable;
+	return do_big_num(num, human_readable != 0, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+human_num(int64 num)
+{
+	extern int human_readable;
+	return do_big_num(num, human_readable, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+big_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
+{
+	return do_big_dnum(dnum, 0, decimal_digits);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+comma_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
+{
+	extern int human_readable;
+	return do_big_dnum(dnum, human_readable != 0, decimal_digits);
+}
+
+static inline char *
+human_dnum(double dnum, int decimal_digits)
+{
+	extern int human_readable;
+	return do_big_dnum(dnum, human_readable, decimal_digits);
+}

io.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

itypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Inline functions for rsync.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+static inline int
+isDigit(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isdigit(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isPrint(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isprint(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isSpace(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isspace(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isLower(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return islower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+isUpper(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return isupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+toLower(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return tolower(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}
+
+static inline int
+toUpper(const char *ptr)
+{
+	return toupper(*(unsigned char *)ptr);
+}

lib/compat.c

@@ -20,6 +20,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
+
+static char number_separator;
 
 #ifndef HAVE_STRDUP
  char *strdup(char *s)
@@ -151,3 +154,122 @@ int sys_gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv)
 	return gettimeofday(tv);
 #endif
 }
+
+#define HUMANIFY(mult) \
+	do { \
+		if (num >= mult || num <= -mult) { \
+			double dnum = (double)num / mult; \
+			char units; \
+			if (num < 0) \
+				dnum = -dnum; \
+			if (dnum < mult) \
+				units = 'K'; \
+			else if ((dnum /= mult) < mult) \
+				units = 'M'; \
+			else if ((dnum /= mult) < mult) \
+				units = 'G'; \
+			else { \
+				dnum /= mult; \
+				units = 'T'; \
+			} \
+			if (num < 0) \
+				dnum = -dnum; \
+			snprintf(bufs[n], sizeof bufs[0], "%.2f%c", dnum, units); \
+			return bufs[n]; \
+		} \
+	} while (0)
+
+/* Return the int64 number as a string.  If the human_flag arg is non-zero,
+ * we may output the number in K, M, G, or T units.  If we don't add a unit
+ * suffix, we will append the fract string, if it is non-NULL.  We can
+ * return up to 4 buffers at a time. */
+char *do_big_num(int64 num, int human_flag, const char *fract)
+{
+	static char bufs[4][128]; /* more than enough room */
+	static unsigned int n;
+	char *s;
+	int len, negated;
+
+	if (human_flag && !number_separator) {
+		char buf[32];
+		snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "%f", 3.14);
+		if (strchr(buf, '.') != NULL)
+			number_separator = ',';
+		else
+			number_separator = '.';
+	}
+
+	n = (n + 1) % (sizeof bufs / sizeof bufs[0]);
+
+	if (human_flag > 1) {
+		if (human_flag == 2)
+			HUMANIFY(1000);
+		else
+			HUMANIFY(1024);
+	}
+
+	s = bufs[n] + sizeof bufs[0] - 1;
+	if (fract) {
+		len = strlen(fract);
+		s -= len;
+		strlcpy(s, fract, len + 1);
+	} else
+		*s = '\0';
+
+	len = 0;
+
+	if (!num)
+		*--s = '0';
+	if (num < 0) {
+		/* A maximum-size negated number can't fit as a positive,
+		 * so do one digit in negated form to start us off. */
+		*--s = (char)(-(num % 10)) + '0';
+		num = -(num / 10);
+		len++;
+		negated = 1;
+	} else
+		negated = 0;
+
+	while (num) {
+		if (human_flag) {
+			if (len == 3) {
+				*--s = number_separator;
+				len = 1;
+			} else
+				len++;
+		}
+		*--s = (char)(num % 10) + '0';
+		num /= 10;
+	}
+
+	if (negated)
+		*--s = '-';
+
+	return s;
+}
+
+/* Return the double number as a string.  If the human_flag option is > 1,
+ * we may output the number in K, M, G, or T units.  The buffer we use for
+ * our result is either a single static buffer defined here, or a buffer
+ * we get from do_big_num(). */
+char *do_big_dnum(double dnum, int human_flag, int decimal_digits)
+{
+	static char tmp_buf[128];
+#if SIZEOF_INT64 >= 8
+	char *fract;
+
+	snprintf(tmp_buf, sizeof tmp_buf, "%.*f", decimal_digits, dnum);
+
+	if (!human_flag || (dnum < 1000.0 && dnum > -1000.0))
+		return tmp_buf;
+
+	for (fract = tmp_buf+1; isDigit(fract); fract++) {}
+
+	return do_big_num((int64)dnum, human_flag, fract);
+#else
+	/* A big number might lose digits converting to a too-short int64,
+	 * so let's just return the raw double conversion. */
+	snprintf(tmp_buf, sizeof tmp_buf, "%.*f", decimal_digits, dnum);
+	return tmp_buf;
+#endif
+}

lib/getaddrinfo.c

@@ -295,9 +295,8 @@ int getaddrinfo(const char *node,
 					res);
 		} else if (hints.ai_flags & AI_NUMERICHOST) {
 			struct in_addr ip;
-			if (!inet_aton(node, &ip)) {
+			if (inet_pton(AF_INET, node, &ip) <= 0)
 				return EAI_FAIL;
-			}
 			return getaddr_info_single_addr(service,
 					ntohl(ip.s_addr),
 					&hints,
@@ -492,13 +491,10 @@ int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *sa, socklen_t salen,
 		return EAI_FAIL;
 	}
 
-	/* We don't support those. */
-	if ((node && !(flags & NI_NUMERICHOST))
-		|| (service && !(flags & NI_NUMERICSERV)))
-		return EAI_FAIL;
-
 	if (node) {
-		return gethostnameinfo(sa, node, nodelen, flags);
+		int ret = gethostnameinfo(sa, node, nodelen, flags);
+		if (ret)
+			return ret;
 	}
 
 	if (service) {

lib/getpass.c

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of getpass for systems that lack one.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Roman Donchenko
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+char *getpass(const char *prompt)
+{
+	static char password[256];
+
+	BOOL tty_changed = False, read_success;
+	struct termios tty_old, tty_new;
+	FILE *in = stdin, *out = stderr;
+	FILE *tty = fopen("/dev/tty", "w+");
+
+	if (tty)
+		in = out = tty;
+
+	if (tcgetattr(fileno(in), &tty_old) == 0) {
+		tty_new = tty_old;
+		tty_new.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO | ISIG);
+
+		if (tcsetattr(fileno(in), TCSAFLUSH, &tty_new) == 0)
+			tty_changed = True;
+	}
+
+	if (!tty_changed)
+		fputs("(WARNING: will be visible) ", out);
+	fputs(prompt, out);
+	fflush(out);
+
+	read_success = fgets(password, sizeof password, in) != NULL;
+
+	/* Print the newline that hasn't been echoed. */
+	fputc('\n', out);
+
+	if (tty_changed)
+		tcsetattr(fileno(in), TCSAFLUSH, &tty_old);
+
+	if (tty)
+		fclose(tty);
+
+	if (read_success) {
+		/* Remove the trailing newline. */
+		size_t password_len = strlen(password);
+		if (password_len && password[password_len - 1] == '\n')
+			password[password_len - 1] = '\0';
+
+		return password;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}

lib/md5.c

@@ -38,22 +38,22 @@ static void md5_process(md_context *ctx, const uchar data[CSUM_CHUNK])
 	C = ctx->C;
 	D = ctx->D;
 
-	X[0] = IVAL(data, 0);
-	X[1] = IVAL(data, 4);
-	X[2] = IVAL(data, 8);
-	X[3] = IVAL(data, 12);
-	X[4] = IVAL(data, 16);
-	X[5] = IVAL(data, 20);
-	X[6] = IVAL(data, 24);
-	X[7] = IVAL(data, 28);
-	X[8] = IVAL(data, 32);
-	X[9] = IVAL(data, 36);
-	X[10] = IVAL(data, 40);
-	X[11] = IVAL(data, 44);
-	X[12] = IVAL(data, 48);
-	X[13] = IVAL(data, 52);
-	X[14] = IVAL(data, 56);
-	X[15] = IVAL(data, 60);
+	X[0] = IVALu(data, 0);
+	X[1] = IVALu(data, 4);
+	X[2] = IVALu(data, 8);
+	X[3] = IVALu(data, 12);
+	X[4] = IVALu(data, 16);
+	X[5] = IVALu(data, 20);
+	X[6] = IVALu(data, 24);
+	X[7] = IVALu(data, 28);
+	X[8] = IVALu(data, 32);
+	X[9] = IVALu(data, 36);
+	X[10] = IVALu(data, 40);
+	X[11] = IVALu(data, 44);
+	X[12] = IVALu(data, 48);
+	X[13] = IVALu(data, 52);
+	X[14] = IVALu(data, 56);
+	X[15] = IVALu(data, 60);
 
 #define S(x,n) ((x << n) | ((x & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32 - n)))
 
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN])
 	     | (ctx->totalN2 <<  3);
 	low  = (ctx->totalN <<  3);
 
-	SIVAL(msglen, 0, low);
-	SIVAL(msglen, 4, high);
+	SIVALu(msglen, 0, low);
+	SIVALu(msglen, 4, high);
 
 	last = ctx->totalN & 0x3F;
 	padn = last < 56 ? 56 - last : 120 - last;
@@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ void md5_result(md_context *ctx, uchar digest[MD5_DIGEST_LEN])
 	md5_update(ctx, md5_padding, padn);
 	md5_update(ctx, msglen, 8);
 
-	SIVAL(digest, 0, ctx->A);
-	SIVAL(digest, 4, ctx->B);
-	SIVAL(digest, 8, ctx->C);
-	SIVAL(digest, 12, ctx->D);
+	SIVALu(digest, 0, ctx->A);
+	SIVALu(digest, 4, ctx->B);
+	SIVALu(digest, 8, ctx->C);
+	SIVALu(digest, 12, ctx->D);
 }
 
 void get_md5(uchar *out, const uchar *input, int n)

lib/mdfour.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * An implementation of MD4 designed for use in the SMB authentication protocol.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1997-1998 Andrew Tridgell
- * Copyright (C) 2005-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Wayne Davison
  * 
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/pool_alloc.3

@@ -95,25 +95,39 @@ for
 .I quantum
 will produce a quantum that should meet maximal alignment
 on most platforms.
-If
-.B POOL_QALIGN
+Unless
+.B POOL_NO_QALIGN
 is set in the
 .IR flags ,
 allocations will be aligned to addresses that are a
 multiple of
 .IR quantum .
+A
+.B NULL
+may be specified for the
+.I bomb
+function pointer if it is not needed.  (See the
+.B pool_alloc()
+function for how it is used.)
 If
 .B POOL_CLEAR
 is set in the
 .IR flags ,
 all allocations from the pool will be initialized to zeros.
-You may specify a
-.B NULL
-for the
-.I bomb
-function pointer if you don't wish to use it.  (See the
-.B pool_alloc()
-function for how it is used.)
+If either
+.B POOL_PREPEND
+or
+.B POOL_INTERN
+is specified in the
+.IR flags ,
+each extent's data structure will be allocated at the start of the
+.IR size -length
+buffer (rather than as a separate, non-pool allocation), with the
+former extending the
+.I size
+to hold the structure, and the latter subtracting the structure's
+length from the indicated
+.IR size .
 .P
 .B pool_destroy()
 destroys an allocation
@@ -131,8 +145,8 @@ is
 .BR 0 ,
 .I quantum
 bytes will be allocated.
-If the pool has been created with
-.BR POOL_QALIGN ,
+If the pool has been created without
+.BR POOL_NO_QALIGN ,
 every chunk of memory that is returned will be suitably aligned.
 You can use this with the default
 .I quantum
@@ -169,7 +183,7 @@ an extent), its memory will be completely freed back to the system.
 If
 .I addr
 is
-.BR 0 ,
+.BR NULL ,
 no memory will be freed, but subsequent allocations will come
 from a new extent.
 .P

lib/pool_alloc.c

@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
 
 #define POOL_DEF_EXTENT	(32 * 1024)
 
+#define POOL_QALIGN_P2		(1<<16)		/* power-of-2 qalign	*/
+
 struct alloc_pool
 {
 	size_t			size;		/* extent size		*/
@@ -13,7 +15,7 @@ struct alloc_pool
 
 	/* statistical data */
 	unsigned long		e_created;	/* extents created	*/
-	unsigned long		e_freed;	/* extents detroyed	*/
+	unsigned long		e_freed;	/* extents destroyed	*/
 	int64			n_allocated;	/* calls to alloc	*/
 	int64			n_freed;	/* calls to free	*/
 	int64			b_allocated;	/* cum. bytes allocated	*/
@@ -22,16 +24,18 @@ struct alloc_pool
 
 struct pool_extent
 {
+	struct pool_extent	*next;
 	void			*start;		/* starting address	*/
 	size_t			free;		/* free bytecount	*/
-	size_t			bound;		/* bytes bound by padding,
-						 * overhead and freed	*/
-	struct pool_extent	*next;
+	size_t			bound;		/* trapped free bytes	*/
 };
 
 struct align_test {
-	void *foo;
-	int64 bar;
+	uchar foo;
+	union {
+	    int64 i;
+	    void *p;
+	} bar;
 };
 
 #define MINALIGN	offsetof(struct align_test, bar)
@@ -43,20 +47,42 @@ struct align_test {
 alloc_pool_t
 pool_create(size_t size, size_t quantum, void (*bomb)(const char *), int flags)
 {
-	struct alloc_pool	*pool;
+	struct alloc_pool *pool;
 
-	if (!(pool = new(struct alloc_pool)))
-		return pool;
-	memset(pool, 0, sizeof (struct alloc_pool));
+	if (!(pool = new0(struct alloc_pool)))
+		return NULL;
 
-	pool->size = size	/* round extent size to min alignment reqs */
-	    ? (size + MINALIGN - 1) & ~(MINALIGN - 1)
-	    : POOL_DEF_EXTENT;
-	if (flags & POOL_INTERN) {
-		pool->size -= sizeof (struct pool_extent);
-		flags |= POOL_APPEND;
+	if ((MINALIGN & (MINALIGN - 1)) != 0) {
+		if (bomb)
+			(*bomb)("Compiler error: MINALIGN is not a power of 2\n");
+		return NULL;
 	}
-	pool->quantum = quantum ? quantum : MINALIGN;
+
+	if (!size)
+		size = POOL_DEF_EXTENT;
+	if (!quantum)
+		quantum = MINALIGN;
+
+	if (flags & POOL_INTERN) {
+		if (size <= sizeof (struct pool_extent))
+			size = quantum;
+		else
+			size -= sizeof (struct pool_extent);
+		flags |= POOL_PREPEND;
+	}
+
+	if (quantum <= 1)
+		flags = (flags | POOL_NO_QALIGN) & ~POOL_QALIGN_P2;
+	else if (!(flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
+		if (size % quantum)
+			size += quantum - size % quantum;
+		/* If quantum is a power of 2, we'll avoid using modulus. */
+		if (!(quantum & (quantum - 1)))
+			flags |= POOL_QALIGN_P2;
+	}
+
+	pool->size = size;
+	pool->quantum = quantum;
 	pool->bomb = bomb;
 	pool->flags = flags;
 
@@ -67,17 +93,21 @@ void
 pool_destroy(alloc_pool_t p)
 {
 	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
-	struct pool_extent	*cur, *next;
+	struct pool_extent *cur, *next;
 
 	if (!pool)
 		return;
 
 	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = next) {
 		next = cur->next;
-		free(cur->start);
-		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
+			free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
+		else {
+			free(cur->start);
 			free(cur);
+		}
 	}
+
 	free(pool);
 }
 
@@ -90,45 +120,40 @@ pool_alloc(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, const char *bomb_msg)
 
 	if (!len)
 		len = pool->quantum;
-	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
-		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+	else if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN_P2) {
+		if (len & (pool->quantum - 1))
+			len += pool->quantum - (len & (pool->quantum - 1));
+	} else if (!(pool->flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
+		if (len % pool->quantum)
+			len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+	}
 
 	if (len > pool->size)
 		goto bomb_out;
 
 	if (!pool->extents || len > pool->extents->free) {
-		void	*start;
-		size_t	free;
-		size_t	bound;
-		size_t	skew;
-		size_t	asize;
+		void *start;
+		size_t asize;
 		struct pool_extent *ext;
 
-		free = pool->size;
-		bound = 0;
-
 		asize = pool->size;
-		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
 			asize += sizeof (struct pool_extent);
 
 		if (!(start = new_array(char, asize)))
 			goto bomb_out;
 
 		if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
-			memset(start, 0, free);
+			memset(start, 0, asize);
 
-		if (pool->flags & POOL_APPEND)
-			ext = PTR_ADD(start, free);
-		else if (!(ext = new(struct pool_extent)))
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND) {
+			ext = start;
+			start = PTR_ADD(start, sizeof (struct pool_extent));
+		} else if (!(ext = new(struct pool_extent)))
 			goto bomb_out;
-		if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
-		    && (skew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(start, free) % pool->quantum)) {
-			bound  += skew;
-			free -= skew;
-		}
 		ext->start = start;
-		ext->free = free;
-		ext->bound = bound;
+		ext->free = pool->size;
+		ext->bound = 0;
 		ext->next = pool->extents;
 		pool->extents = ext;
 
@@ -160,10 +185,24 @@ pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
 	if (!pool)
 		return;
 
+	if (!addr) {
+		/* A NULL addr starts a fresh extent for new allocations. */
+		if ((cur = pool->extents) != NULL && cur->free != pool->size) {
+			cur->bound += cur->free;
+			cur->free = 0;
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+
 	if (!len)
 		len = pool->quantum;
-	else if (pool->quantum > 1 && len % pool->quantum)
-		len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+	else if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN_P2) {
+		if (len & (pool->quantum - 1))
+			len += pool->quantum - (len & (pool->quantum - 1));
+	} else if (!(pool->flags & POOL_NO_QALIGN)) {
+		if (len % pool->quantum)
+			len += pool->quantum - len % pool->quantum;
+	}
 
 	pool->n_freed++;
 	pool->b_freed += len;
@@ -179,19 +218,12 @@ pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
 	if (!prev) {
 		/* The "live" extent is kept ready for more allocations. */
 		if (cur->free + cur->bound + len >= pool->size) {
-			size_t skew;
-
 			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR) {
 				memset(PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free), 0,
 				       pool->size - cur->free);
 			}
 			cur->free = pool->size;
 			cur->bound = 0;
-			if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
-			    && (skew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free) % pool->quantum)) {
-				cur->bound += skew;
-				cur->free -= skew;
-			}
 		} else if (addr == PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free)) {
 			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
 				memset(addr, 0, len);
@@ -203,9 +235,12 @@ pool_free(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len, void *addr)
 
 		if (cur->free + cur->bound >= pool->size) {
 			prev->next = cur->next;
-			free(cur->start);
-			if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+			if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
+				free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
+			else {
+				free(cur->start);
 				free(cur);
+			}
 			pool->e_freed++;
 		} else if (prev != pool->extents) {
 			/* Move the extent to be the first non-live extent. */
@@ -242,18 +277,11 @@ pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t p, void *addr)
 			prev->next = NULL;
 			next = cur;
 		} else {
-			size_t skew;
-
 			/* The most recent live extent can just be reset. */
 			if (pool->flags & POOL_CLEAR)
 				memset(addr, 0, pool->size - cur->free);
 			cur->free = pool->size;
 			cur->bound = 0;
-			if (pool->flags & POOL_QALIGN && pool->quantum > 1
-			    && (skew = (size_t)PTR_ADD(cur->start, cur->free) % pool->quantum)) {
-				cur->bound += skew;
-				cur->free -= skew;
-			}
 			next = cur->next;
 			cur->next = NULL;
 		}
@@ -264,9 +292,12 @@ pool_free_old(alloc_pool_t p, void *addr)
 
 	while ((cur = next) != NULL) {
 		next = cur->next;
-		free(cur->start);
-		if (!(pool->flags & POOL_APPEND))
+		if (pool->flags & POOL_PREPEND)
+			free(PTR_ADD(cur->start, -sizeof (struct pool_extent)));
+		else {
+			free(cur->start);
 			free(cur);
+		}
 		pool->e_freed++;
 	}
 }
@@ -295,24 +326,30 @@ pool_boundary(alloc_pool_t p, size_t len)
 }
 
 #define FDPRINT(label, value) \
-	snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, label, value), \
-	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
+	do { \
+		int len = snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, label, value); \
+		if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) \
+			ret = -1; \
+	} while (0)
 
 #define FDEXTSTAT(ext) \
-	snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
-		(long) ext->free, \
-		(long) ext->bound), \
-	write(fd, buf, strlen(buf))
+	do { \
+		int len = snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "  %12ld  %5ld\n", \
+				   (long)ext->free, (long)ext->bound); \
+		if (write(fd, buf, len) != len) \
+			ret = -1; \
+	} while (0)
 
-void
+int
 pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
 {
 	struct alloc_pool *pool = (struct alloc_pool *) p;
-	struct pool_extent	*cur;
+	struct pool_extent *cur;
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
+	int ret = 0;
 
 	if (!pool)
-		return;
+		return ret;
 
 	FDPRINT("  Extent size:       %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->size);
 	FDPRINT("  Alloc quantum:     %12ld\n",	(long)	pool->quantum);
@@ -324,13 +361,16 @@ pool_stats(alloc_pool_t p, int fd, int summarize)
 	FDPRINT("  Bytes freed:       %12.0f\n", (double) pool->b_freed);
 
 	if (summarize)
-		return;
+		return ret;
 
 	if (!pool->extents)
-		return;
+		return ret;
 
-	write(fd, "\n", 1);
+	if (write(fd, "\n", 1) != 1)
+		ret = -1;
 
 	for (cur = pool->extents; cur; cur = cur->next)
 		FDEXTSTAT(cur);
+
+	return ret;
 }

lib/pool_alloc.h

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 #include <stddef.h>
 
 #define POOL_CLEAR	(1<<0)		/* zero fill allocations	*/
-#define POOL_QALIGN	(1<<1)		/* align data to quanta		*/
+#define POOL_NO_QALIGN	(1<<1)		/* don't align data to quanta	*/
 #define POOL_INTERN	(1<<2)		/* Allocate extent structures	*/
-#define POOL_APPEND	(1<<3)		/*   or appended to extent data	*/
+#define POOL_PREPEND	(1<<3)		/*   or prepend to extent data	*/
 
 typedef void *alloc_pool_t;
 

lib/sysacls.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Unix SMB/CIFS implementation.
  * Based on the Samba ACL support code.
  * Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000.
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
  *
  * The permission functions have been changed to get/set all bits via
  * one call.  Some functions that rsync doesn't need were also removed.
@@ -550,7 +551,7 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count)
 	 * acl[] array, this actually allocates an ACL with room
 	 * for (count+1) entries
 	 */
-	if ((a = (SMB_ACL_T)SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(struct SMB_ACL_T) + count * sizeof(struct acl))) == NULL) {
+	if ((a = (SMB_ACL_T)SMB_MALLOC(sizeof a[0] + count * sizeof (struct acl))) == NULL) {
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		return NULL;
 	}
@@ -1006,7 +1007,7 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count)
 	 * acl[] array, this actually allocates an ACL with room
 	 * for (count+1) entries
 	 */
-	if ((a = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(struct SMB_ACL_T) + count * sizeof(struct acl))) == NULL) {
+	if ((a = (SMB_ACL_T)SMB_MALLOC(sizeof a[0] + count * sizeof(struct acl))) == NULL) {
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		return NULL;
 	}
@@ -1637,14 +1638,14 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init(int count)
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	if ((a = SMB_MALLOC(sizeof(struct SMB_ACL_T) + sizeof(struct acl))) == NULL) {
+	if ((a = (SMB_ACL_T)SMB_MALLOC(sizeof a[0] + sizeof (struct acl))) == NULL) {
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	a->next = -1;
 	a->freeaclp = False;
-	a->aclp = (struct acl *)(&a->aclp + sizeof(struct acl *));
+	a->aclp = (struct acl *)((char *)a + sizeof a[0]);
 	a->aclp->acl_cnt = 0;
 
 	return a;
@@ -1735,6 +1736,13 @@ int sys_acl_get_entry( SMB_ACL_T theacl, int entry_id, SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T *entry_p)
 	struct new_acl_entry *entry;
 	int keep_going;
 
+	if (entry_id == SMB_ACL_FIRST_ENTRY)
+		theacl->count = 0;
+	else if (entry_id != SMB_ACL_NEXT_ENTRY) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
 	DEBUG(10,("This is the count: %d\n",theacl->count));
 
 	/* Check if count was previously set to -1. *
@@ -1804,11 +1812,14 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_file( const char *path_p, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T type)
 	struct acl_entry_link *acl_entry_link_head;
 	int i;
 	int rc = 0;
-	uid_t user_id;
 
 	/* AIX has no DEFAULT */
 	if  ( type == SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT ) {
+#ifdef ENOTSUP
 		errno = ENOTSUP;
+#else
+		errno = ENOSYS;
+#endif
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
@@ -2025,7 +2036,6 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_get_fd(int fd)
 	struct acl_entry_link *acl_entry_link_head;
 	int i;
 	int rc = 0;
-	uid_t user_id;
 
 	/* Get the acl using fstatacl */
    
@@ -2255,6 +2265,11 @@ SMB_ACL_T sys_acl_init( int count)
 {
 	struct acl_entry_link *theacl = NULL;
  
+	if (count < 0) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
 	DEBUG(10,("Entering sys_acl_init\n"));
 
 	theacl = SMB_MALLOC_P(struct acl_entry_link);
@@ -2373,7 +2388,6 @@ int sys_acl_set_file( const char *name, SMB_ACL_TYPE_T acltype, SMB_ACL_T theacl
 	struct acl_entry *acl_entry = NULL;
 	struct ace_id *ace_id = NULL;
 	uint id_type;
-	uint ace_access;
 	uint user_id;
 	uint acl_length;
 	uint rc;
@@ -2551,7 +2565,7 @@ int sys_acl_set_fd( int fd, SMB_ACL_T theacl)
 }
 #endif
 
-int sys_acl_delete_def_file(const char *name)
+int sys_acl_delete_def_file(UNUSED(const char *name))
 {
 	/* AIX has no default ACL */
 	return 0;
@@ -2694,6 +2708,8 @@ int sys_acl_set_info(SMB_ACL_ENTRY_T entry, SMB_ACL_TAG_T tag_type, uint32 bits,
 		rc = mbr_uid_to_uuid(u_g_id, uu);
 	else
 		rc = mbr_gid_to_uuid(u_g_id, uu);
+	if (rc != 0)
+		return rc;
 
 	if (acl_set_tag_type(entry, tag_type) != 0
 	 || acl_set_qualifier(entry, &uu) != 0
@@ -2765,6 +2781,11 @@ int no_acl_syscall_error(int err)
 		return 1;
 	}
 #endif
+	if (err == EINVAL) {
+		/* If the type of SMB_ACL_TYPE_ACCESS or SMB_ACL_TYPE_DEFAULT
+		 * isn't valid, then the ACLs must be non-POSIX. */
+		return 1;
+	}
 	return 0;
 }
 

lib/sysacls.h

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
  * Version 2.2.x
  * Portable SMB ACL interface
  * Copyright (C) Jeremy Allison 2000
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/sysxattrs.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Extended attribute support for rsync.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2004 Red Hat, Inc.
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2008 Wayne Davison
  * Written by Jay Fenlason.
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -125,6 +126,150 @@ ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
 	return len;
 }
 
+#elif HAVE_SOLARIS_XATTRS
+
+static ssize_t read_xattr(int attrfd, void *buf, size_t buflen)
+{
+	STRUCT_STAT sb;
+	ssize_t ret;
+
+	if (fstat(attrfd, &sb) < 0)
+		ret = -1;
+	else if (sb.st_size > SSIZE_MAX) {
+		errno = ERANGE;
+		ret = -1;
+	} else if (buflen == 0)
+		ret = sb.st_size;
+	else if (sb.st_size > buflen) {
+		errno = ERANGE;
+		ret = -1;
+	} else {
+		size_t bufpos;
+		for (bufpos = 0; bufpos < sb.st_size; ) {
+			ssize_t cnt = read(attrfd, buf + bufpos, sb.st_size - bufpos);
+			if (cnt <= 0) {
+				if (cnt < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+					continue;
+				bufpos = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+			bufpos += cnt;
+		}
+		ret = bufpos;
+	}
+
+	close(attrfd);
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_lgetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	int attrfd;
+
+	if ((attrfd = attropen(path, name, O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+		errno = ENOATTR;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return read_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_fgetxattr(int filedes, const char *name, void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	int attrfd;
+
+	if ((attrfd = openat(filedes, name, O_RDONLY|O_XATTR, 0)) < 0) {
+		errno = ENOATTR;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	return read_xattr(attrfd, value, size);
+}
+
+int sys_lsetxattr(const char *path, const char *name, const void *value, size_t size)
+{
+	int attrfd;
+	size_t bufpos;
+	mode_t mode = S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP;
+
+	if ((attrfd = attropen(path, name, O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_WRONLY, mode)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	for (bufpos = 0; bufpos < size; ) {
+		ssize_t cnt = write(attrfd, value+bufpos, size);
+		if (cnt <= 0) {
+			if (cnt < 0 && errno == EINTR)
+				continue;
+			bufpos = -1;
+			break;
+		}
+		bufpos += cnt;
+	}
+
+	close(attrfd);
+
+	return bufpos > 0 ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+int sys_lremovexattr(const char *path, const char *name)
+{
+	int attrdirfd;
+	int ret;
+
+	if ((attrdirfd = attropen(path, ".", O_RDONLY)) < 0)
+		return -1;
+
+	ret = unlinkat(attrdirfd, name, 0);
+
+	close(attrdirfd);
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+ssize_t sys_llistxattr(const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{
+	int attrdirfd;
+	DIR *dirp;
+	struct dirent *dp;
+	ssize_t ret = 0;
+
+	if ((attrdirfd = attropen(path, ".", O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+		errno = ENOTSUP;
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if ((dirp = fdopendir(attrdirfd)) == NULL) {
+		close(attrdirfd);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	while ((dp = readdir(dirp))) {
+		int len = strlen(dp->d_name);
+
+		if (dp->d_name[0] == '.' && (len == 1 || (len == 2 && dp->d_name[1] == '.')))
+			continue;
+		if (len == 11 && dp->d_name[0] == 'S' && strncmp(dp->d_name, "SUNWattr_r", 10) == 0
+		 && (dp->d_name[10] == 'o' || dp->d_name[10] == 'w'))
+			continue;
+
+		if ((ret += len+1) > size) {
+			if (size == 0)
+				continue;
+			ret = -1;
+			errno = ERANGE;
+			break;
+		}
+		memcpy(list, dp->d_name, len+1);
+		list += len+1;
+	}
+
+	closedir(dirp);
+	close(attrdirfd);
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
 #else
 
 #error You need to create xattr compatibility functions.

log.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1998-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "ifuncs.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
+#include "inums.h"
 
-extern int verbose;
 extern int dry_run;
 extern int am_daemon;
 extern int am_server;
@@ -31,16 +31,19 @@ extern int am_generator;
 extern int local_server;
 extern int quiet;
 extern int module_id;
-extern int msg_fd_out;
+extern int checksum_len;
 extern int allow_8bit_chars;
 extern int protocol_version;
+extern int always_checksum;
 extern int preserve_times;
-extern int uid_ndx;
-extern int gid_ndx;
+extern int msgs2stderr;
 extern int stdout_format_has_i;
 extern int stdout_format_has_o_or_i;
 extern int logfile_format_has_i;
 extern int logfile_format_has_o_or_i;
+extern int receiver_symlink_times;
+extern int64 total_data_written;
+extern int64 total_data_read;
 extern mode_t orig_umask;
 extern char *auth_user;
 extern char *stdout_format;
@@ -50,11 +53,13 @@ extern char *logfile_name;
 extern iconv_t ic_chck;
 #endif
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
-extern iconv_t ic_send, ic_recv;
+extern iconv_t ic_recv;
 #endif
-extern char curr_dir[];
-extern char *module_dir;
+extern char curr_dir[MAXPATHLEN];
+extern char *full_module_path;
 extern unsigned int module_dirlen;
+extern char sender_file_sum[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
+extern const char undetermined_hostname[];
 
 static int log_initialised;
 static int logfile_was_closed;
@@ -62,6 +67,11 @@ static FILE *logfile_fp;
 struct stats stats;
 
 int got_xfer_error = 0;
+int output_needs_newline = 0;
+int send_msgs_to_gen = 0;
+
+static int64 initial_data_written;
+static int64 initial_data_read;
 
 struct {
         int code;
@@ -83,15 +93,15 @@ struct {
 	{ RERR_SIGNAL     , "received SIGINT, SIGTERM, or SIGHUP" },
 	{ RERR_WAITCHILD  , "waitpid() failed" },
 	{ RERR_MALLOC     , "error allocating core memory buffers" },
-	{ RERR_PARTIAL    , "some files could not be transferred" },
+	{ RERR_PARTIAL    , "some files/attrs were not transferred (see previous errors)" },
 	{ RERR_VANISHED   , "some files vanished before they could be transferred" },
+	{ RERR_DEL_LIMIT  , "the --max-delete limit stopped deletions" },
 	{ RERR_TIMEOUT    , "timeout in data send/receive" },
 	{ RERR_CONTIMEOUT , "timeout waiting for daemon connection" },
 	{ RERR_CMD_FAILED , "remote shell failed" },
 	{ RERR_CMD_KILLED , "remote shell killed" },
 	{ RERR_CMD_RUN    , "remote command could not be run" },
 	{ RERR_CMD_NOTFOUND,"remote command not found" },
-	{ RERR_DEL_LIMIT  , "the --max-delete limit stopped deletions" },
 	{ 0, NULL }
 };
 
@@ -113,8 +123,7 @@ static void logit(int priority, const char *buf)
 	if (logfile_was_closed)
 		logfile_reopen();
 	if (logfile_fp) {
-		fprintf(logfile_fp, "%s [%d] %s",
-			timestring(time(NULL)), (int)getpid(), buf);
+		fprintf(logfile_fp, "%s [%d] %s", timestring(time(NULL)), (int)getpid(), buf);
 		fflush(logfile_fp);
 	} else {
 		syslog(priority, "%s", buf);
@@ -241,7 +250,7 @@ static void filtered_fwrite(FILE *f, const char *buf, int len, int use_isprint)
 void rwrite(enum logcode code, const char *buf, int len, int is_utf8)
 {
 	int trailing_CR_or_NL;
-	FILE *f = NULL;
+	FILE *f = msgs2stderr ? stderr : stdout;
 #ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 	iconv_t ic = is_utf8 && ic_recv != (iconv_t)-1 ? ic_recv : ic_chck;
 #else
@@ -253,15 +262,28 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, const char *buf, int len, int is_utf8)
 	if (len < 0)
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
 
-	if (am_server && msg_fd_out >= 0) {
+	if (msgs2stderr) {
+		if (!am_daemon) {
+			if (code == FLOG)
+				return;
+			goto output_msg;
+		}
+		if (code == FCLIENT)
+			return;
+		code = FLOG;
+	} else if (send_msgs_to_gen) {
 		assert(!is_utf8);
-		/* Pass the message to our sibling. */
+		/* Pass the message to our sibling in native charset. */
 		send_msg((enum msgcode)code, buf, len, 0);
 		return;
 	}
 
 	if (code == FERROR_SOCKET) /* This gets simplified for a non-sibling. */
 		code = FERROR;
+	else if (code == FERROR_UTF8) {
+		is_utf8 = 1;
+		code = FERROR;
+	}
 
 	if (code == FCLIENT)
 		code = FINFO;
@@ -302,26 +324,43 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, const char *buf, int len, int is_utf8)
 			/* TODO: can we send the error to the user somehow? */
 			return;
 		}
+		f = stderr;
 	}
 
+output_msg:
 	switch (code) {
 	case FERROR_XFER:
 		got_xfer_error = 1;
-		/* CONTINUE */
+		/* FALL THROUGH */
 	case FERROR:
+	case FERROR_UTF8:
+	case FERROR_SOCKET:
 	case FWARNING:
 		f = stderr;
 		break;
+	case FLOG:
 	case FINFO:
-		f = am_server ? stderr : stdout;
+	case FCLIENT:
 		break;
 	default:
+		fprintf(stderr, "Unknown logcode in rwrite(): %d [%s]\n", (int)code, who_am_i());
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_MESSAGEIO);
 	}
 
+	if (output_needs_newline) {
+		fputc('\n', f);
+		output_needs_newline = 0;
+	}
+
 	trailing_CR_or_NL = len && (buf[len-1] == '\n' || buf[len-1] == '\r')
 			  ? buf[--len] : 0;
 
+	if (len && buf[0] == '\r') {
+		fputc('\r', f);
+		buf++;
+		len--;
+	}
+
 #ifdef ICONV_CONST
 	if (ic != (iconv_t)-1) {
 		xbuf outbuf, inbuf;
@@ -329,10 +368,10 @@ void rwrite(enum logcode code, const char *buf, int len, int is_utf8)
 		int ierrno;
 
 		INIT_CONST_XBUF(outbuf, convbuf);
-		INIT_XBUF(inbuf, (char*)buf, len, -1);
+		INIT_XBUF(inbuf, (char*)buf, len, (size_t)-1);
 
 		while (inbuf.len) {
-			iconvbufs(ic, &inbuf, &outbuf, 0);
+			iconvbufs(ic, &inbuf, &outbuf, inbuf.pos ? 0 : ICB_INIT);
 			ierrno = errno;
 			if (outbuf.len) {
 				filtered_fwrite(f, convbuf, outbuf.len, 0);
@@ -427,12 +466,12 @@ void rsyserr(enum logcode code, int errcode, const char *format, ...)
 
 void rflush(enum logcode code)
 {
-	FILE *f = NULL;
+	FILE *f;
 
 	if (am_daemon || code == FLOG)
 		return;
 
-	if (code == FINFO && !am_server)
+	if (!am_server && (code == FINFO || code == FCLIENT))
 		f = stdout;
 	else
 		f = stderr;
@@ -440,10 +479,15 @@ void rflush(enum logcode code)
 	fflush(f);
 }
 
+void remember_initial_stats(void)
+{
+	initial_data_read = total_data_read;
+	initial_data_written = total_data_written;
+}
+
 /* A generic logging routine for send/recv, with parameter substitiution. */
 static void log_formatted(enum logcode code, const char *format, const char *op,
-			  struct file_struct *file, const char *fname,
-			  struct stats *initial_stats, int iflags,
+			  struct file_struct *file, const char *fname, int iflags,
 			  const char *hlink)
 {
 	char buf[MAXPATHLEN+1024], buf2[MAXPATHLEN], fmt[32];
@@ -466,30 +510,45 @@ static void log_formatted(enum logcode code, const char *format, const char *op,
 	buf[total] = '\0';
 
 	for (p = buf; (p = strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ) {
+		int humanize = 0;
 		s = p++;
 		c = fmt + 1;
+		while (*p == '\'') {
+			humanize++;
+			p++;
+		}
 		if (*p == '-')
 			*c++ = *p++;
 		while (isDigit(p) && c - fmt < (int)(sizeof fmt) - 8)
 			*c++ = *p++;
+		while (*p == '\'') {
+			humanize++;
+			p++;
+		}
 		if (!*p)
 			break;
 		*c = '\0';
 		n = NULL;
 
+		/* Note for %h and %a: it doesn't matter what fd we pass to
+		 * client_{name,addr} because rsync_module will already have
+		 * forced the answer to be cached (assuming, of course, for %h
+		 * that lp_reverse_lookup(module_id) is true). */
 		switch (*p) {
 		case 'h':
-			if (am_daemon)
-				n = client_name(0);
+			if (am_daemon) {
+				n = lp_reverse_lookup(module_id)
+				  ? client_name(0) : undetermined_hostname;
+			}
 			break;
 		case 'a':
 			if (am_daemon)
 				n = client_addr(0);
 			break;
 		case 'l':
-			strlcat(fmt, ".0f", sizeof fmt);
+			strlcat(fmt, "s", sizeof fmt);
 			snprintf(buf2, sizeof buf2, fmt,
-				 (double)F_LENGTH(file));
+				 do_big_num(F_LENGTH(file), humanize, NULL));
 			n = buf2;
 			break;
 		case 'U':
@@ -509,14 +568,13 @@ static void log_formatted(enum logcode code, const char *format, const char *op,
 			}
 			break;
 		case 'p':
-			strlcat(fmt, "ld", sizeof fmt);
-			snprintf(buf2, sizeof buf2, fmt,
-				 (long)getpid());
+			strlcat(fmt, "d", sizeof fmt);
+			snprintf(buf2, sizeof buf2, fmt, (int)getpid());
 			n = buf2;
 			break;
 		case 'M':
 			n = c = timestring(file->modtime);
-			while ((c = strchr(p, ' ')) != NULL)
+			while ((c = strchr(c, ' ')) != NULL)
 				*c = '-';
 			break;
 		case 'B':
@@ -592,38 +650,51 @@ static void log_formatted(enum logcode code, const char *format, const char *op,
 			n = timestring(time(NULL));
 			break;
 		case 'P':
-			n = module_dir;
+			n = full_module_path;
 			break;
 		case 'u':
 			n = auth_user;
 			break;
 		case 'b':
-			if (am_sender) {
-				b = stats.total_written -
-					initial_stats->total_written;
-			} else {
-				b = stats.total_read -
-					initial_stats->total_read;
-			}
-			strlcat(fmt, ".0f", sizeof fmt);
-			snprintf(buf2, sizeof buf2, fmt, (double)b);
+			if (!(iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER))
+				b = 0;
+			else if (am_sender)
+				b = total_data_written - initial_data_written;
+			else
+				b = total_data_read - initial_data_read;
+			strlcat(fmt, "s", sizeof fmt);
+			snprintf(buf2, sizeof buf2, fmt,
+				 do_big_num(b, humanize, NULL));
 			n = buf2;
 			break;
 		case 'c':
-			if (!am_sender) {
-				b = stats.total_written -
-					initial_stats->total_written;
-			} else {
-				b = stats.total_read -
-					initial_stats->total_read;
-			}
-			strlcat(fmt, ".0f", sizeof fmt);
-			snprintf(buf2, sizeof buf2, fmt, (double)b);
+			if (!(iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER))
+				b = 0;
+			else if (!am_sender)
+				b = total_data_written - initial_data_written;
+			else
+				b = total_data_read - initial_data_read;
+			strlcat(fmt, "s", sizeof fmt);
+			snprintf(buf2, sizeof buf2, fmt,
+				 do_big_num(b, humanize, NULL));
 			n = buf2;
 			break;
+		case 'C':
+			if (protocol_version >= 30
+			 && (iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER
+			  || (always_checksum && S_ISREG(file->mode)))) {
+				const char *sum = iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER
+						? sender_file_sum : F_SUM(file);
+				n = sum_as_hex(sum);
+			} else {
+				memset(buf2, ' ', checksum_len*2);
+				buf2[checksum_len*2] = '\0';
+				n = buf2;
+			}
+			break;
 		case 'i':
 			if (iflags & ITEM_DELETED) {
-				n = "*deleting";
+				n = "*deleting  ";
 				break;
 			}
 			n  = c = buf2 + MAXPATHLEN - 32;
@@ -631,14 +702,21 @@ static void log_formatted(enum logcode code, const char *format, const char *op,
 			      ? iflags & ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS ? 'h' : 'c'
 			     : !(iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER) ? '.'
 			     : !local_server && *op == 's' ? '<' : '>';
-			c[1] = S_ISDIR(file->mode) ? 'd'
-			     : IS_SPECIAL(file->mode) ? 'S'
-			     : IS_DEVICE(file->mode) ? 'D'
-			     : S_ISLNK(file->mode) ? 'L' : 'f';
-			c[2] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_CHECKSUM) ? '.' : 'c';
-			c[3] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_SIZE) ? '.' : 's';
-			c[4] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_TIME) ? '.'
-			     : !preserve_times || S_ISLNK(file->mode) ? 'T' : 't';
+			if (S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
+				c[1] = 'L';
+				c[3] = '.';
+				c[4] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_TIME) ? '.'
+				     : !preserve_times || !receiver_symlink_times
+				    || (iflags & ITEM_REPORT_TIMEFAIL) ? 'T' : 't';
+			} else {
+				c[1] = S_ISDIR(file->mode) ? 'd'
+				     : IS_SPECIAL(file->mode) ? 'S'
+				     : IS_DEVICE(file->mode) ? 'D' : 'f';
+				c[3] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_SIZE) ? '.' : 's';
+				c[4] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_TIME) ? '.'
+				     : !preserve_times ? 'T' : 't';
+			}
+			c[2] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_CHANGE) ? '.' : 'c';
 			c[5] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_PERMS) ? '.' : 'p';
 			c[6] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_OWNER) ? '.' : 'o';
 			c[7] = !(iflags & ITEM_REPORT_GROUP) ? '.' : 'g';
@@ -712,10 +790,12 @@ int log_format_has(const char *format, char esc)
 		return 0;
 
 	for (p = format; (p = strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ) {
-		if (*++p == '-')
+		for (p++; *p == '\''; p++) {} /*SHARED ITERATOR*/
+		if (*p == '-')
 			p++;
 		while (isDigit(p))
 			p++;
+		while (*p == '\'') p++;
 		if (!*p)
 			break;
 		if (*p == esc)
@@ -727,19 +807,14 @@ int log_format_has(const char *format, char esc)
 /* Log the transfer of a file.  If the code is FCLIENT, the output just goes
  * to stdout.  If it is FLOG, it just goes to the log file.  Otherwise we
  * output to both. */
-void log_item(enum logcode code, struct file_struct *file,
-	      struct stats *initial_stats, int iflags, const char *hlink)
+void log_item(enum logcode code, struct file_struct *file, int iflags, const char *hlink)
 {
 	const char *s_or_r = am_sender ? "send" : "recv";
 
-	if (code != FLOG && stdout_format && !am_server) {
-		log_formatted(FCLIENT, stdout_format, s_or_r,
-			      file, NULL, initial_stats, iflags, hlink);
-	}
-	if (code != FCLIENT && logfile_format && *logfile_format) {
-		log_formatted(FLOG, logfile_format, s_or_r,
-			      file, NULL, initial_stats, iflags, hlink);
-	}
+	if (code != FLOG && stdout_format && !am_server)
+		log_formatted(FCLIENT, stdout_format, s_or_r, file, NULL, iflags, hlink);
+	if (code != FCLIENT && logfile_format && *logfile_format)
+		log_formatted(FLOG, logfile_format, s_or_r, file, NULL, iflags, hlink);
 }
 
 void maybe_log_item(struct file_struct *file, int iflags, int itemizing,
@@ -747,16 +822,16 @@ void maybe_log_item(struct file_struct *file, int iflags, int itemizing,
 {
 	int significant_flags = iflags & SIGNIFICANT_ITEM_FLAGS;
 	int see_item = itemizing && (significant_flags || *buf
-		|| stdout_format_has_i > 1 || (verbose > 1 && stdout_format_has_i));
+		|| stdout_format_has_i > 1 || (INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && stdout_format_has_i));
 	int local_change = iflags & ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE && significant_flags;
 	if (am_server) {
 		if (logfile_name && !dry_run && see_item
 		 && (significant_flags || logfile_format_has_i))
-			log_item(FLOG, file, &stats, iflags, buf);
+			log_item(FLOG, file, iflags, buf);
 	} else if (see_item || local_change || *buf
 	    || (S_ISDIR(file->mode) && significant_flags)) {
 		enum logcode code = significant_flags || logfile_format_has_i ? FINFO : FCLIENT;
-		log_item(code, file, &stats, iflags, buf);
+		log_item(code, file, iflags, buf);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -765,13 +840,13 @@ void log_delete(const char *fname, int mode)
 	static struct {
 		union file_extras ex[4]; /* just in case... */
 		struct file_struct file;
-	} x;
+	} x; /* Zero-initialized due to static declaration. */
 	int len = strlen(fname);
 	const char *fmt;
 
 	x.file.mode = mode;
 
-	if (!verbose && !stdout_format)
+	if (!INFO_GTE(DEL, 1) && !stdout_format)
 		;
 	else if (am_server && protocol_version >= 29 && len < MAXPATHLEN) {
 		if (S_ISDIR(mode))
@@ -779,15 +854,14 @@ void log_delete(const char *fname, int mode)
 		send_msg(MSG_DELETED, fname, len, am_generator);
 	} else {
 		fmt = stdout_format_has_o_or_i ? stdout_format : "deleting %n";
-		log_formatted(FCLIENT, fmt, "del.", &x.file, fname, &stats,
-			      ITEM_DELETED, NULL);
+		log_formatted(FCLIENT, fmt, "del.", &x.file, fname, ITEM_DELETED, NULL);
 	}
 
 	if (!logfile_name || dry_run || !logfile_format)
 		return;
 
 	fmt = logfile_format_has_o_or_i ? logfile_format : "deleting %n";
-	log_formatted(FLOG, fmt, "del.", &x.file, fname, &stats, ITEM_DELETED, NULL);
+	log_formatted(FLOG, fmt, "del.", &x.file, fname, ITEM_DELETED, NULL);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -799,10 +873,10 @@ void log_delete(const char *fname, int mode)
 void log_exit(int code, const char *file, int line)
 {
 	if (code == 0) {
-		rprintf(FLOG,"sent %.0f bytes  received %.0f bytes  total size %.0f\n",
-			(double)stats.total_written,
-			(double)stats.total_read,
-			(double)stats.total_size);
+		rprintf(FLOG,"sent %s bytes  received %s bytes  total size %s\n",
+			comma_num(stats.total_written),
+			comma_num(stats.total_read),
+			comma_num(stats.total_size));
 	} else if (am_server != 2) {
 		const char *name;
 

match.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,13 +20,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
 
-extern int verbose;
-extern int do_progress;
 extern int checksum_seed;
 extern int append_mode;
+extern int checksum_len;
 
 int updating_basis_file;
+char sender_file_sum[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
 
 static int false_alarms;
 static int hash_hits;
@@ -90,8 +91,7 @@ static void build_hash_table(struct sum_struct *s)
 static OFF_T last_match;
 
 
-/**
- * Transmit a literal and/or match token.
+/* Transmit a literal and/or match token.
  *
  * This delightfully-named function is called either when we find a
  * match and need to transmit all the unmatched data leading up to it,
@@ -99,19 +99,19 @@ static OFF_T last_match;
  * transmit it.  As a result of this second case, it is called even if
  * we have not matched at all!
  *
- * @param i If >0, the number of a matched token.  If 0, indicates we
- * have only literal data.
- **/
+ * If i >= 0, the number of a matched token.  If < 0, indicates we have
+ * only literal data.  A -1 will send a 0-token-int too, and a -2 sends
+ * only literal data, w/o any token-int. */
 static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
 		    OFF_T offset, int32 i)
 {
 	int32 n = (int32)(offset - last_match); /* max value: block_size (int32) */
 	int32 j;
 
-	if (verbose > 2 && i >= 0) {
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2) && i >= 0) {
 		rprintf(FINFO,
-			"match at %.0f last_match=%.0f j=%d len=%ld n=%ld\n",
-			(double)offset, (double)last_match, i,
+			"match at %s last_match=%s j=%d len=%ld n=%ld\n",
+			big_num(offset), big_num(last_match), i,
 			(long)s->sums[i].len, (long)n);
 	}
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
 	else
 		last_match = offset;
 
-	if (buf && do_progress)
+	if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 		show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
 }
 
@@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ static void matched(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf,
 static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
-	OFF_T offset, end;
-	int32 k, want_i, backup;
+	OFF_T offset, aligned_offset, end;
+	int32 k, want_i, aligned_i, backup;
 	char sum2[SUM_LENGTH];
 	uint32 s1, s2, sum;
 	int more;
@@ -152,9 +152,9 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 	 * coding of the output to work more efficiently. */
 	want_i = 0;
 
-	if (verbose > 2) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search b=%ld len=%.0f\n",
-			(long)s->blength, (double)len);
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search b=%ld len=%s\n",
+			(long)s->blength, big_num(len));
 	}
 
 	k = (int32)MIN(len, (OFF_T)s->blength);
@@ -164,41 +164,55 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 	sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, k);
 	s1 = sum & 0xFFFF;
 	s2 = sum >> 16;
-	if (verbose > 3)
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3))
 		rprintf(FINFO, "sum=%.8x k=%ld\n", sum, (long)k);
 
-	offset = 0;
+	offset = aligned_offset = aligned_i = 0;
 
 	end = len + 1 - s->sums[s->count-1].len;
 
-	if (verbose > 3) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search s->blength=%ld len=%.0f count=%.0f\n",
-			(long)s->blength, (double)len, (double)s->count);
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "hash search s->blength=%ld len=%s count=%s\n",
+			(long)s->blength, big_num(len), big_num(s->count));
 	}
 
 	do {
 		int done_csum2 = 0;
-		int32 i;
+		uint32 hash_entry;
+		int32 i, *prev;
 
-		if (verbose > 4) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "offset=%.0f sum=%04x%04x\n",
-				(double)offset, s2 & 0xFFFF, s1 & 0xFFFF);
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 4)) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "offset=%s sum=%04x%04x\n",
+				big_num(offset), s2 & 0xFFFF, s1 & 0xFFFF);
 		}
 
 		if (tablesize == TRADITIONAL_TABLESIZE) {
-			if ((i = hash_table[SUM2HASH2(s1,s2)]) < 0)
+			hash_entry = SUM2HASH2(s1,s2);
+			if ((i = hash_table[hash_entry]) < 0)
 				goto null_hash;
 			sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
 		} else {
 			sum = (s1 & 0xffff) | (s2 << 16);
-			if ((i = hash_table[BIG_SUM2HASH(sum)]) < 0)
+			hash_entry = BIG_SUM2HASH(sum);
+			if ((i = hash_table[hash_entry]) < 0)
 				goto null_hash;
 		}
+		prev = &hash_table[hash_entry];
 
 		hash_hits++;
 		do {
 			int32 l;
 
+			/* When updating in-place, the chunk's offset must be
+			 * either >= our offset or identical data at that offset.
+			 * Remove any bypassed entries that we can never use. */
+			if (updating_basis_file && s->sums[i].offset < offset
+			    && !(s->sums[i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET)) {
+				*prev = s->sums[i].chain;
+				continue;
+			}
+			prev = &s->sums[i].chain;
+
 			if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
 				continue;
 
@@ -207,16 +221,10 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 			if (l != s->sums[i].len)
 				continue;
 
-			/* in-place: ensure chunk's offset is either >= our
-			 * offset or that the data didn't move. */
-			if (updating_basis_file && s->sums[i].offset < offset
-			    && !(s->sums[i].flags & SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET))
-				continue;
-
-			if (verbose > 3) {
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"potential match at %.0f i=%ld sum=%08x\n",
-					(double)offset, (long)i, sum);
+					"potential match at %s i=%ld sum=%08x\n",
+					big_num(offset), (long)i, sum);
 			}
 
 			if (!done_csum2) {
@@ -232,27 +240,51 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 
 			/* When updating in-place, the best possible match is
 			 * one with an identical offset, so we prefer that over
-			 * the following want_i optimization. */
+			 * the adjacent want_i optimization. */
 			if (updating_basis_file) {
-				int32 i2;
-				for (i2 = i; i2 >= 0; i2 = s->sums[i2].chain) {
-					if (s->sums[i2].offset != offset)
-						continue;
-					if (i2 != i) {
-						if (sum != s->sums[i2].sum1)
-							break;
-						if (memcmp(sum2, s->sums[i2].sum2,
-							   s->s2length) != 0)
-							break;
-						i = i2;
+				/* All the generator's chunks start at blength boundaries. */
+				while (aligned_offset < offset) {
+					aligned_offset += s->blength;
+					aligned_i++;
+				}
+				if ((offset == aligned_offset
+				  || (sum == 0 && l == s->blength && aligned_offset + l <= len))
+				 && aligned_i < s->count) {
+					if (i != aligned_i) {
+						if (sum != s->sums[aligned_i].sum1
+						 || l != s->sums[aligned_i].len
+						 || memcmp(sum2, s->sums[aligned_i].sum2, s->s2length) != 0)
+							goto check_want_i;
+						i = aligned_i;
 					}
-					/* This chunk was at the same offset on
-					 * both the sender and the receiver. */
+					if (offset != aligned_offset) {
+						/* We've matched some zeros in a spot that is also zeros
+						 * further along in the basis file, if we find zeros ahead
+						 * in the sender's file, we'll output enough literal data
+						 * to re-align with the basis file, and get back to seeking
+						 * instead of writing. */
+						backup = (int32)(aligned_offset - last_match);
+						if (backup < 0)
+							backup = 0;
+						map = (schar *)map_ptr(buf, aligned_offset - backup, l + backup)
+						    + backup;
+						sum = get_checksum1((char *)map, l);
+						if (sum != s->sums[i].sum1)
+							goto check_want_i;
+						get_checksum2((char *)map, l, sum2);
+						if (memcmp(sum2, s->sums[i].sum2, s->s2length) != 0)
+							goto check_want_i;
+						/* OK, we have a re-alignment match.  Bump the offset
+						 * forward to the new match point. */
+						offset = aligned_offset;
+					}
+					/* This identical chunk is in the same spot in the old and new file. */
 					s->sums[i].flags |= SUMFLG_SAME_OFFSET;
-					goto set_want_i;
+					want_i = i;
 				}
 			}
 
+		  check_want_i:
 			/* we've found a match, but now check to see
 			 * if want_i can hint at a better match. */
 			if (i != want_i && want_i < s->count
@@ -264,7 +296,6 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
 				 * will be happy */
 				i = want_i;
 			}
-		    set_want_i:
 			want_i = i + 1;
 
 			matched(f,s,buf,offset,i);
@@ -329,9 +360,6 @@ static void hash_search(int f,struct sum_struct *s,
  **/
 void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 {
-	char file_sum[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
-	int sum_len;
-
 	last_match = 0;
 	false_alarms = 0;
 	hash_hits = 0;
@@ -344,7 +372,7 @@ void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 		if (append_mode == 2) {
 			OFF_T j = 0;
 			for (j = CHUNK_SIZE; j < s->flength; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
-				if (buf && do_progress)
+				if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 					show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
 				sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, CHUNK_SIZE),
 					   CHUNK_SIZE);
@@ -352,7 +380,7 @@ void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 			}
 			if (last_match < s->flength) {
 				int32 n = (int32)(s->flength - last_match);
-				if (buf && do_progress)
+				if (buf && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 					show_progress(last_match, buf->file_size);
 				sum_update(map_ptr(buf, last_match, n), n);
 			}
@@ -364,12 +392,12 @@ void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 	if (len > 0 && s->count > 0) {
 		build_hash_table(s);
 
-		if (verbose > 2)
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
 			rprintf(FINFO,"built hash table\n");
 
 		hash_search(f, s, buf, len);
 
-		if (verbose > 2)
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
 			rprintf(FINFO,"done hash search\n");
 	} else {
 		OFF_T j;
@@ -379,18 +407,28 @@ void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 		matched(f, s, buf, len, -1);
 	}
 
-	sum_len = sum_end(file_sum);
-	/* If we had a read error, send a bad checksum. */
-	if (buf && buf->status != 0)
-		file_sum[0]++;
+	if (sum_end(sender_file_sum) != checksum_len)
+		overflow_exit("checksum_len"); /* Impossible... */
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
+	/* If we had a read error, send a bad checksum.  We use all bits
+	 * off as long as the checksum doesn't happen to be that, in
+	 * which case we turn the last 0 bit into a 1. */
+	if (buf && buf->status != 0) {
+		int i;
+		for (i = 0; i < checksum_len && sender_file_sum[i] == 0; i++) {}
+		memset(sender_file_sum, 0, checksum_len);
+		if (i == checksum_len)
+			sender_file_sum[i-1]++;
+	}
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
 		rprintf(FINFO,"sending file_sum\n");
-	write_buf(f, file_sum, sum_len);
+	write_buf(f, sender_file_sum, checksum_len);
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2)) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "false_alarms=%d hash_hits=%d matches=%d\n",
 			false_alarms, hash_hits, matches);
+	}
 
 	total_hash_hits += hash_hits;
 	total_false_alarms += false_alarms;
@@ -400,11 +438,11 @@ void match_sums(int f, struct sum_struct *s, struct map_struct *buf, OFF_T len)
 
 void match_report(void)
 {
-	if (verbose <= 1)
+	if (!DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 1))
 		return;
 
 	rprintf(FINFO,
-		"total: matches=%d  hash_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%.0f\n",
+		"total: matches=%d  hash_hits=%d  false_alarms=%d data=%s\n",
 		total_matches, total_hash_hits, total_false_alarms,
-		(double)stats.literal_data);
+		big_num(stats.literal_data));
 }

mkrounding.c

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * A pre-compilation helper program to aid in the creation of rounding.h.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2007 Wayne Davison
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
- * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
- */
-
-#include "rsync.h"
-
-struct test1 {
-    union file_extras extras1[1];
-    struct {
-#	include "mkrounding.h"
-    } file;
-};
-
-struct test2 {
-    union file_extras extras2[2];
-    struct {
-#	include "mkrounding.h"
-    } file;
-};
-
-struct test4 {
-    union file_extras extras4[4];
-    struct {
-#	include "mkrounding.h"
-    } file;
-};
-
-#define SIZE_TEST(n) (sizeof (struct test ## n) == EXTRA_LEN * n + sizeof (struct file_struct))
-
- int main(UNUSED(int argc), UNUSED(char *argv[]))
-{
-    int cnt;
-    if (SIZE_TEST(1))
-	cnt = 0;
-    else if (SIZE_TEST(2))
-	cnt = 1;
-    else if (SIZE_TEST(4))
-	cnt = 3;
-    else {
-	fprintf(stderr, "Unable to determine required file_extras rounding!\n");
-	cnt = 3;
-    }
-    if (cnt)
-	fprintf(stderr, "Rounding file_extras in multiples of %d", cnt + 1);
-    else
-	fprintf(stderr, "No rounding needed for file_extras");
-    fprintf(stderr, " (EXTRA_LEN=%d, FILE_STRUCT_LEN=%d)\n",
-	    (int)EXTRA_LEN, (int)FILE_STRUCT_LEN);
-    printf("#define EXTRA_ROUNDING %d\n", cnt);
-    return 0;
-}

packaging/bin/gpg

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/sh -e
+# This script gets git to run gpg with a --passphrase-file option.
+
+PATH=`echo $PATH | sed 's/^[^:]*://'`
+
+gpg --batch --passphrase-file=$GPG_PASSFILE "${@}"

packaging/branch-from-patch

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
+    'skip-check' => \( my $skip_branch_check ),
+    'delete' => \( my $delete_local_branches ),
+    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
+);
+&usage if $help_opt;
+
+require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
+check_git_state($master_branch, !$skip_branch_check, 1);
+
+my %local_branch;
+open PIPE, '-|', 'git branch -l' or die "Unable to fork: $!\n";
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    if (m# patch/\Q$master_branch\E/(.*)#o) {
+	$local_branch{$1} = 1;
+    }
+}
+close PIPE;
+
+if ($delete_local_branches) {
+    foreach my $name (sort keys %local_branch) {
+	my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$name";
+	system 'git', 'branch', '-D', $branch and exit 1;
+    }
+    %local_branch = ( );
+}
+
+my @patch_list;
+foreach (@ARGV) {
+    if (!-f $_) {
+	die "File not found: $_\n";
+    }
+    die "Filename is not a .diff file: $_\n" unless /\.diff$/;
+    push @patch_list, $_;
+}
+
+exit unless @patch_list;
+
+my(%scanned, %created, %info);
+
+foreach my $patch (@patch_list) {
+    my($where, $name) = $patch =~ m{^(.*?)([^/]+)\.diff$};
+    next if $scanned{$name}++;
+
+    open IN, '<', $patch or die "Unable to open $patch: $!\n";
+
+    my $info = '';
+    my $commit;
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (m#^based-on: (\S+)#) {
+	    $commit = $1;
+	    last;
+	}
+	last if m#^index .*\.\..* \d#;
+	last if m#^diff --git #;
+	last if m#^--- (old|a)/#;
+	$info .= $_;
+    }
+    close IN;
+
+    $info =~ s/\s+\Z/\n/;
+
+    my $parent = $master_branch;
+    my @patches = $info =~ m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff#g;
+    if (@patches) {
+	if ($patches[-1] eq $name) {
+	    pop @patches;
+	} else {
+	    warn "No identity patch line in $patch\n";
+	}
+	if (@patches) {
+	    $parent = pop @patches;
+	    if (!$scanned{$parent}) {
+		unless (-f "$where$parent.diff") {
+		    die "Unknown parent of $patch: $parent\n";
+		}
+		# Add parent to @patch_list so that we will look for the
+		# parent's parent.  Any duplicates will just be ignored.
+		push @patch_list, "$where$parent.diff";
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	warn "No patch lines found in $patch\n";
+    }
+
+    $info{$name} = [ $parent, $info, $commit ];
+}
+
+foreach my $patch (@patch_list) {
+    create_branch($patch);
+}
+
+system 'git', 'checkout', $master_branch and exit 1;
+
+exit;
+
+sub create_branch
+{
+    my($patch) = @_;
+    my($where, $name) = $patch =~ m{^(.*?)([^/]+)\.diff$};
+
+    return if $created{$name}++;
+
+    my $ref = $info{$name};
+    my($parent, $info, $commit) = @$ref;
+
+    my $parent_branch;
+    if ($parent eq $master_branch) {
+	$parent_branch = $master_branch;
+	$parent_branch = $commit if defined $commit;
+    } else {
+	create_branch("$where/$parent.diff");
+	$parent_branch = "patch/$master_branch/$parent";
+    }
+
+    my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$name";
+    print "\n", '=' x 64, "\nProcessing $branch ($parent_branch)\n";
+
+    if ($local_branch{$name}) {
+	system 'git', 'branch', '-D', $branch and exit 1;
+    }
+
+    system 'git', 'checkout', '-b', $branch, $parent_branch and exit 1;
+
+    open OUT, '>', "PATCH.$name" or die $!;
+    print OUT $info;
+    close OUT;
+    system 'git', 'add', "PATCH.$name" and exit 1;
+
+    open IN, '<', $patch or die "Unable to open $patch: $!\n";
+    $_ = join('', <IN>);
+    close IN;
+
+    open PIPE, '|-', 'patch -p1' or die $!;
+    print PIPE $_;
+    close PIPE;
+
+    system 'rm -f *.orig */*.orig';
+
+    while (m#\nnew file mode (\d+)\s+--- /dev/null\s+\Q+++\E b/(.*)#g) {
+	chmod oct($1), $2;
+	system 'git', 'add', $2;
+    }
+
+    while (1) {
+	system 'git status';
+	print 'Press Enter to commit, Ctrl-C to abort, or type a wild-name to add a new file: ';
+	$_ = <STDIN>;
+	last if /^$/;
+	chomp;
+	system "git add $_";
+    }
+
+    while (system 'git', 'commit', '-a', '-m', "Creating branch from $name.diff.") {
+	exit 1 if system '/bin/zsh';
+    }
+}
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage branch-from-patch [OPTIONS] patches/DIFF...
+
+Options:
+-b, --branch=BRANCH  Create branches relative to BRANCH if no "based-on"
+                     header was found in the patch file.
+    --skip-check     Skip the check that ensures starting with a clean branch.
+    --delete         Delete all the local patch/BASE/* branches, not just the ones
+                     that are being recreated.
+-h, --help           Output this help message.
+EOT
+}

packaging/cull_options

@@ -4,13 +4,19 @@
 # is included in the rrsync script.
 use strict;
 
-our(%short_no_arg, %short_with_num, %long_opt);
+our %short_no_arg;
+our %short_with_num;
+our %long_opt = (
+    'daemon' => -1,
+    'fake-super' => 0,
+    'log-file' => 3,
+);
 our $last_long_opt;
 
 open(IN, '../options.c') or die "Unable to open ../options.c: $!\n";
 
 while (<IN>) {
-    if (/\Qargstr[x++]\E = '(.)'/) {
+    if (/\Qargstr[x++]\E = '([^.ie])'/) {
 	$short_no_arg{$1} = 1;
 	undef $last_long_opt;
     } elsif (/\Qasprintf(\E[^,]+, "-([a-zA-Z0-9])\%l?[ud]"/) {
@@ -18,7 +24,7 @@ while (<IN>) {
 	undef $last_long_opt;
     } elsif (/\Qargs[ac++]\E = "--([^"=]+)"/) {
 	$last_long_opt = $1;
-	$long_opt{$1} = 0;
+	$long_opt{$1} = 0 unless exists $long_opt{$1};
     } elsif (defined($last_long_opt)
 	&& /\Qargs[ac++]\E = ([^["\s]+);/ && $1 ne 'dest_option') {
 	$long_opt{$last_long_opt} = 2;

packaging/git-status.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# Do some git-status checking for the current dir and (optionally)
+# the patches dir.
+
+sub check_git_state
+{
+    my($master_branch, $fatal_unless_clean, $check_patches_dir) = @_;
+
+    my($cur_branch) = check_git_status($fatal_unless_clean);
+    (my $branch = $cur_branch) =~ s{^patch/([^/]+)/[^/]+$}{$1}; # change patch/BRANCH/PATCH_NAME into BRANCH
+    if ($branch ne $master_branch) {
+	print "The checkout is not on the $master_branch branch.\n";
+	exit 1 if $master_branch ne 'master';
+	print "Do you want me to continue with --branch=$branch? [n] ";
+	$_ = <STDIN>;
+	exit 1 unless /^y/i;
+	$_[0] = $master_branch = $branch; # Updates caller's $master_branch too.
+    }
+
+    if ($check_patches_dir && -d 'patches/.git') {
+	($branch) = check_git_status($fatal_unless_clean, 'patches');
+	if ($branch ne $master_branch) {
+	    print "The *patches* checkout is on branch $branch, not branch $master_branch.\n";
+	    print "Do you want to change it to branch $master_branch? [n] ";
+	    $_ = <STDIN>;
+	    exit 1 unless /^y/i;
+	    system "cd patches && git checkout '$master_branch'";
+	}
+    }
+
+    return $cur_branch;
+}
+
+sub check_git_status
+{
+    my($fatal_unless_clean, $subdir) = @_;
+    $subdir = '.' unless defined $subdir;
+    my $status = `cd '$subdir' && git status`;
+    my $is_clean = $status =~ /\nnothing to commit \(working directory clean\)/;
+    my($cur_branch) = $status =~ /^# On branch (.+)\n/;
+    if ($fatal_unless_clean && !$is_clean) {
+	if ($subdir eq '.') {
+	    $subdir = '';
+	} else {
+	    $subdir = " *$subdir*";
+	}
+	die "The$subdir checkout is not clean:\n", $status;
+    }
+    ($cur_branch, $is_clean, $status);
+}
+
+1;

packaging/lsb/rsync.spec

@@ -1,15 +1,26 @@
 Summary: A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool
 Name: rsync
-Version: 3.0.0pre6
+Version: 3.1.0
+%define fullversion %{version}
 Release: 1
+%define srcdir src
 Group: Applications/Internet
-Source:	ftp://rsync.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-%{version}.tar.gz
+Source0: http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/%{srcdir}/rsync-%{fullversion}.tar.gz
+#Source1: http://rsync.samba.org/ftp/rsync/%{srcdir}/rsync-patches-%{fullversion}.tar.gz
 URL: http://rsync.samba.org/
 
 Prefix: %{_prefix}
 BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-root
 License: GPL
 
+%package ssl-client
+Summary: Provides rsync-ssl
+Requires: stunnel >= 4
+
+%package ssl-daemon
+Summary: An stunnel config file to support ssl rsync daemon connections.
+Requires: stunnel >= 4
+
 %description
 Rsync is a fast and extraordinarily versatile file copying tool.  It can
 copy locally, to/from another host over any remote shell, or to/from a
@@ -21,29 +32,66 @@ differences between the source files and the existing files in the
 destination.  Rsync is widely used for backups and mirroring and as an
 improved copy command for everyday use.
 
+%description ssl-client
+Provides the rsync-ssl script that makes use of stunnel 4 to open an ssl
+connection to an rsync daemon (on port 874).  This setup does NOT require
+any local stunnel daemon to be running to connect to the remote ssl rsyncd.
+
+%description ssl-daemon
+Provides a config file for stunnel that will (if you start your stunnel
+service) cause stunnel to listen for ssl rsync-daemon connections and run
+"rsync --daemon" to handle them.
+
 %prep
-%setup -q
+# Choose one -- setup source only, or setup source + rsync-patches:
+%setup -q -n rsync-%{fullversion}
+#%setup -q -b1 -n rsync-%{fullversion}
+
+# If you you used "%setup -q -b1 ...", choose the patches you wish to apply:
+#patch -p1 <patches/acls.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/xattrs.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/remote-option.diff
+#patch -p1 <patches/db.diff
+
+# Avoid extra perl dependencies for scripts going into doc dir.
+chmod -x support/*
 
 %build
+#./prepare-source
 %configure
 
 make
 
 %install
 rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+make install install-ssl-client install-ssl-daemon DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT
 
-%makeinstall
+mkdir -p $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/xinetd.d $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/rsync-ssl/certs
+install -m 644 packaging/lsb/rsync.xinetd $RPM_BUILD_ROOT/etc/xinetd.d/rsync
 
 %clean
 rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
 
 %files
 %defattr(-,root,root)
-%doc COPYING README tech_report.tex
+%doc COPYING NEWS OLDNEWS README support/ tech_report.tex
+%config(noreplace) /etc/xinetd.d/rsync
 %{_prefix}/bin/rsync
 %{_mandir}/man1/rsync.1*
 %{_mandir}/man5/rsyncd.conf.5*
 
+%files ssl-client
+%{_prefix}/bin/rsync-ssl
+%{_prefix}/bin/stunnel-rsync
+
+%files ssl-daemon
+%config(noreplace) /etc/stunnel/rsyncd.conf
+%dir /etc/rsync-ssl/certs
+
 %changelog
-* Wed Nov 28 2007 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
-Released 3.0.0pre6.
+* Sat Sep 28 2013 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
+Released 3.1.0.
+
+* Fri Mar 21 2008 Wayne Davison <wayned@samba.org>
+Added installation of /etc/xinetd.d/rsync file and some commented-out
+lines that demonstrate how to use the rsync-patches tar file.

packaging/lsb/rsync.xinetd

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# default: off
+# description: The rsync server is a good addition to an ftp server, as it
+#	allows crc checksumming etc.
+service rsync
+{
+	disable	= yes
+	socket_type     = stream
+	wait            = no
+	user            = root
+	server          = /usr/bin/rsync
+	server_args     = --daemon
+	log_on_failure  += USERID
+}

packaging/nightly-rsync

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ use strict;
 
 # This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
 # copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  It also requires a
-# pristine CVS checkout of rsync (don't use your normal rsync build dir
-# unless you're 100% sure that there are not unchecked-in changes).
+# git checkout of rsync (feel free to use your normal rsync build dir as
+# long as it doesn't have any uncommitted changes).
 #
 # If this is run with -ctu, it will make an updated "nightly" tar file in
 # the nightly dir.  It will also remove any old tar files, regenerate the
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ use strict;
 use Getopt::Long;
 use Date::Format;
 
-# Where the local copy of /home/ftp/pub/rsync/nightly should be updated.
-our $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp/nightly';
+# Where the local copy of /home/ftp/pub/rsync/dev/nightly should be updated.
+our $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp/dev/nightly';
 our $nightly_symlink = "$dest/rsync-HEAD.tar.gz";
 
 our($make_tar, $upload, $help_opt);
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ our($make_tar, $upload, $help_opt);
 our $name = time2str('rsync-HEAD-%Y%m%d-%H%M%Z', time, 'GMT');
 our $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', time);
 our $today = $ztoday;
+our $gen_target = $upload ? 'gensend' : 'gen';
 
 die "$dest does not exist\n" unless -d $dest;
 die "There is no .git dir in the current directory.\n" unless -d '.git';
@@ -40,6 +41,7 @@ if ($make_tar) {
     close IN;
     die "The checkout is not clean:\n", $status unless $status =~ /\nnothing to commit \(working directory clean\)/;
     die "The checkout is not on the master branch.\n" unless $status =~ /^# On branch master\n/;
+    system "make $gen_target" and die "make $gen_target failed!\n";
 
     my @extra_files;
     open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
@@ -53,14 +55,65 @@ if ($make_tar) {
 	}
     }
     close IN;
-    map { s#^#$name/# } @extra_files;
+
+    my $confversion;
+    open(IN, '<', 'configure.ac') or die "Unable to open configure.ac: $!\n";
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (/^RSYNC_VERSION=(.*)/) {
+	    $confversion = $1;
+	    last;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+    die "Unable to find RSYNC_VERSION in configure.ac\n" unless defined $confversion;
+
+    open(IN, '<', 'OLDNEWS') or die "Unable to open OLDNEWS: $!\n";
+    $_ = <IN>;
+    my($lastversion) = /(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)/;
+    my $last_protocol_version;
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (my($ver,$pdate,$pver) = /^\s+\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d\s+(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)\s+(\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d\s+)?(\d+)$/) {
+	    $last_protocol_version = $pver if $ver eq $lastversion;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+    die "Unable to determine protocol_version for $lastversion.\n" unless defined $last_protocol_version;
+
+    my($protocol_version,$subprotocol_version);
+    open(IN, '<', 'rsync.h') or die "Unable to open rsync.h: $!\n";
+    while (<IN>) {
+	if (/^#define\s+PROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
+	    $protocol_version = $1;
+	} elsif (/^#define\s+SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
+	    $subprotocol_version = $1;
+	}
+    }
+    close IN;
+    die "Unable to determine the current PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $protocol_version;
+    die "Unable to determine the current SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $subprotocol_version;
+
+    if ($confversion =~ /dev|pre/) {
+	if ($last_protocol_version ne $protocol_version) {
+	    if ($subprotocol_version == 0) {
+		die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must not be 0 for a non-final release with a changed PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n";
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    if ($subprotocol_version != 0) {
+		die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must be 0 when the PROTOCOL_VERSION hasn't changed from the last release.\n";
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ($subprotocol_version != 0) {
+	    die "SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION must be 0 for a final release.\n";
+	}
+    }
 
     print "Creating $name.tar.gz\n";
-    system 'make gen';
-    symlink('.', $name);
-    system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=$name/ HEAD >$dest/$name.tar";
-    system "fakeroot tar rf $dest/$name.tar @extra_files; gzip -9 $dest/$name.tar";
-    unlink($name);
+    system "rsync -a @extra_files $name/";
+    system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=$name/ HEAD | tar xf -";
+    system "support/git-set-file-times --prefix=$name/";
+    system "fakeroot tar czf $dest/$name.tar.gz $name; rm -rf $name";
+
     unlink($nightly_symlink);
     symlink("$name.tar.gz", $nightly_symlink);
 }
@@ -103,7 +156,7 @@ if ($upload) {
     if (defined $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR}) {
 	$opt = " -f 'R $ENV{RSYNC_PARTIAL_DIR}'";
     }
-    system "rsync$opt -aviHP --delete-after . samba.org:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/nightly";
+    system "rsync$opt -aviHP --delete-after . samba.org:/home/ftp/pub/rsync/dev/nightly";
 }
 
 exit;

packaging/patch-update

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This script is used to turn one or more of the "patch/BASE/*" branches
+# into one or more diffs in the "patches" directory.  Pass the option
+# --gen if you want generated files in the diffs.  Pass the name of
+# one or more diffs if you want to just update a subset of all the
+# diffs.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+
+my $patches_dir = 'patches';
+my $tmp_dir = "patches.$$";
+my $make_gen_cmd = 'make -f prepare-source.mak conf && ./config.status && make gen';
+
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
+    'skip-check' => \( my $skip_branch_check ),
+    'shell|s' => \( my $launch_shell ),
+    'gen:s' => \( my $incl_generated_files ),
+    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
+);
+&usage if $help_opt;
+
+if (defined $incl_generated_files) {
+    $patches_dir = $incl_generated_files if $incl_generated_files ne '';
+    $incl_generated_files = 1;
+}
+
+die "No '$patches_dir' directory was found.\n" unless -d $patches_dir;
+die "No '.git' directory present in the current dir.\n" unless -d '.git';
+
+require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
+my $starting_branch = check_git_state($master_branch, !$skip_branch_check, 1);
+
+my $master_commit;
+open PIPE, '-|', "git log -1 --no-color $master_branch" or die $!;
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    if (/^commit (\S+)/) {
+	$master_commit = $1;
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close PIPE;
+die "Unable to determine commit hash for master branch: $master_branch\n" unless defined $master_commit;
+
+my @extra_files;
+open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
+	while (s/\\$//) {
+	    $_ .= <IN>;
+	}
+	@extra_files = split(' ', $_);
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+
+if ($incl_generated_files) {
+    die "'$tmp_dir' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e $tmp_dir;
+    mkdir($tmp_dir, 0700) or die "Unable to mkdir($tmp_dir): $!\n";
+    system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/master/" and exit 1;
+}
+our $last_touch = time;
+
+my %patches;
+
+# Start by finding all patches so that we can load all possible parents.
+open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'branch', '-l') or die $!;
+while (<PIPE>) {
+    if (m# patch/\Q$master_branch\E/(.*)#o) {
+	$patches{$1} = 1;
+    }
+}
+close PIPE;
+
+my @patches = sort keys %patches;
+
+my(%parent, %description);
+foreach my $patch (@patches) {
+    my $branch = "patch/$master_branch/$patch";
+    my $desc = '';
+    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', '-U1000', "$master_branch...$branch", '--', "PATCH.$patch") or die $!;
+    while (<PIPE>) {
+	last if /^@@ /;
+    }
+    while (<PIPE>) {
+	next unless s/^[ +]//;
+	if (m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff# && $1 ne $patch) {
+	    my $parent = $parent{$patch} = $1;
+	    if (!$patches{$parent}) {
+		die "Parent of $patch is not a local branch: $parent\n";
+	    }
+	}
+	$desc .= $_;
+    }
+    close PIPE;
+    $description{$patch} = $desc;
+}
+
+if (@ARGV) {
+    # Limit the list of patches to actually process based on @ARGV.
+    @patches = ( );
+    foreach (@ARGV) {
+	s{^patch(es)?/} {};
+	s{\.diff$} {};
+	if (!$patches{$_}) {
+	    die "Local branch not available for patch: $_\n";
+	}
+	push(@patches, $_);
+    }
+}
+
+my %completed;
+foreach my $patch (@patches) {
+    next if $completed{$patch}++;
+    last unless update_patch($patch);
+}
+
+if ($incl_generated_files) {
+    system "rm -rf $tmp_dir";
+}
+
+sleep 1 while $last_touch >= time;
+system "git checkout $starting_branch" and exit 1;
+
+exit;
+
+
+sub update_patch
+{
+    my($patch) = @_;
+
+    my $parent = $parent{$patch};
+    my $based_on;
+    if (defined $parent) {
+	unless ($completed{$parent}++) {
+	    update_patch($parent);
+	}
+	$based_on = $parent = "patch/$master_branch/$parent";
+    } else {
+	$parent = $master_branch;
+	$based_on = $master_commit;
+    }
+
+    print "======== $patch ========\n";
+
+    sleep 1 while $incl_generated_files && $last_touch >= time;
+    system "git checkout patch/$master_branch/$patch" and return 0;
+
+    my $ok = system("git merge $based_on") == 0;
+    if (!$ok || $launch_shell) {
+	my($parent_dir) = $parent =~ m{([^/]+)$};
+	print qq|"git merge $based_on" incomplete -- please fix.\n| if !$ok;
+	$ENV{PS1} = "[$parent_dir] $patch: ";
+	while (1) {
+	    if (system($ENV{SHELL}) != 0) {
+		print "Abort? [n/y] ";
+		$_ = <STDIN>;
+		next unless /^y/i;
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	    my($cur_branch, $is_clean, $status) = check_git_status(0);
+	    last if $is_clean;
+	    print $status;
+	}
+    }
+
+    open(OUT, '>', "$patches_dir/$patch.diff") or die $!;
+    print OUT $description{$patch}, "\nbased-on: $based_on\n";
+
+    if ($incl_generated_files) {
+	system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files $tmp_dir/$patch/" and exit 1;
+    }
+    $last_touch = time;
+
+    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', $based_on) or die $!;
+    DIFF: while (<PIPE>) {
+	while (m{^diff --git a/PATCH}) {
+	    while (<PIPE>) {
+		last if m{^diff --git a/};
+	    }
+	    last DIFF if !defined $_;
+	}
+	next if /^index /;
+	print OUT $_;
+    }
+    close PIPE;
+
+    if ($incl_generated_files) {
+	my $parent_dir;
+	if ($parent eq $master_branch) {
+	    $parent_dir = 'master';
+	} else {
+	    ($parent_dir) = $parent =~ m{([^/]+)$};
+	}
+	open(PIPE, '-|', 'diff', '-up', "$tmp_dir/$parent_dir", "$tmp_dir/$patch") or die $!;
+	while (<PIPE>) {
+	    s#^(diff -up) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*?) $tmp_dir/[^/]+/(.*)#$1 a/$2 b/$3#o;
+	    s#^\Q---\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#--- a/$1#o;
+	    s#^\Q+++\E $tmp_dir/[^/]+/([^\t]+)\t.*#+++ b/$1#o;
+	    print OUT $_;
+	}
+	close PIPE;
+    }
+
+    close OUT;
+
+    1;
+}
+
+exit;
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: patch-update [OPTIONS] [patches/DIFF...]
+
+Options:
+-b, --branch=BRANCH  The master branch to merge into the patch/BASE/* branches.
+    --gen[=DIR]      Include generated files.  Optional destination DIR
+                     arg overrides the default of using the "patches" dir.
+    --skip-check     Skip the check that ensures starting with a clean branch.
+-s, --shell          Launch a shell for every patch/BASE/* branch updated, not
+                     just when a conflict occurs.
+-h, --help           Output this help message.
+EOT
+}

packaging/release-rsync

@@ -1,22 +1,40 @@
 #!/usr/bin/perl
-use strict;
-
 # This script expects the directory ~/samba-rsync-ftp to exist and to be a
 # copy of the /home/ftp/pub/rsync dir on samba.org.  When the script is done,
 # the git repository in the current directory will be updated, and the local
 # ~/samba-rsync-ftp dir will be ready to be rsynced to samba.org.
 
+use strict;
+use warnings;
 use Cwd;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use Term::ReadKey;
 use Date::Format;
 
 my $dest = $ENV{HOME} . '/samba-rsync-ftp';
+my $passfile = $ENV{HOME} . '/.rsyncpass';
+my $path = $ENV{PATH};
+my $make_gen_cmd = 'make -f prepare-source.mak conf && ./config.status && make gen';
 
-my $cl_today = time2str('* %a %b %d %Y', time);
-my $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', time);
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&usage if !&GetOptions(
+    'branch|b=s' => \( my $master_branch = 'master' ),
+    'help|h' => \( my $help_opt ),
+);
+&usage if $help_opt;
+
+my $now = time;
+my $cl_today = time2str('* %a %b %d %Y', $now);
+my $year = time2str('%Y', $now);
+my $ztoday = time2str('%d %b %Y', $now);
 (my $today = $ztoday) =~ s/^0//;
 
 my $curdir = Cwd::cwd;
 
+END {
+    unlink($passfile);
+}
+
 my @extra_files;
 open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
 while (<IN>) {
@@ -43,29 +61,45 @@ die "There is no .git dir in the current directory.\n" unless -d '.git';
 die "'a' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'a';
 die "'b' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'b';
 
-open(IN, '-|', 'git status') or die $!;
-my $status = join('', <IN>);
-close IN;
-die "The checkout is not clean:\n", $status unless $status =~ /\nnothing to commit \(working directory clean\)/;
-die "The checkout is not on the master branch.\n" unless $status =~ /^# On branch master\n/;
+require 'packaging/git-status.pl';
+check_git_state($master_branch, 1, 1);
 
-my $lastversion;
-open(IN, '<', 'configure.in') or die $!;
+my $confversion;
+open(IN, '<', 'configure.ac') or die $!;
 while (<IN>) {
     if (/^RSYNC_VERSION=(.*)/) {
-	$lastversion = $1;
+	$confversion = $1;
 	last;
     }
 }
 close IN;
-if ($lastversion =~ /dev$/) {
-    open(IN, '<', 'OLDNEWS') or die $!;
-    $_ = <IN>;
-    close IN;
-    ($lastversion) = /(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)/;
-}
+die "Unable to find RSYNC_VERSION in configure.ac\n" unless defined $confversion;
 
-my $version = $lastversion;
+open(IN, '<', 'OLDNEWS') or die $!;
+$_ = <IN>;
+my($lastversion) = /(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)/;
+my($last_protocol_version, %pdate);
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (my($ver,$pdate,$pver) = /^\s+\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d\s+(\d+\.\d+\.\d+)\s+(\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d\s+)?(\d+)$/) {
+	$pdate{$ver} = $pdate if defined $pdate;
+	$last_protocol_version = $pver if $ver eq $lastversion;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+die "Unable to determine protocol_version for $lastversion.\n" unless defined $last_protocol_version;
+
+my $protocol_version;
+open(IN, '<', 'rsync.h') or die $!;
+while (<IN>) {
+    if (/^#define\s+PROTOCOL_VERSION\s+(\d+)/) {
+	$protocol_version = $1;
+	last;
+    }
+}
+close IN;
+die "Unable to determine the current PROTOCOL_VERSION.\n" unless defined $protocol_version;
+
+my $version = $confversion;
 $version =~ s/dev/pre1/ || $version =~ s/pre(\d+)/ 'pre' . ($1 + 1) /e;
 
 print "Please enter the version number of this release: [$version] ";
@@ -75,31 +109,63 @@ if ($_ eq '.') {
 } elsif ($_ ne '') {
     $version = $_;
 }
-$version =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/;
+die "Invalid version: `$version'\n" unless $version =~ /^[\d.]+(pre\d+)?$/;
+
+if (`git tag -l v$version` ne '') {
+    print "Tag v$version already exists.\n\nDelete tag or quit? [q/del] ";
+    $_ = <STDIN>;
+    exit 1 unless /^del/i;
+    system "git tag -d v$version";
+}
+
+if ($version =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/ && $confversion !~ /dev$/) {
+    $lastversion = $confversion;
+}
 
 print "Enter the previous version to produce a patch against: [$lastversion] ";
 chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
 $lastversion = $_ if $_ ne '';
 $lastversion =~ s/[-.]*pre[-.]*/pre/;
 
-my $release = 1;
+my $pre = $version =~ /(pre\d+)/ ? $1 : '';
+
+my $release = $pre ? '0.1' : '1';
 print "Please enter the RPM release number of this release: [$release] ";
 chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
 $release = $_ if $_ ne '';
+$release .= ".$pre" if $pre;
 
-my $diffdir;
-my $skipping;
+(my $finalversion = $version) =~ s/pre\d+//;
+my($proto_changed,$proto_change_date);
+if ($protocol_version eq $last_protocol_version) {
+    $proto_changed = 'unchanged';
+    $proto_change_date = "\t\t";
+} else {
+    $proto_changed = 'changed';
+    if (!defined($proto_change_date = $pdate{$finalversion})) {
+	while (1) {
+	    print "On what date did the protocol change to $protocol_version get checked in? (dd Mmm yyyy) ";
+	    chomp($_ = <STDIN>);
+	    last if /^\d\d \w\w\w \d\d\d\d$/;
+	}
+	$proto_change_date = "$_\t";
+    }
+}
+
+my($srcdir,$srcdiffdir,$lastsrcdir,$skipping);
 if ($lastversion =~ /pre/) {
-    if ($version !~ /pre/) {
+    if (!$pre) {
 	die "You should not diff a release version against a pre-release version.\n";
     }
-    $diffdir = "$dest/old-previews";
+    $srcdir = $srcdiffdir = $lastsrcdir = 'src-previews';
     $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
-} elsif ($version =~ /pre/) {
-    $diffdir = $dest;
+} elsif ($pre) {
+    $srcdir = $srcdiffdir = 'src-previews';
+    $lastsrcdir = 'src';
     $skipping = ' ** SKIPPING **';
 } else {
-    $diffdir = "$dest/old-versions";
+    $srcdir = $lastsrcdir = 'src';
+    $srcdiffdir = 'src-diffs';
     $skipping = '';
 }
 
@@ -108,14 +174,16 @@ print "\n", $break, <<EOT;
 \$lastversion is "$lastversion"
 \$dest is "$dest"
 \$curdir is "$curdir"
-\$diffdir is "$diffdir"
+\$srcdir is "$srcdir"
+\$srcdiffdir is "$srcdiffdir"
+\$lastsrcdir is "$lastsrcdir"
 \$release is "$release"
 
 About to:
-    - make sure that SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION is 0$skipping
-    - tweak the version in configure.in and the spec files
-    - tweak NEWS and OLDNEWS to update the release date$skipping
-    - tweak the date in the *.yo files and generate the man pages
+    - tweak SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION in rsync.h, if needed
+    - tweak the version in configure.ac and the spec files
+    - tweak NEWS and OLDNEWS to ensure header values are correct
+    - tweak the date in the *.yo files and generate the manpages
     - generate configure.sh, config.h.in, and proto.h
     - page through the differences
 
@@ -123,36 +191,54 @@ EOT
 print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
 $_ = <STDIN>;
 
-print $break;
+my %specvars = ( 'Version:' => $finalversion, 'Release:' => $release,
+		 '%define fullversion' => "\%{version}$pre", 'Released' => "$version.",
+		 '%define srcdir' => $srcdir );
+my @tweak_files = ( glob('packaging/*.spec'), glob('packaging/*/*.spec'), glob('*.yo'),
+		    qw( configure.ac rsync.h NEWS OLDNEWS options.c ) );
 
-my @tweak_files = ( glob('packaging/*.spec'), glob('packaging/*/*.spec'),
-		    glob('*.yo'), qw( configure.in ) );
-
-if ($version !~ /pre/) {
-    push(@tweak_files, qw( rsync.h NEWS OLDNEWS ));
-}
 foreach my $fn (@tweak_files) {
     open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
     undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
     close IN;
     if ($fn =~ /configure/) {
-	s/^RSYNC_VERSION=.*/RSYNC_VERSION=$version/m;
+	s/^RSYNC_VERSION=.*/RSYNC_VERSION=$version/m
+	    or die "Unable to update RSYNC_VERSION in $fn\n";
     } elsif ($fn =~ /\.spec/) {
-	s/^(Version:) .*/$1 $version/m;
-	s/^(Release:) .*/$1 $release/m;
-	s/^(Released) .*/$1 $version./m;
-	s/^\* \w\w\w \w\w\w \d\d \d\d\d\d (.*)/$cl_today $1/m;
+	while (my($str, $val) = each %specvars) {
+	    s/^\Q$str\E .*/$str $val/m
+		or die "Unable to update $str in $fn\n";
+	}
+	s/^\* \w\w\w \w\w\w \d\d \d\d\d\d (.*)/$cl_today $1/m
+	    or die "Unable to update ChangeLog header in $fn\n";
     } elsif ($fn =~ /\.yo/) {
-	s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m;
-	s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m;
-    } elsif ($fn eq 'NEWS') {
-	s/^(NEWS for rsync \Q$version\E) \(UNRELEASED\)\s*\n/$1 ($today)\n/mi
-	    or die "Couldn't update NEWS file with release date!\n";
+	s/^(manpage\([^)]+\)\(\d+\)\()[^)]+(\).*)/$1$today$2/m
+	    or die "Unable to update date in manpage() header in $fn\n";
+	s/^(This man ?page is current for version) \S+ (of rsync)/$1 $version $2/m
+	    or die "Unable to update current version info in $fn\n";
     } elsif ($fn eq 'rsync.h') {
-	s/(#define\s+SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION)\s+\d+/$1 0/;
+	s{(#define\s+SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION)\s+(\d+)}
+	 { $1 . ' ' . get_subprotocol_version($2) }e
+	    or die "Unable to find SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION define in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'NEWS') {
+	s{^(NEWS for rsync \Q$finalversion\E )(\(UNRELEASED\))\s*(\nProtocol: )(\d+) (\([^)]+\))\n}
+	 { $1 . ($pre ? $2 : "($today)") . "$3$protocol_version ($proto_changed)\n" }ei
+	    or die "The first 2 lines of $fn are not in the right format.  They must be:\n"
+		 . "NEWS for rsync $finalversion (UNRELEASED)\n"
+		 . "Protocol: $protocol_version ($proto_changed)\n";
     } elsif ($fn eq 'OLDNEWS') {
-	s/^\t\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d(\t\Q$version\E)/\t$ztoday$1/m
-	    or die "Couldn't update OLDNEWS file with release date!\n";
+	s{^(\t\S\S\s\S\S\S\s\d\d\d\d)(\t\Q$finalversion\E\t).*}
+	 { ($pre ? $1 : "\t$ztoday") . $2 . $proto_change_date . $protocol_version }em
+	    or die "Unable to find \"?? ??? $year\t$finalversion\" line in $fn\n";
+    } elsif ($fn eq 'options.c') {
+	if (s/(Copyright \(C\) 2002-)(\d+)( Wayne Davison)/$1$year$3/
+	 && $2 ne $year) {
+	    die "Copyright comments need to be updated to $year in all files!\n";
+	}
+	# Adjust the year in the --version output.
+	s/(rprintf\(f, "Copyright \(C\) 1996-)(\d+)/$1$year/
+	    or die "Unable to find Copyright string in --version output of $fn\n";
+	next if $2 eq $year;
     } else {
 	die "Unrecognized file in \@tweak_files: $fn\n";
     }
@@ -161,120 +247,175 @@ foreach my $fn (@tweak_files) {
     close OUT;
 }
 
-system 'make gen';
-
 print $break;
 system "git diff --color | less -p '^diff .*'";
 
 my $srctar_name = "rsync-$version.tar.gz";
 my $pattar_name = "rsync-patches-$version.tar.gz";
 my $diff_name = "rsync-$lastversion-$version.diffs.gz";
-my $srctar_file = "$dest/$srctar_name";
-my $pattar_file = "$dest/$pattar_name";
-my $diff_file = "$dest/$diff_name";
-my $lasttar_file = "$dest/rsync-$lastversion.tar.gz";
+my $srctar_file = "$dest/$srcdir/$srctar_name";
+my $pattar_file = "$dest/$srcdir/$pattar_name";
+my $diff_file = "$dest/$srcdiffdir/$diff_name";
+my $news_file = "$dest/$srcdir/rsync-$version-NEWS";
+my $lasttar_file = "$dest/$lastsrcdir/rsync-$lastversion.tar.gz";
 
 print $break, <<EOT;
 
 About to:
-    - commit all changes
-    - tag this release as v$version
-    - move the old tar/diff files into the appropriate old-* dirs
-    - hard-link the moved tar/diff files on samba.org
-    - create release tar, "$srctar_name"
-    - create patches tar, "$pattar_name"
+    - commit all version changes
+    - merge the $master_branch branch into the patch/$master_branch/* branches
+    - update the files in the "patches" dir and OPTIONALLY
+      (if you type 'y') to launch a shell for each patch
+
+EOT
+print "<Press Enter OR 'y' to continue> ";
+my $ans = <STDIN>;
+
+system "git commit -a -m 'Preparing for release of $version'" and exit 1;
+
+print "Updating files in \"patches\" dir ...\n";
+system "packaging/patch-update --branch=$master_branch";
+
+if ($ans =~ /^y/i) {
+    print "\nVisiting all \"patch/$master_branch/*\" branches ...\n";
+    system "packaging/patch-update --branch=$master_branch --skip-check --shell";
+}
+
+if (-d 'patches/.git') {
+    system "cd patches && git commit -a -m 'The patches for $version.'" and exit 1;
+}
+
+print $break, <<EOT;
+
+About to:
+    - create signed tag for this release: v$version
     - create release diffs, "$diff_name"
-    - update patch branches and generate patch/* files
-    - update README, *NEWS, TODO, and changelog
-    - update rsync*.html man pages
+    - create release tar, "$srctar_name"
+    - generate rsync-$version/patches/* files
+    - create patches tar, "$pattar_name"
+    - update top-level README, *NEWS, TODO, and ChangeLog
+    - update top-level rsync*.html manpages
     - gpg-sign the release files
+    - update hard-linked top-level release files$skipping
 
 EOT
 print "<Press Enter to continue> ";
 $_ = <STDIN>;
 
-@_ = @extra_files;
-map { s#^#rsync-$lastversion/# } @_;
-$_[0] =~ s/configure\.sh/configure/; # XXX remove soon
-system "tar xzf $lasttar_file @_";
-rename("rsync-$lastversion", 'a');
-rename("a/configure", "a/configure.sh"); # XXX remove soon
+# We want to use our passphrase-providing "gpg" script, so modify the PATH.
+$ENV{PATH} = "$curdir/packaging/bin:$path";
 
-system "rsync -a @extra_files rsync-$version/";
+my $passphrase;
+while (1) {
+    ReadMode('noecho');
+    print "\nEnter your GPG pass-phrase: ";
+    chomp($passphrase = <STDIN>);
+    ReadMode(0);
+    print "\n";
 
-system "git commit -a -m 'Preparing for release of $version'" and exit 1;
-system "git tag -s -m 'Version $version.' v$version" and exit 1;
+    # Briefly create a temp file with the passphrase for git's tagging use.
+    my $oldmask = umask 077;
+    unlink($passfile);
+    open(OUT, '>', $passfile) or die $!;
+    print OUT $passphrase, "\n";
+    close OUT;
+    umask $oldmask;
+    $ENV{'GPG_PASSFILE'} = $passfile;
 
-# When creating a pre-release after a normal release, there's nothing to move.
-if ($diffdir ne $dest) {
-    chdir($dest) or die $!;
+    $_ = `git tag -s -m 'Version $version.' v$version 2>&1`;
+    print $_;
+    next if /bad passphrase/;
+    exit 1 if /failed/;
 
-    print "Shuffling old files ...\n";
-
-    # We need to run this regardless of $lastversion's "pre"ness.
-    my @moved_files;
-    foreach my $fn (glob('rsync*pre*.tar.gz*'), glob('rsync*pre*-NEWS')) {
-	link($fn, "old-previews/$fn") or die $!;
-	push(@moved_files, $fn);
+    if (-d 'patches/.git') {
+	$_ = `cd patches && git tag -s -m 'Version $version.' v$version 2>&1`;
+	print $_;
+	exit 1 if /bad passphrase|failed/;
     }
 
-    if ($version !~ /pre/) {
-	foreach my $fn (glob('rsync*.tar.gz*'), glob('rsync*-NEWS')) {
-	    next if $fn =~ /^rsync.*pre/;
-	    link($fn, "old-versions/$fn") or die $!;
-	    push(@moved_files, $fn);
-	}
-
-	foreach my $fn (glob('rsync*pre*.diffs.gz*')) {
-	    unlink($fn);
-	}
-
-	foreach my $fn (glob('rsync*.diffs.gz*')) {
-	    link($fn, "old-patches/$fn") or die $!;
-	    push(@moved_files, $fn);
-	}
-    }
-
-    # Optimize our future upload (in the absence of --detect-renamed) by
-    # using rsync to hard-link the above files on samba.org.
-    system "rsync -avHOC --include='rsync*.gz*' --include='old-*/' --exclude='*' . samba.org:/home/ftp/pub/rsync";
-    foreach (@moved_files) {
-	unlink($_);
-    }
-
-    chdir($curdir) or die $!;
+    unlink($passfile);
+    last;
 }
 
-print "Creating $srctar_file ...\n";
-(my $srctar_tmp = $srctar_file) =~ s/\.gz$//;
-system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=rsync-$version/ v$version >$srctar_tmp";
-system "fakeroot tar rf $srctar_tmp rsync-$version/*; gzip -9 $srctar_tmp";
+$ENV{PATH} = $path;
+
+# Extract the generated files from the old tar.
+@_ = @extra_files;
+map { s#^#rsync-$lastversion/# } @_;
+system "tar xzf $lasttar_file @_";
+rename("rsync-$lastversion", 'a');
 
 print "Creating $diff_file ...\n";
-rename("rsync-$version", 'b');
+system "$make_gen_cmd && rsync -a @extra_files b/" and exit 1;
 my $sed_script = 's:^((---|\+\+\+) [ab]/[^\t]+)\t.*:\1:';
-system "(git diff v$lastversion v$version; diff -up a b | sed -r '$sed_script') | gzip -9 >$diff_file";
-system "rm -rf a b";
+system "(git diff v$lastversion v$version; diff -upN a b | sed -r '$sed_script') | gzip -9 >$diff_file";
+system "rm -rf a";
+rename('b', "rsync-$version");
 
-system "support/patch-update --gen";
+print "Creating $srctar_file ...\n";
+system "git archive --format=tar --prefix=rsync-$version/ v$version | tar xf -";
+system "support/git-set-file-times --prefix=rsync-$version/";
+system "fakeroot tar czf $srctar_file rsync-$version; rm -rf rsync-$version";
 
-symlink('.', "rsync-$version");
-system "tar czf $pattar_file rsync-$version/patches";
-unlink("rsync-$version");
+print "Updating files in \"rsync-$version/patches\" dir ...\n";
+mkdir("rsync-$version", 0755);
+mkdir("rsync-$version/patches", 0755);
+system "packaging/patch-update --skip-check --branch=$master_branch --gen=rsync-$version/patches";
+
+print "Creating $pattar_file ...\n";
+system "fakeroot tar chzf $pattar_file rsync-$version/patches; rm -rf rsync-$version";
 
 print "Updating the other files in $dest ...\n";
 system "rsync -a README NEWS OLDNEWS TODO $dest";
-unlink("$dest/rsync-$version-NEWS");
-link("$dest/NEWS", "$dest/rsync-$version-NEWS");
-system "git log --name-status | gzip -9 >$dest/changelog.gz";
+unlink($news_file);
+link("$dest/NEWS", $news_file);
+system "git log --name-status | gzip -9 >$dest/ChangeLog.gz";
 
 system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsync.html rsync.yo";
 system "yodl2html -o $dest/rsyncd.conf.html rsyncd.conf.yo";
 
-chdir($dest) or die $!;
-system "gpg -ba $srctar_name; gpg -ba $pattar_name; gpg -ba $diff_name";
-print $break, <<EOT;
+foreach my $fn ($srctar_file, $pattar_file, $diff_file) {
+    unlink("$fn.asc");
+    open(GPG, '|-', "gpg --batch --passphrase-fd=0 -ba $fn") or die $!;
+    print GPG $passphrase, "\n";
+    close GPG;
+}
 
-All done.  Remember to announce the release on *BOTH*
-rsync-announce\@lists.samba.org and rsync\@lists.samba.org!
+if (!$pre) {
+    system "rm $dest/rsync-*.gz $dest/rsync-*.asc $dest/rsync-*-NEWS $dest/src-previews/rsync-*diffs.gz*";
+
+    foreach my $fn ($srctar_file, "$srctar_file.asc",
+		    $pattar_file, "$pattar_file.asc",
+		    $diff_file, "$diff_file.asc", $news_file) {
+	(my $top_fn = $fn) =~ s#/src(-\w+)?/#/#;
+	link($fn, $top_fn);
+    }
+}
+
+print $break, <<'EOT';
+
+Local changes are done.  When you're satisfied, push the git repository
+and rsync the release files.  Remember to announce the release on *BOTH*
+rsync-announce@lists.samba.org and rsync@lists.samba.org (and the web)!
 EOT
+
+exit;
+
+sub get_subprotocol_version
+{
+    my($subver) = @_;
+    if ($pre && $proto_changed eq 'changed') {
+	return $subver == 0 ? 1 : $subver;
+    }
+    0;
+}
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: release-rsync [OPTIONS]
+
+-b, --branch=BRANCH   The branch to release (default: master)
+-h, --help            Display this help message
+EOT
+}

packaging/var-checker

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This script checks the *.c files for extraneous "extern" variables,
+# for vars that are defined but not used, and for inconsistent array
+# sizes.  Run it from inside the main rsync directory.
+
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+
+my %add_syscall_c = map { $_ => 1 } qw( t_stub.c t_unsafe.c tls.c trimslash.c );
+my %add_compat_c = map { $_ => 1 } qw( t_stub.c tls.c trimslash.c wildtest.c );
+my %add_util_c = map { $_ => 1 } qw( t_stub.c t_unsafe.c );
+my %sizes;
+
+open(IN, '<', 'syscall.c') or die $!;
+undef $/; my $syscall_c = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+close IN;
+$syscall_c =~ s/^extern\s.*//mg;
+
+open(IN, '<', 'lib/compat.c') or die $!;
+undef $/; my $compat_c = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+close IN;
+$compat_c =~ s/^extern\s.*//mg;
+
+open(IN, '<', 'util.c') or die $!;
+undef $/; my $util_c = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+close IN;
+$util_c =~ s/^extern\s.*//mg;
+
+my @files = glob('*.c');
+
+foreach my $fn (@files) {
+    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die $!;
+    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
+    close IN;
+
+    my @vars = /^(?!(?:extern|enum)\s)([a-zA-Z]\S*\s+.*);/mg;
+    my @externs = /^extern\s+(.*);/mg;
+
+    $_ .= $syscall_c if $add_syscall_c{$fn};
+    $_ .= $compat_c if $add_compat_c{$fn};
+    $_ .= $util_c if $add_util_c{$fn};
+    s/INFO_GTE/info_levels/g;
+    s/DEBUG_GTE/debug_levels/g;
+
+    check_vars($fn, 'var', @vars);
+    check_vars($fn, 'extern', @externs);
+}
+
+exit;
+
+# The file's contents are in $_.
+sub check_vars
+{
+    my $fn = shift;
+    my $type = shift;
+
+    foreach my $line (@_) {
+	$line =~ s/\s*\{.*\}//;
+	$line =~ s/\s*\(.*\)//;
+	foreach my $item (split(/\s*,\s*/, $line)) {
+	    $item =~ s/\s*=.*//;
+	    my $sz = $item =~ s/(\[.*?\])// ? $1 : '';
+	    my($var) = $item =~ /([^*\s]+)$/;
+	    if (!defined $var) {
+		print "Bogus match? ($item)\n";
+		next;
+	    }
+	    if ($sz) {
+		if (defined $sizes{$var}) {
+		    if ($sizes{$var} ne $sz) {
+			print $fn, ' has inconsistent size for "', $var,
+			    "\": $sizes{$var} vs $sz\n";
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    $sizes{$var} = $sz;
+		}
+	    }
+	    my @matches = /(?<!\sstruct )\b(\Q$var\E)(?!\w)/g;
+	    push(@matches, /(\QSIGACTION(\E)/g) if $var eq 'sigact';
+	    print $fn, " has extraneous $type: \"", $var, "\"\n" if @matches == 1;
+	}
+    }
+}

params.c

@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@
 
 #include "rsync.h"
 #include "ifuncs.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
  * Constants...
@@ -93,6 +94,8 @@
 
 static char *bufr  = NULL;
 static int   bSize = 0;
+static BOOL  (*the_sfunc)(char *);
+static BOOL  (*the_pfunc)(char *, char *);
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- **
  * Functions...
@@ -223,7 +226,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
         bufr[end] = '\0';
         if( 0 == end )                  /* Don't allow an empty name.       */
           {
-          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Empty section name in configuration file.\n", func );
+          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Empty section name in config file.\n", func );
           return( False );
           }
         if( !sfunc( bufr ) )            /* Got a valid name.  Deal with it. */
@@ -236,7 +239,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
         if( i < 0 )
           {
           bufr[end] = '\0';
-          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Badly formed line in configuration file: %s\n",
+          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Badly formed line in config file: %s\n",
                    func, bufr );
           return( False );
           }
@@ -261,7 +264,7 @@ static BOOL Section( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*sfunc)(char *) )
     }
 
   /* We arrive here if we've met the EOF before the closing bracket. */
-  rprintf(FLOG, "%s Unexpected EOF in the configuration file: %s\n", func, bufr );
+  rprintf(FLOG, "%s Unexpected EOF in the config file: %s\n", func, bufr );
   return( False );
   } /* Section */
 
@@ -315,13 +318,12 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
       case '=':                 /* Equal sign marks end of param name. */
         if( 0 == end )              /* Don't allow an empty name.      */
           {
-          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Invalid parameter name in config. file.\n", func );
+          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Invalid parameter name in config file.\n", func );
           return( False );
           }
         bufr[end++] = '\0';         /* Mark end of string & advance.   */
-        i       = end;              /* New string starts here.         */
-        vstart  = end;              /* New string is parameter value.  */
-        bufr[i] = '\0';             /* New string is nul, for now.     */
+        i = vstart = end;           /* New string starts here.         */
+        c = EatWhitespace(InFile);
         break;
 
       case '\n':                /* Find continuation char, else error. */
@@ -329,7 +331,7 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
         if( i < 0 )
           {
           bufr[end] = '\0';
-          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Ignoring badly formed line in configuration file: %s\n",
+          rprintf(FLOG, "%s Ignoring badly formed line in config file: %s\n",
                    func, bufr );
           return( True );
           }
@@ -343,6 +345,19 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
         rprintf(FLOG, "%s Unexpected end-of-file at: %s\n", func, bufr );
         return( True );
 
+      case ' ':
+      case '\t':
+        /* A directive divides at the first space or tab. */
+        if (*bufr == '&') {
+          bufr[end++] = '\0';
+          i = vstart = end;
+          c = EatWhitespace(InFile);
+          if (c == '=')
+            c = EatWhitespace(InFile);
+          break;
+        }
+        /* FALL THROUGH */
+
       default:
         if( isspace( c ) )     /* One ' ' per whitespace region.       */
           {
@@ -360,7 +375,6 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
     }
 
   /* Now parse the value. */
-  c = EatWhitespace( InFile );  /* Again, trim leading whitespace. */
   while( (EOF !=c) && (c > 0) )
     {
 
@@ -406,7 +420,88 @@ static BOOL Parameter( FILE *InFile, BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *), int c )
   return( pfunc( bufr, &bufr[vstart] ) );   /* Pass name & value to pfunc().  */
   } /* Parameter */
 
-static BOOL Parse( FILE *InFile,
+static int name_cmp(const void *n1, const void *n2)
+{
+    return strcmp(*(char * const *)n1, *(char * const *)n2);
+}
+
+static int include_config(char *include, int manage_globals)
+{
+    STRUCT_STAT sb;
+    char *match = manage_globals ? "*.conf" : "*.inc";
+    int ret;
+
+    if (do_stat(include, &sb) < 0) {
+	rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "unable to stat config file \"%s\"", include);
+	return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (S_ISREG(sb.st_mode)) {
+	if (manage_globals && the_sfunc)
+	    the_sfunc("]push");
+	ret = pm_process(include, the_sfunc, the_pfunc);
+	if (manage_globals && the_sfunc)
+	    the_sfunc("]pop");
+    } else if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN], **bpp;
+	item_list conf_list;
+	struct dirent *di;
+	size_t j;
+	DIR *d;
+
+	if (!(d = opendir(include))) {
+	    rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "unable to open config dir \"%s\"", include);
+	    return 0;
+	}
+
+	memset(&conf_list, 0, sizeof conf_list);
+
+	while ((di = readdir(d)) != NULL) {
+	    char *dname = d_name(di);
+	    if (!wildmatch(match, dname))
+		continue;
+	    bpp = EXPAND_ITEM_LIST(&conf_list, char *, 32);
+	    pathjoin(buf, sizeof buf, include, dname);
+	    *bpp = strdup(buf);
+	}
+	closedir(d);
+
+	if (!(bpp = conf_list.items))
+	    return 1;
+
+	if (conf_list.count > 1)
+	    qsort(bpp, conf_list.count, sizeof (char *), name_cmp);
+
+	for (j = 0, ret = 1; j < conf_list.count; j++) {
+	    if (manage_globals && the_sfunc)
+		the_sfunc(j == 0 ? "]push" : "]reset");
+	    if ((ret = pm_process(bpp[j], the_sfunc, the_pfunc)) != 1)
+		break;
+	}
+
+	if (manage_globals && the_sfunc)
+	    the_sfunc("]pop");
+
+	for (j = 0; j < conf_list.count; j++)
+	    free(bpp[j]);
+	free(bpp);
+    } else
+	ret = 0;
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+static int parse_directives(char *name, char *val)
+{
+    if (strcasecmp(name, "&include") == 0)
+        return include_config(val, 1);
+    if (strcasecmp(name, "&merge") == 0)
+        return include_config(val, 0);
+    rprintf(FLOG, "Unknown directive: %s.\n", name);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int Parse( FILE *InFile,
                    BOOL (*sfunc)(char *),
                    BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *) )
   /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
@@ -418,7 +513,8 @@ static BOOL Parse( FILE *InFile,
    *          pfunc   - Function to be called when a parameter is scanned.
    *                    See Parameter().
    *
-   *  Output: True if the file was successfully scanned, else False.
+   *  Output: 1 if the file was successfully scanned, 2 if the file was
+   *  scanned until a section header with no section function, else 0.
    *
    *  Notes:  The input can be viewed in terms of 'lines'.  There are four
    *          types of lines:
@@ -427,7 +523,7 @@ static BOOL Parse( FILE *InFile,
    *                         The remainder of the line is ignored.
    *            Section    - First non-whitespace character is a '['.
    *            Parameter  - The default case.
-   * 
+   *
    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
    */
   {
@@ -448,29 +544,39 @@ static BOOL Parse( FILE *InFile,
         break;
 
       case '[':                         /* Section Header. */
-	      if (!sfunc) return True;
-	      if( !Section( InFile, sfunc ) )
-		      return( False );
-	      c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
-	      break;
+        if (!sfunc)
+          return 2;
+        if( !Section( InFile, sfunc ) )
+          return 0;
+        c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
+        break;
 
       case '\\':                        /* Bogus backslash. */
         c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
         break;
 
+      case '&':                         /* Handle directives */
+        the_sfunc = sfunc;
+        the_pfunc = pfunc;
+        c = Parameter( InFile, parse_directives, c );
+        if (c != 1)
+          return c;
+        c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
+        break;
+
       default:                          /* Parameter line. */
         if( !Parameter( InFile, pfunc, c ) )
-          return( False );
+          return 0;
         c = EatWhitespace( InFile );
         break;
       }
     }
-  return( True );
+  return 1;
   } /* Parse */
 
 static FILE *OpenConfFile( char *FileName )
   /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
-   * Open a configuration file.
+   * Open a config file.
    *
    *  Input:  FileName  - The pathname of the config file to be opened.
    *
@@ -485,21 +591,21 @@ static FILE *OpenConfFile( char *FileName )
 
   if( NULL == FileName || 0 == *FileName )
     {
-    rprintf(FLOG, "%s No configuration filename specified.\n", func);
+    rprintf(FLOG, "%s No config filename specified.\n", func);
     return( NULL );
     }
 
   OpenedFile = fopen( FileName, "r" );
   if( NULL == OpenedFile )
     {
-    rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "unable to open configuration file \"%s\"",
+    rsyserr(FLOG, errno, "unable to open config file \"%s\"",
 	    FileName);
     }
 
   return( OpenedFile );
   } /* OpenConfFile */
 
-BOOL pm_process( char *FileName,
+int pm_process( char *FileName,
                  BOOL (*sfunc)(char *),
                  BOOL (*pfunc)(char *, char *) )
   /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
@@ -511,7 +617,8 @@ BOOL pm_process( char *FileName,
    *          pfunc     - A pointer to a function that will be called when
    *                      a parameter name and value are discovered.
    *
-   *  Output: TRUE if the file was successfully parsed, else FALSE.
+   *  Output: 1 if the file was successfully parsed, 2 if parsing ended at a
+   *  section header w/o a section function, else 0.
    *
    * ------------------------------------------------------------------------ **
    */
@@ -549,10 +656,10 @@ BOOL pm_process( char *FileName,
   if( !result )                               /* Generic failure. */
     {
     rprintf(FLOG, "%s Failed.  Error returned from params.c:parse().\n", func);
-    return( False );
+    return 0;
     }
 
-  return( True );                             /* Generic success. */
+  return result;
   } /* pm_process */
 
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */

pipe.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2004-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,8 +26,10 @@ extern int am_sender;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int blocking_io;
 extern int filesfrom_fd;
-extern mode_t orig_umask;
+extern int munge_symlinks;
 extern char *logfile_name;
+extern int remote_option_cnt;
+extern const char **remote_options;
 extern struct chmod_mode_struct *chmod_modes;
 
 /**
@@ -49,7 +51,7 @@ pid_t piped_child(char **command, int *f_in, int *f_out)
 	int to_child_pipe[2];
 	int from_child_pipe[2];
 
-	if (verbose >= 2)
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(CMD, 1))
 		print_child_argv("opening connection using:", command);
 
 	if (fd_pair(to_child_pipe) < 0 || fd_pair(from_child_pipe) < 0) {
@@ -75,7 +77,6 @@ pid_t piped_child(char **command, int *f_in, int *f_out)
 			close(to_child_pipe[0]);
 		if (from_child_pipe[1] != STDOUT_FILENO)
 			close(from_child_pipe[1]);
-		umask(orig_umask);
 		set_blocking(STDIN_FILENO);
 		if (blocking_io > 0)
 			set_blocking(STDOUT_FILENO);
@@ -131,8 +132,24 @@ pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
 		am_sender = 0;
 		am_server = 1;
 		filesfrom_fd = -1;
+		munge_symlinks = 0; /* Each side needs its own option. */
 		chmod_modes = NULL; /* Let the sending side handle this. */
 
+		/* Let the client side handle this. */
+		if (logfile_name) {
+			logfile_name = NULL;
+			logfile_close();
+		}
+
+		if (remote_option_cnt) {
+			int rc = remote_option_cnt + 1;
+			const char **rv = remote_options;
+			if (!parse_arguments(&rc, &rv)) {
+				option_error();
+				exit_cleanup(RERR_SYNTAX);
+			}
+		}
+
 		if (dup2(to_child_pipe[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0 ||
 		    close(to_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
 		    close(from_child_pipe[0]) < 0 ||
@@ -150,12 +167,6 @@ pid_t local_child(int argc, char **argv, int *f_in, int *f_out,
 		child_main(argc, argv);
 	}
 
-	/* Let the client side handle this. */
-	if (logfile_name) {
-		logfile_name = NULL;
-		logfile_close();
-	}
-
 	if (close(from_child_pipe[1]) < 0 ||
 	    close(to_child_pipe[0]) < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "Failed to close");

popt/popt.c

@@ -809,16 +809,20 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		    *oe++ = '\0';
 		    /* XXX longArg is mapped back to persistent storage. */
 		    longArg = origOptString + (oe - localOptString);
-		}
+		} else
+		    oe = NULL;
 
 		opt = findOption(con->options, optString, '\0', &cb, &cbData,
 				 singleDash);
 		if (!opt && !singleDash)
 		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;
+		if (!opt && oe)
+		    oe[-1] = '='; /* restore overwritten '=' */
 	    }
 
 	    if (!opt) {
 		con->os->nextCharArg = origOptString + 1;
+		longArg = NULL;
 	    } else {
 		if (con->os == con->optionStack &&
 		   opt->argInfo & POPT_ARGFLAG_STRIP)
@@ -861,15 +865,16 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 	/*@=branchstate@*/
 
 	if (opt == NULL) return POPT_ERROR_BADOPT;	/* XXX can't happen */
-	if (opt->arg && (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE) {
-	    if (poptSaveInt((int *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, 1L))
-		return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
-	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) {
+	if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_NONE
+	 || (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL) {
+	    if (longArg || (con->os->nextCharArg && con->os->nextCharArg[0] == '='))
+		return POPT_ERROR_UNWANTEDARG;
 	    if (opt->arg) {
-		if (poptSaveInt((int *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, (long)opt->val))
+		long val = (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) == POPT_ARG_VAL ? opt->val : 1;
+		if (poptSaveInt((int *)opt->arg, opt->argInfo, val))
 		    return POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION;
 	    }
-	} else if ((opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) != POPT_ARG_NONE) {
+	} else {
 	    con->os->nextArg = _free(con->os->nextArg);
 	    /*@-usedef@*/	/* FIX: W2DO? */
 	    if (longArg) {
@@ -877,7 +882,7 @@ int poptGetNextOpt(poptContext con)
 		longArg = expandNextArg(con, longArg);
 		con->os->nextArg = longArg;
 	    } else if (con->os->nextCharArg) {
-		longArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->nextCharArg);
+		longArg = expandNextArg(con, con->os->nextCharArg + (con->os->nextCharArg[0] == '='));
 		con->os->nextArg = longArg;
 		con->os->nextCharArg = NULL;
 	    } else {
@@ -1198,6 +1203,8 @@ const char * poptStrerror(const int error)
     switch (error) {
       case POPT_ERROR_NOARG:
 	return POPT_("missing argument");
+      case POPT_ERROR_UNWANTEDARG:
+	return POPT_("option does not take an argument");
       case POPT_ERROR_BADOPT:
 	return POPT_("unknown option");
       case POPT_ERROR_BADOPERATION:

popt/popt.h

@@ -82,6 +82,7 @@
 /*@{*/
 #define POPT_ERROR_NOARG	-10	/*!< missing argument */
 #define POPT_ERROR_BADOPT	-11	/*!< unknown option */
+#define POPT_ERROR_UNWANTEDARG	-12	/*!< option does not take an argument */
 #define POPT_ERROR_OPTSTOODEEP	-13	/*!< aliases nested too deeply */
 #define POPT_ERROR_BADQUOTE	-15	/*!< error in paramter quoting */
 #define POPT_ERROR_ERRNO	-16	/*!< errno set, use strerror(errno) */

popt/popthelp.c

@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ getArgDescrip(const struct poptOption * opt,
     if (opt->argDescrip) return D_(translation_domain, opt->argDescrip);
 
     switch (opt->argInfo & POPT_ARG_MASK) {
-    case POPT_ARG_NONE:		return POPT_("NONE");
+    /*case POPT_ARG_NONE:	return POPT_("NONE");*/ /* impossible */
 #ifdef	DYING
     case POPT_ARG_VAL:		return POPT_("VAL");
 #else
@@ -767,6 +767,9 @@ static int showShortOptions(const struct poptOption * opt, FILE * fp,
     char * s = (str != NULL ? str : memset(alloca(300), 0, 300));
     int len = 0;
 
+    if (s == NULL)
+	return 0;
+
 /*@-boundswrite@*/
     if (opt != NULL)
     for (; (opt->longName || opt->shortName || opt->arg); opt++) {

popt/poptparse.c

@@ -163,8 +163,10 @@ int poptConfigFileToString(FILE *fp, char ** argstrp, /*@unused@*/ UNUSED(int fl
 	    p++;
 
 	linelen = strlen(p);
-	if (linelen >= maxlinelen-1)
+	if (linelen >= maxlinelen-1) {
+	    free(argstr);
 	    return POPT_ERROR_OVERFLOW;	/* XXX line too long */
+	}
 
 	if (*p == '\0' || *p == '\n') continue;	/* line is empty */
 	if (*p == '#') continue;		/* comment line */

popt/system.h

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ char *alloca(size_t size);
 #   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
+#elif !defined(alloca)
 #define alloca __builtin_alloca
 #endif
 

prepare-source

@@ -1,12 +1,51 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-# Use autoconf, autoheader, yodl, etc. to ready the generated files in the
-# release.  This is typically used after applying a diff from the "patches"
-# directory in a CVS-checked-out version.
+# Either use autoconf and autoheader to create configure.sh and config.h.in
+# or (optionally) fetch the latest development versions of generated files.
 #
-# NOTE:  if you use a diff from the "patches" directory of a *release tar*
-# (as opposed to from CVS), this is not needed (but doesn't hurt anything).
+# Specify one action or more than one to provide a fall-back:
+#
+#   build     build the config files [the default w/no arg]
+#   fetch     fetch the latest dev config files
+#   fetchgen  fetch all the latest dev generated files
+#   fetchSRC  fetch the latest dev source files [NON-GENERATED FILES]
+#
+# The script stops after the first successful action.
+
 dir=`dirname $0`
 if test x"$dir" != x -a x"$dir" != x.; then
     cd "$dir"
 fi
-make -f prepare-source.mak
+
+if test $# = 0; then
+    set -- build
+fi
+
+for action in "${@}"; do
+    case "$action" in
+    build|make)
+	make -f prepare-source.mak
+	;;
+    fetch)
+	if perl --version >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+	    files='c*'
+	else
+	    files='[cp]*'
+	fi
+	rsync -pvz rsync://rsync.samba.org/rsyncftp/generated-files/"$files" .
+	;;
+    fetchgen)
+	rsync -pvz rsync://rsync.samba.org/rsyncftp/generated-files/'*' .
+	;;
+    fetchSRC)
+	rsync -pvrz --exclude=/.git/ rsync://rsync.samba.org/ftp/pub/unpacked/rsync/ .
+	;;
+    *)
+	echo "Unknown action: $action"
+	exit 1
+    esac
+    if test $? = 0; then
+	exit
+    fi
+done
+
+exit 1

prepare-source.mak

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 conf: configure.sh config.h.in
 
-configure.sh: configure.in aclocal.m4
+configure.sh: configure.ac aclocal.m4
 	autoconf -o configure.sh
 
-config.h.in: configure.in aclocal.m4
+config.h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
 	autoheader && touch config.h.in

progress.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,9 +21,14 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
 
-extern struct stats stats;
 extern int am_server;
+extern int flist_eof;
+extern int need_unsorted_flist;
+extern int output_needs_newline;
+extern struct stats stats;
+extern struct file_list *cur_flist;
 
 #define PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS 5
 
@@ -41,6 +46,7 @@ struct progress_history {
 static struct progress_history ph_start;
 static struct progress_history ph_list[PROGRESS_HISTORY_SECS];
 static int newest_hpos, oldest_hpos;
+static int current_file_index;
 
 static unsigned long msdiff(struct timeval *t1, struct timeval *t2)
 {
@@ -61,11 +67,26 @@ static void rprint_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size, struct timeval *now,
 {
 	char rembuf[64], eol[128];
 	const char *units;
-	int pct = ofs == size ? 100 : (int) (100.0 * ofs / size);
 	unsigned long diff;
 	double rate, remain;
+	int pct;
 
 	if (is_last) {
+		int len = snprintf(eol, sizeof eol,
+			" (xfr#%d, %s-chk=%d/%d)\n",
+			stats.xferred_files, flist_eof ? "to" : "ir",
+			stats.num_files - current_file_index - 1,
+			stats.num_files);
+		if (INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 2)) {
+			static int last_len = 0;
+			/* Drop \n and pad with spaces if line got shorter. */
+			if (last_len < --len)
+				last_len = len;
+			eol[last_len] = '\0';
+			while (last_len > len)
+				eol[--last_len] = ' ';
+			is_last = 0;
+		}
 		/* Compute stats based on the starting info. */
 		if (!ph_start.time.tv_sec
 		    || !(diff = msdiff(&ph_start.time, now)))
@@ -74,6 +95,7 @@ static void rprint_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size, struct timeval *now,
 		/* Switch to total time taken for our last update. */
 		remain = (double) diff / 1000.0;
 	} else {
+		strlcpy(eol, "  ", sizeof eol);
 		/* Compute stats based on recent progress. */
 		if (!(diff = msdiff(&ph_list[oldest_hpos].time, now)))
 			diff = 1;
@@ -101,15 +123,25 @@ static void rprint_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size, struct timeval *now,
 			 (int) remain % 60);
 	}
 
-	if (is_last) {
-		snprintf(eol, sizeof eol, " (xfer#%d, to-check=%d/%d)\n",
-			stats.num_transferred_files,
-			stats.num_files - stats.current_file_index - 1,
-			stats.num_files);
-	} else
-		strlcpy(eol, "\r", sizeof eol);
-	rprintf(FCLIENT, "%12s %3d%% %7.2f%s %s%s",
+	output_needs_newline = 0;
+	pct = ofs == size ? 100 : (int) (100.0 * ofs / size);
+	rprintf(FCLIENT, "\r%15s %3d%% %7.2f%s %s%s",
 		human_num(ofs), pct, rate, units, rembuf, eol);
+	if (!is_last) {
+		output_needs_newline = 1;
+		rflush(FCLIENT);
+	}
+}
+
+void set_current_file_index(struct file_struct *file, int ndx)
+{
+	if (!file)
+		current_file_index = cur_flist->used + cur_flist->ndx_start - 1;
+	else if (need_unsorted_flist)
+		current_file_index = flist_find(cur_flist, file) + cur_flist->ndx_start;
+	else
+		current_file_index = ndx;
+	current_file_index -= cur_flist->flist_num;
 }
 
 void end_progress(OFF_T size)
@@ -117,9 +149,14 @@ void end_progress(OFF_T size)
 	if (!am_server) {
 		struct timeval now;
 		gettimeofday(&now, NULL);
-		rprint_progress(size, size, &now, True);
+		if (INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 2)) {
+			rprint_progress(stats.total_transferred_size,
+					stats.total_size, &now, True);
+		} else {
+			rprint_progress(size, size, &now, True);
+			memset(&ph_start, 0, sizeof ph_start);
+		}
 	}
-	memset(&ph_start, 0, sizeof ph_start);
 }
 
 void show_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size)
@@ -175,5 +212,9 @@ void show_progress(OFF_T ofs, OFF_T size)
 		return;
 #endif
 
-	rprint_progress(ofs, size, &now, False);
+	if (INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 2)) {
+		rprint_progress(stats.total_transferred_size,
+				stats.total_size, &now, False);
+	} else
+		rprint_progress(ofs, size, &now, False);
 }

receiver.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,12 +20,12 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
 
-extern int verbose;
 extern int dry_run;
 extern int do_xfers;
+extern int am_root;
 extern int am_server;
-extern int do_progress;
 extern int inc_recurse;
 extern int log_before_transfer;
 extern int stdout_format_has_i;
@@ -45,48 +45,58 @@ extern int cleanup_got_literal;
 extern int remove_source_files;
 extern int append_mode;
 extern int sparse_files;
+extern int preallocate_files;
 extern int keep_partial;
+extern int checksum_len;
 extern int checksum_seed;
 extern int inplace;
+extern int allowed_lull;
 extern int delay_updates;
 extern mode_t orig_umask;
 extern struct stats stats;
 extern char *tmpdir;
 extern char *partial_dir;
-extern char *basis_dir[];
+extern char *basis_dir[MAX_BASIS_DIRS+1];
+extern char sender_file_sum[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
 extern struct file_list *cur_flist, *first_flist, *dir_flist;
-extern struct filter_list_struct server_filter_list;
+extern filter_rule_list daemon_filter_list;
 
 static struct bitbag *delayed_bits = NULL;
 static int phase = 0, redoing = 0;
+static flist_ndx_list batch_redo_list;
 /* We're either updating the basis file or an identical copy: */
 static int updating_basis_or_equiv;
 
-/*
- * get_tmpname() - create a tmp filename for a given filename
- *
- *   If a tmpdir is defined, use that as the directory to
- *   put it in.  Otherwise, the tmp filename is in the same
- *   directory as the given name.  Note that there may be no
- *   directory at all in the given name!
- *
- *   The tmp filename is basically the given filename with a
- *   dot prepended, and .XXXXXX appended (for mkstemp() to
- *   put its unique gunk in).  Take care to not exceed
- *   either the MAXPATHLEN or NAME_MAX, esp. the last, as
- *   the basename basically becomes 8 chars longer. In that
- *   case, the original name is shortened sufficiently to
- *   make it all fit.
- *
- *   Of course, there's no real reason for the tmp name to
- *   look like the original, except to satisfy us humans.
- *   As long as it's unique, rsync will work.
- */
+#define TMPNAME_SUFFIX ".XXXXXX"
+#define TMPNAME_SUFFIX_LEN ((int)sizeof TMPNAME_SUFFIX - 1)
+#define MAX_UNIQUE_NUMBER 999999
+#define MAX_UNIQUE_LOOP 100
 
-int get_tmpname(char *fnametmp, const char *fname)
+/* get_tmpname() - create a tmp filename for a given filename
+ *
+ * If a tmpdir is defined, use that as the directory to put it in.  Otherwise,
+ * the tmp filename is in the same directory as the given name.  Note that
+ * there may be no directory at all in the given name!
+ *
+ * The tmp filename is basically the given filename with a dot prepended, and
+ * .XXXXXX appended (for mkstemp() to put its unique gunk in).  We take care
+ * to not exceed either the MAXPATHLEN or NAME_MAX, especially the last, as
+ * the basename basically becomes 8 characters longer.  In such a case, the
+ * original name is shortened sufficiently to make it all fit.
+ *
+ * If the make_unique arg is True, the XXXXXX string is replaced with a unique
+ * string that doesn't exist at the time of the check.  This is intended to be
+ * used for creating hard links, symlinks, devices, and special files, since
+ * normal files should be handled by mkstemp() for safety.
+ *
+ * Of course, the only reason the file is based on the original name is to
+ * make it easier to figure out what purpose a temp file is serving when a
+ * transfer is in progress. */
+int get_tmpname(char *fnametmp, const char *fname, BOOL make_unique)
 {
-	int maxname, added, length = 0;
+	int maxname, length = 0;
 	const char *f;
+	char *suf;
 
 	if (tmpdir) {
 		/* Note: this can't overflow, so the return value is safe */
@@ -103,22 +113,65 @@ int get_tmpname(char *fnametmp, const char *fname)
 		}
 	} else
 		f = fname;
+	if (*f == '.') /* avoid an extra leading dot for OS X's sake */
+		f++;
 	fnametmp[length++] = '.';
 
 	/* The maxname value is bufsize, and includes space for the '\0'.
-	 * (Note that NAME_MAX get -8 for the leading '.' above.) */
-	maxname = MIN(MAXPATHLEN - 7 - length, NAME_MAX - 8);
+	 * NAME_MAX needs an extra -1 for the name's leading dot. */
+	maxname = MIN(MAXPATHLEN - length - TMPNAME_SUFFIX_LEN,
+		      NAME_MAX - 1 - TMPNAME_SUFFIX_LEN);
 
-	if (maxname < 1) {
+	if (maxname < 0) {
 		rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "temporary filename too long: %s\n", fname);
 		fnametmp[0] = '\0';
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	added = strlcpy(fnametmp + length, f, maxname);
-	if (added >= maxname)
-		added = maxname - 1;
-	memcpy(fnametmp + length + added, ".XXXXXX", 8);
+	if (maxname) {
+		int added = strlcpy(fnametmp + length, f, maxname);
+		if (added >= maxname)
+			added = maxname - 1;
+		suf = fnametmp + length + added;
+
+		/* Trim any dangling high-bit chars if the first-trimmed char (if any) is
+		 * also a high-bit char, just in case we cut into a multi-byte sequence.
+		 * We are guaranteed to stop because of the leading '.' we added. */
+		if ((int)f[added] & 0x80) {
+			while ((int)suf[-1] & 0x80)
+				suf--;
+		}
+		/* trim one trailing dot before our suffix's dot */
+		if (suf[-1] == '.')
+			suf--;
+	} else
+		suf = fnametmp + length - 1; /* overwrite the leading dot with suffix's dot */
+
+	if (make_unique) {
+		static unsigned counter_limit;
+		unsigned counter;
+
+		if (!counter_limit) {
+			counter_limit = (unsigned)getpid() + MAX_UNIQUE_LOOP;
+			if (counter_limit > MAX_UNIQUE_NUMBER || counter_limit < MAX_UNIQUE_LOOP)
+				counter_limit = MAX_UNIQUE_LOOP;
+		}
+		counter = counter_limit - MAX_UNIQUE_LOOP;
+
+		/* This doesn't have to be very good because we don't need
+		 * to worry about someone trying to guess the values:  all
+		 * a conflict will do is cause a device, special file, hard
+		 * link, or symlink to fail to be created.  Also: avoid
+		 * using mktemp() due to gcc's annoying warning. */
+		while (1) {
+			snprintf(suf, TMPNAME_SUFFIX_LEN+1, ".%d", counter);
+			if (access(fnametmp, 0) < 0)
+				break;
+			if (++counter >= counter_limit)
+				return 0;
+		}
+	} else
+		memcpy(suf, TMPNAME_SUFFIX, TMPNAME_SUFFIX_LEN+1);
 
 	return 1;
 }
@@ -130,25 +183,35 @@ int get_tmpname(char *fnametmp, const char *fname)
 int open_tmpfile(char *fnametmp, const char *fname, struct file_struct *file)
 {
 	int fd;
+	mode_t added_perms;
 
-	if (!get_tmpname(fnametmp, fname))
+	if (!get_tmpname(fnametmp, fname, False))
 		return -1;
 
+	if (am_root < 0) {
+		/* For --fake-super, the file must be useable by the copying
+		 * user, just like it would be for root. */
+		added_perms = S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR;
+	} else {
+		/* For a normal copy, we need to be able to tweak things like xattrs. */
+		added_perms = S_IWUSR;
+	}
+
 	/* We initially set the perms without the setuid/setgid bits or group
 	 * access to ensure that there is no race condition.  They will be
 	 * correctly updated after the right owner and group info is set.
 	 * (Thanks to snabb@epipe.fi for pointing this out.) */
-	fd = do_mkstemp(fnametmp, file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
+	fd = do_mkstemp(fnametmp, (file->mode|added_perms) & INITACCESSPERMS);
 
 #if 0
 	/* In most cases parent directories will already exist because their
 	 * information should have been previously transferred, but that may
 	 * not be the case with -R */
 	if (fd == -1 && relative_paths && errno == ENOENT
-	    && create_directory_path(fnametmp) == 0) {
+	 && make_path(fnametmp, MKP_SKIP_SLASH | MKP_DROP_NAME) == 0) {
 		/* Get back to name with XXXXXX in it. */
-		get_tmpname(fnametmp, fname);
-		fd = do_mkstemp(fnametmp, file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
+		get_tmpname(fnametmp, fname, False);
+		fd = do_mkstemp(fnametmp, (file->mode|added_perms) & INITACCESSPERMS);
 	}
 #endif
 
@@ -165,24 +228,39 @@ static int receive_data(int f_in, char *fname_r, int fd_r, OFF_T size_r,
 			const char *fname, int fd, OFF_T total_size)
 {
 	static char file_sum1[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
-	static char file_sum2[MAX_DIGEST_LEN];
 	struct map_struct *mapbuf;
 	struct sum_struct sum;
-	int32 len, sum_len;
+	int32 len;
 	OFF_T offset = 0;
 	OFF_T offset2;
 	char *data;
 	int32 i;
 	char *map = NULL;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_PREALLOCATION
+#ifdef PREALLOCATE_NEEDS_TRUNCATE
+	OFF_T preallocated_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+	if (preallocate_files && fd != -1 && total_size > 0 && (!inplace || total_size > size_r)) {
+		/* Try to preallocate enough space for file's eventual length.  Can
+		 * reduce fragmentation on filesystems like ext4, xfs, and NTFS. */
+		if (do_fallocate(fd, 0, total_size) == 0) {
+#ifdef PREALLOCATE_NEEDS_TRUNCATE
+			preallocated_len = total_size;
+#endif
+		} else
+			rsyserr(FWARNING, errno, "do_fallocate %s", full_fname(fname));
+	}
+#endif
 
 	read_sum_head(f_in, &sum);
 
 	if (fd_r >= 0 && size_r > 0) {
 		int32 read_size = MAX(sum.blength * 2, 16*1024);
 		mapbuf = map_file(fd_r, size_r, read_size, sum.blength);
-		if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "recv mapped %s of size %.0f\n",
-				fname_r, (double)size_r);
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2)) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "recv mapped %s of size %s\n",
+				fname_r, big_num(size_r));
 		}
 	} else
 		mapbuf = NULL;
@@ -194,9 +272,9 @@ static int receive_data(int f_in, char *fname_r, int fd_r, OFF_T size_r,
 		sum.flength = (OFF_T)sum.count * sum.blength;
 		if (sum.remainder)
 			sum.flength -= sum.blength - sum.remainder;
-		if (append_mode == 2) {
+		if (append_mode == 2 && mapbuf) {
 			for (j = CHUNK_SIZE; j < sum.flength; j += CHUNK_SIZE) {
-				if (do_progress)
+				if (INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 					show_progress(offset, total_size);
 				sum_update(map_ptr(mapbuf, offset, CHUNK_SIZE),
 					   CHUNK_SIZE);
@@ -204,27 +282,30 @@ static int receive_data(int f_in, char *fname_r, int fd_r, OFF_T size_r,
 			}
 			if (offset < sum.flength) {
 				int32 len = (int32)(sum.flength - offset);
-				if (do_progress)
+				if (INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 					show_progress(offset, total_size);
 				sum_update(map_ptr(mapbuf, offset, len), len);
 			}
 		}
 		offset = sum.flength;
 		if (fd != -1 && (j = do_lseek(fd, offset, SEEK_SET)) != offset) {
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "lseek of %s returned %.0f, not %.0f",
-				full_fname(fname), (double)j, (double)offset);
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "lseek of %s returned %s, not %s",
+				full_fname(fname), big_num(j), big_num(offset));
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 		}
 	}
 
 	while ((i = recv_token(f_in, &data)) != 0) {
-		if (do_progress)
+		if (INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 			show_progress(offset, total_size);
 
+		if (allowed_lull)
+			maybe_send_keepalive(time(NULL), MSK_ALLOW_FLUSH | MSK_ACTIVE_RECEIVER);
+
 		if (i > 0) {
-			if (verbose > 3) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,"data recv %d at %.0f\n",
-					i,(double)offset);
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,"data recv %d at %s\n",
+					i, big_num(offset));
 			}
 
 			stats.literal_data += i;
@@ -246,10 +327,11 @@ static int receive_data(int f_in, char *fname_r, int fd_r, OFF_T size_r,
 
 		stats.matched_data += len;
 
-		if (verbose > 3) {
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
 			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"chunk[%d] of size %ld at %.0f offset=%.0f\n",
-				i, (long)len, (double)offset2, (double)offset);
+				"chunk[%d] of size %ld at %s offset=%s%s\n",
+				i, (long)len, big_num(offset2), big_num(offset),
+				updating_basis_or_equiv && offset == offset2 ? " (seek)" : "");
 		}
 
 		if (mapbuf) {
@@ -267,9 +349,9 @@ static int receive_data(int f_in, char *fname_r, int fd_r, OFF_T size_r,
 				offset += len;
 				if ((pos = do_lseek(fd, len, SEEK_CUR)) != offset) {
 					rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno,
-						"lseek of %s returned %.0f, not %.0f",
+						"lseek of %s returned %s, not %s",
 						full_fname(fname),
-						(double)pos, (double)offset);
+						big_num(pos), big_num(offset));
 					exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 				}
 				continue;
@@ -284,29 +366,39 @@ static int receive_data(int f_in, char *fname_r, int fd_r, OFF_T size_r,
 		goto report_write_error;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_FTRUNCATE
-	if (inplace && fd != -1)
-		ftruncate(fd, offset);
+	/* inplace: New data could be shorter than old data.
+	 * preallocate_files: total_size could have been an overestimate.
+	 *     Cut off any extra preallocated zeros from dest file. */
+	if ((inplace
+#ifdef PREALLOCATE_NEEDS_TRUNCATE
+	  || preallocated_len > offset
+#endif
+	  ) && fd != -1 && do_ftruncate(fd, offset) < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "ftruncate failed on %s",
+			full_fname(fname));
+	}
 #endif
 
-	if (do_progress)
+	if (INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 		end_progress(total_size);
 
-	if (fd != -1 && offset > 0 && sparse_end(fd) != 0) {
+	if (fd != -1 && offset > 0 && sparse_end(fd, offset) != 0) {
 	    report_write_error:
 		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "write failed on %s",
 			full_fname(fname));
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 	}
 
-	sum_len = sum_end(file_sum1);
+	if (sum_end(file_sum1) != checksum_len)
+		overflow_exit("checksum_len"); /* Impossible... */
 
 	if (mapbuf)
 		unmap_file(mapbuf);
 
-	read_buf(f_in, file_sum2, sum_len);
-	if (verbose > 2)
+	read_buf(f_in, sender_file_sum, checksum_len);
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
 		rprintf(FINFO,"got file_sum\n");
-	if (fd != -1 && memcmp(file_sum1, file_sum2, sum_len) != 0)
+	if (fd != -1 && memcmp(file_sum1, sender_file_sum, checksum_len) != 0)
 		return 0;
 	return 1;
 }
@@ -326,9 +418,9 @@ static void handle_delayed_updates(char *local_name)
 		struct file_struct *file = cur_flist->files[ndx];
 		fname = local_name ? local_name : f_name(file, NULL);
 		if ((partialptr = partial_dir_fname(fname)) != NULL) {
-			if (make_backups > 0 && !make_backup(fname))
+			if (make_backups > 0 && !make_backup(fname, False))
 				continue;
-			if (verbose > 2) {
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(RECV, 1)) {
 				rprintf(FINFO, "renaming %s to %s\n",
 					partialptr, fname);
 			}
@@ -348,33 +440,78 @@ static void handle_delayed_updates(char *local_name)
 	}
 }
 
-static int get_next_gen_ndx(int fd, int next_gen_ndx, int desired_ndx)
+static void no_batched_update(int ndx, BOOL is_redo)
 {
-	while (next_gen_ndx < desired_ndx) {
-		if (next_gen_ndx >= 0) {
-			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"(No batched update for%s \"%s\")\n",
-				redoing ? " resend of" : "",
-				f_name(cur_flist->files[next_gen_ndx], NULL));
-		}
-		next_gen_ndx = read_int(fd);
-		if (next_gen_ndx == -1) {
-			if (inc_recurse)
-				next_gen_ndx = first_flist->prev->used + first_flist->prev->ndx_start;
-			else
-				next_gen_ndx = cur_flist->used;
+	struct file_list *flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "no_batched_update");
+	struct file_struct *file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
+
+	rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "(No batched update for%s \"%s\")\n",
+		is_redo ? " resend of" : "", f_name(file, NULL));
+
+	if (inc_recurse && !dry_run)
+		send_msg_int(MSG_NO_SEND, ndx);
+}
+
+static int we_want_redo(int desired_ndx)
+{
+	static int redo_ndx = -1;
+
+	while (redo_ndx < desired_ndx) {
+		if (redo_ndx >= 0)
+			no_batched_update(redo_ndx, True);
+		if ((redo_ndx = flist_ndx_pop(&batch_redo_list)) < 0)
+			return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (redo_ndx == desired_ndx) {
+		redo_ndx = -1;
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int gen_wants_ndx(int desired_ndx, int flist_num)
+{
+	static int next_ndx = -1;
+	static int done_cnt = 0;
+	static BOOL got_eof = False;
+
+	if (got_eof)
+		return 0;
+
+	/* TODO: integrate gen-reading I/O into perform_io() so this is not needed? */
+	io_flush(FULL_FLUSH);
+
+	while (next_ndx < desired_ndx) {
+		if (inc_recurse && flist_num <= done_cnt)
+			return 0;
+		if (next_ndx >= 0)
+			no_batched_update(next_ndx, False);
+		if ((next_ndx = read_int(batch_gen_fd)) < 0) {
+			if (inc_recurse) {
+				done_cnt++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			got_eof = True;
+			return 0;
 		}
 	}
-	return next_gen_ndx;
+
+	if (next_ndx == desired_ndx) {
+		next_ndx = -1;
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
 }
 
 /**
  * main routine for receiver process.
  *
  * Receiver process runs on the same host as the generator process. */
-int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
+int recv_files(int f_in, int f_out, char *local_name)
 {
-	int next_gen_ndx = -1;
 	int fd1,fd2;
 	STRUCT_STAT st;
 	int iflags, xlen;
@@ -385,7 +522,6 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 	char fnamecmpbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
 	uchar fnamecmp_type;
 	struct file_struct *file;
-	struct stats initial_stats;
 	int itemizing = am_server ? logfile_format_has_i : stdout_format_has_i;
 	enum logcode log_code = log_before_transfer ? FLOG : FINFO;
 	int max_phase = protocol_version >= 29 ? 2 : 1;
@@ -395,7 +531,7 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 #endif
 	int ndx, recv_ok;
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(RECV, 1))
 		rprintf(FINFO, "recv_files(%d) starting\n", cur_flist->used);
 
 	if (delay_updates)
@@ -405,28 +541,32 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 		cleanup_disable();
 
 		/* This call also sets cur_flist. */
-		ndx = read_ndx_and_attrs(f_in, &iflags, &fnamecmp_type,
+		ndx = read_ndx_and_attrs(f_in, f_out, &iflags, &fnamecmp_type,
 					 xname, &xlen);
 		if (ndx == NDX_DONE) {
+			if (!am_server && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 2) && cur_flist) {
+				set_current_file_index(NULL, 0);
+				end_progress(0);
+			}
 			if (inc_recurse && first_flist) {
+				if (read_batch) {
+					ndx = first_flist->used + first_flist->ndx_start;
+					gen_wants_ndx(ndx, first_flist->flist_num);
+				}
 				flist_free(first_flist);
 				if (first_flist)
 					continue;
-			}
-			if (read_batch && cur_flist) {
-				int high = inc_recurse
-				    ? first_flist->prev->used + first_flist->prev->ndx_start
-				    : cur_flist->used;
-				get_next_gen_ndx(batch_gen_fd, next_gen_ndx, high);
-				next_gen_ndx = -1;
+			} else if (read_batch && first_flist) {
+				ndx = first_flist->used;
+				gen_wants_ndx(ndx, first_flist->flist_num);
 			}
 			if (++phase > max_phase)
 				break;
-			if (verbose > 2)
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(RECV, 1))
 				rprintf(FINFO, "recv_files phase=%d\n", phase);
 			if (phase == 2 && delay_updates)
 				handle_delayed_updates(local_name);
-			send_msg(MSG_DONE, "", 0, 0);
+			write_int(f_out, NDX_DONE);
 			continue;
 		}
 
@@ -436,20 +576,37 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 			file = dir_flist->files[cur_flist->parent_ndx];
 		fname = local_name ? local_name : f_name(file, fbuf);
 
-		if (verbose > 2)
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(RECV, 1))
 			rprintf(FINFO, "recv_files(%s)\n", fname);
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-		if (iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+		if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && do_xfers
+		 && (protocol_version < 31 || !BITS_SET(iflags, ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS|ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE)))
 			recv_xattr_request(file, f_in);
 #endif
 
 		if (!(iflags & ITEM_TRANSFER)) {
 			maybe_log_item(file, iflags, itemizing, xname);
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-			if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+			if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && do_xfers
+			 && !BITS_SET(iflags, ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS|ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE))
 				set_file_attrs(fname, file, NULL, fname, 0);
 #endif
+			if (iflags & ITEM_IS_NEW) {
+				stats.created_files++;
+				if (S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
+					/* Nothing further to count. */
+				} else if (S_ISDIR(file->mode))
+					stats.created_dirs++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+				else if (S_ISLNK(file->mode))
+					stats.created_symlinks++;
+#endif
+				else if (IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
+					stats.created_devices++;
+				else
+					stats.created_specials++;
+			}
 			continue;
 		}
 		if (phase == 2) {
@@ -479,46 +636,56 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 				csum_length = SHORT_SUM_LENGTH;
 				redoing = 0;
 			}
+			if (iflags & ITEM_IS_NEW)
+				stats.created_files++;
 		}
 
-		stats.current_file_index = ndx;
-		stats.num_transferred_files++;
+		if (!am_server && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
+			set_current_file_index(file, ndx);
+		stats.xferred_files++;
 		stats.total_transferred_size += F_LENGTH(file);
+
 		cleanup_got_literal = 0;
 
-		if (server_filter_list.head
-		    && check_filter(&server_filter_list, fname, 0) < 0) {
+		if (daemon_filter_list.head
+		    && check_filter(&daemon_filter_list, FLOG, fname, 0) < 0) {
 			rprintf(FERROR, "attempt to hack rsync failed.\n");
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
+		if (read_batch) {
+			int wanted = redoing
+				   ? we_want_redo(ndx)
+				   : gen_wants_ndx(ndx, cur_flist->flist_num);
+			if (!wanted) {
+				rprintf(FINFO,
+					"(Skipping batched update for%s \"%s\")\n",
+					redoing ? " resend of" : "",
+					fname);
+				discard_receive_data(f_in, F_LENGTH(file));
+				file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (!log_before_transfer)
+			remember_initial_stats();
+
 		if (!do_xfers) { /* log the transfer */
-			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &stats, iflags, NULL);
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, iflags, NULL);
 			if (read_batch)
 				discard_receive_data(f_in, F_LENGTH(file));
 			continue;
 		}
 		if (write_batch < 0) {
-			log_item(FINFO, file, &stats, iflags, NULL);
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, iflags, NULL);
 			if (!am_server)
 				discard_receive_data(f_in, F_LENGTH(file));
+			if (inc_recurse)
+				send_msg_int(MSG_SUCCESS, ndx);
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		if (read_batch) {
-			next_gen_ndx = get_next_gen_ndx(batch_gen_fd, next_gen_ndx, ndx);
-			if (ndx < next_gen_ndx) {
-				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"(Skipping batched update for \"%s\")\n",
-					fname);
-				discard_receive_data(f_in, F_LENGTH(file));
-				if (inc_recurse)
-					send_msg_int(MSG_NO_SEND, ndx);
-				continue;
-			}
-			next_gen_ndx = -1;
-		}
-
 		partialptr = partial_dir ? partial_dir_fname(fname) : fname;
 
 		if (protocol_version >= 29) {
@@ -534,26 +701,31 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 				break;
 			case FNAMECMP_FUZZY:
 				if (file->dirname) {
-					pathjoin(fnamecmpbuf, MAXPATHLEN,
-						 file->dirname, xname);
+					pathjoin(fnamecmpbuf, sizeof fnamecmpbuf, file->dirname, xname);
 					fnamecmp = fnamecmpbuf;
 				} else
 					fnamecmp = xname;
 				break;
 			default:
-				if (fnamecmp_type >= basis_dir_cnt) {
+				if (fnamecmp_type > FNAMECMP_FUZZY && fnamecmp_type-FNAMECMP_FUZZY <= basis_dir_cnt) {
+					fnamecmp_type -= FNAMECMP_FUZZY + 1;
+					if (file->dirname) {
+						stringjoin(fnamecmpbuf, sizeof fnamecmpbuf,
+							   basis_dir[fnamecmp_type], "/", file->dirname, "/", xname, NULL);
+					} else
+						pathjoin(fnamecmpbuf, sizeof fnamecmpbuf, basis_dir[fnamecmp_type], xname);
+				} else if (fnamecmp_type >= basis_dir_cnt) {
 					rprintf(FERROR,
 						"invalid basis_dir index: %d.\n",
 						fnamecmp_type);
 					exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
-				}
-				pathjoin(fnamecmpbuf, sizeof fnamecmpbuf,
-					 basis_dir[fnamecmp_type], fname);
+				} else
+					pathjoin(fnamecmpbuf, sizeof fnamecmpbuf, basis_dir[fnamecmp_type], fname);
 				fnamecmp = fnamecmpbuf;
 				break;
 			}
-			if (!fnamecmp || (server_filter_list.head
-			  && check_filter(&server_filter_list, fname, 0) < 0)) {
+			if (!fnamecmp || (daemon_filter_list.head
+			  && check_filter(&daemon_filter_list, FLOG, fname, 0) < 0)) {
 				fnamecmp = fname;
 				fnamecmp_type = FNAMECMP_FNAME;
 			}
@@ -571,8 +743,6 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 				fnamecmp = fname;
 		}
 
-		initial_stats = stats;
-
 		/* open the file */
 		fd1 = do_open(fnamecmp, O_RDONLY, 0);
 
@@ -649,7 +819,8 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 			if (fd2 == -1) {
 				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "open %s failed",
 					full_fname(fname));
-			}
+			} else if (updating_basis_or_equiv)
+				cleanup_set(NULL, NULL, file, fd1, fd2);
 		} else {
 			fd2 = open_tmpfile(fnametmp, fname, file);
 			if (fd2 != -1)
@@ -667,15 +838,15 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 
 		/* log the transfer */
 		if (log_before_transfer)
-			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &initial_stats, iflags, NULL);
-		else if (!am_server && verbose && do_progress)
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, iflags, NULL);
+		else if (!am_server && INFO_GTE(NAME, 1) && INFO_EQ(PROGRESS, 1))
 			rprintf(FINFO, "%s\n", fname);
 
 		/* recv file data */
 		recv_ok = receive_data(f_in, fnamecmp, fd1, st.st_size,
 				       fname, fd2, F_LENGTH(file));
 
-		log_item(log_code, file, &initial_stats, iflags, NULL);
+		log_item(log_code, file, iflags, NULL);
 
 		if (fd1 != -1)
 			close(fd1);
@@ -686,41 +857,50 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 		}
 
 		if ((recv_ok && (!delay_updates || !partialptr)) || inplace) {
-			char *temp_copy_name;
 			if (partialptr == fname)
-				partialptr = temp_copy_name = NULL;
-			else if (*partial_dir == '/')
-				temp_copy_name = NULL;
-			else
-				temp_copy_name = partialptr;
-			finish_transfer(fname, fnametmp, fnamecmp,
-					temp_copy_name, file, recv_ok, 1);
-			if (fnamecmp == partialptr) {
+				partialptr = NULL;
+			if (!finish_transfer(fname, fnametmp, fnamecmp,
+					     partialptr, file, recv_ok, 1))
+				recv_ok = -1;
+			else if (fnamecmp == partialptr) {
 				do_unlink(partialptr);
 				handle_partial_dir(partialptr, PDIR_DELETE);
 			}
-		} else if (keep_partial && partialptr
-		    && handle_partial_dir(partialptr, PDIR_CREATE)) {
-			finish_transfer(partialptr, fnametmp, fnamecmp, NULL,
-					file, recv_ok, !partial_dir);
-			if (delay_updates && recv_ok) {
-				bitbag_set_bit(delayed_bits, ndx);
+		} else if (keep_partial && partialptr) {
+			if (!handle_partial_dir(partialptr, PDIR_CREATE)) {
+				rprintf(FERROR,
+				    "Unable to create partial-dir for %s -- discarding %s.\n",
+				    local_name ? local_name : f_name(file, NULL),
+				    recv_ok ? "completed file" : "partial file");
+				do_unlink(fnametmp);
 				recv_ok = -1;
-			}
-		} else {
-			partialptr = NULL;
+			} else if (!finish_transfer(partialptr, fnametmp, fnamecmp, NULL,
+						    file, recv_ok, !partial_dir))
+				recv_ok = -1;
+			else if (delay_updates && recv_ok) {
+				bitbag_set_bit(delayed_bits, ndx);
+				recv_ok = 2;
+			} else
+				partialptr = NULL;
+		} else
 			do_unlink(fnametmp);
-		}
 
 		cleanup_disable();
 
-		if (recv_ok > 0) {
+		if (read_batch)
+			file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
+
+		switch (recv_ok) {
+		case 2:
+			break;
+		case 1:
 			if (remove_source_files || inc_recurse
 			 || (preserve_hard_links && F_IS_HLINKED(file)))
 				send_msg_int(MSG_SUCCESS, ndx);
-		} else if (!recv_ok) {
-			enum logcode msgtype = redoing || read_batch ? FERROR : FWARNING;
-			if (msgtype == FERROR || verbose) {
+			break;
+		case 0: {
+			enum logcode msgtype = redoing ? FERROR_XFER : FWARNING;
+			if (msgtype == FERROR_XFER || INFO_GTE(NAME, 1)) {
 				char *errstr, *redostr, *keptstr;
 				if (!(keep_partial && partialptr) && !inplace)
 					keptstr = "discarded";
@@ -728,22 +908,32 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 					keptstr = "put into partial-dir";
 				else
 					keptstr = "retained";
-				if (msgtype == FERROR) {
+				if (msgtype == FERROR_XFER) {
 					errstr = "ERROR";
 					redostr = "";
 				} else {
 					errstr = "WARNING";
-					redostr = " (will try again)";
+					redostr = read_batch ? " (may try again)"
+							     : " (will try again)";
 				}
 				rprintf(msgtype,
 					"%s: %s failed verification -- update %s%s.\n",
-					errstr, fname, keptstr, redostr);
+					errstr, local_name ? f_name(file, NULL) : fname,
+					keptstr, redostr);
 			}
 			if (!redoing) {
+				if (read_batch)
+					flist_ndx_push(&batch_redo_list, ndx);
 				send_msg_int(MSG_REDO, ndx);
 				file->flags |= FLAG_FILE_SENT;
 			} else if (inc_recurse)
 				send_msg_int(MSG_NO_SEND, ndx);
+			break;
+		    }
+		case -1:
+			if (inc_recurse)
+				send_msg_int(MSG_NO_SEND, ndx);
+			break;
 		}
 	}
 	if (make_backups < 0)
@@ -752,7 +942,7 @@ int recv_files(int f_in, char *local_name)
 	if (phase == 2 && delay_updates) /* for protocol_version < 29 */
 		handle_delayed_updates(local_name);
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(RECV, 1))
 		rprintf(FINFO,"recv_files finished\n");
 
 	return 0;

rounding.c

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * A pre-compilation helper program to aid in the creation of rounding.h.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Wayne Davison
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ * with this program; if not, visit the http://fsf.org website.
+ */
+
+#include "rsync.h"
+
+#define ARRAY_LEN (EXTRA_ROUNDING+1)
+#define SIZEOF(x) ((long int)sizeof (x))
+
+struct test {
+    union file_extras extras[ARRAY_LEN];
+    struct file_struct file;
+};
+
+#define ACTUAL_SIZE	SIZEOF(struct test)
+#define EXPECTED_SIZE	(SIZEOF(union file_extras) * ARRAY_LEN + SIZEOF(struct file_struct))
+
+ int main(UNUSED(int argc), UNUSED(char *argv[]))
+{
+    static int test_array[1 - 2 * (ACTUAL_SIZE != EXPECTED_SIZE)];
+    test_array[0] = 0;
+    return 0;
+}

rsync-ssl.in

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# This script supports using stunnel to secure an rsync daemon connection.
+# Note that this requires at least version 4.x of stunnel.
+case "$@" in
+*rsync://*) ;;
+*::*) ;;
+*)
+    echo "You must use rsync-ssl with a daemon-style hostname." 0>&1
+    exit 1
+    ;;
+esac
+exec @bindir@/rsync --rsh=@bindir@/stunnel-rsync "${@}"

rsync.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,7 +27,6 @@
 #include <langinfo.h>
 #endif
 
-extern int verbose;
 extern int dry_run;
 extern int preserve_acls;
 extern int preserve_xattrs;
@@ -36,16 +35,18 @@ extern int preserve_executability;
 extern int preserve_times;
 extern int am_root;
 extern int am_server;
+extern int am_daemon;
 extern int am_sender;
+extern int am_receiver;
 extern int am_generator;
 extern int am_starting_up;
 extern int allow_8bit_chars;
 extern int protocol_version;
-extern int uid_ndx;
-extern int gid_ndx;
+extern int got_kill_signal;
 extern int inc_recurse;
 extern int inplace;
 extern int flist_eof;
+extern int file_old_total;
 extern int keep_dirlinks;
 extern int make_backups;
 extern struct file_list *cur_flist, *first_flist, *dir_flist;
@@ -80,23 +81,23 @@ void setup_iconv(void)
 # endif
 
 	if (!am_server && !allow_8bit_chars) {
-
 		/* It's OK if this fails... */
 		ic_chck = iconv_open(defset, defset);
 
-		if (verbose > 3) {
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(ICONV, 2)) {
 			if (ic_chck == (iconv_t)-1) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"note: iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") failed (%d)"
-					" -- using isprint() instead of iconv().\n",
+					"msg checking via isprint()"
+					" (iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") errno: %d)\n",
 					defset, defset, errno);
 			} else {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
-					"note: iconv_open(\"%s\", \"%s\") succeeded.\n",
-					defset, defset);
+					"msg checking charset: %s\n",
+					defset);
 			}
 		}
-	}
+	} else
+		ic_chck = (iconv_t)-1;
 
 # ifdef ICONV_OPTION
 	if (!iconv_opt)
@@ -126,47 +127,82 @@ void setup_iconv(void)
 		exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
 	}
 
-	if (verbose > 1) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "%s charset: %s\n",
-			am_server ? "server" : "client",
-			*charset ? charset : "[LOCALE]");
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(ICONV, 1)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] charset: %s\n",
+			who_am_i(), *charset ? charset : "[LOCALE]");
 	}
 # endif
 }
 
-/* This function converts the characters in the "in" xbuf into characters
- * in the "out" xbuf.  The "len" of the "in" xbuf is used starting from its
- * "pos".  The "size" of the "out" xbuf restricts how many characters can be
- * stored, starting at its "pos+len" position.  Note that the last byte of
- * the buffer is never used, which reserves space for a terminating '\0'.
+/* This function converts the chars in the "in" xbuf into characters in the
+ * "out" xbuf.  The ".len" chars of the "in" xbuf is used starting from its
+ * ".pos".  The ".size" of the "out" xbuf restricts how many characters can
+ * be stored, starting at its ".pos+.len" position.  Note that the last byte
+ * of the "out" xbuf is not used, which reserves space for a trailing '\0'
+ * (though it is up to the caller to store a trailing '\0', as needed).
+ *
  * We return a 0 on success or a -1 on error.  An error also sets errno to
  * E2BIG, EILSEQ, or EINVAL (see below); otherwise errno will be set to 0.
- * The "in" xbuf is altered to update "pos" and "len".  The "out" xbuf has
- * data appended, and its "len" incremented.   If ICB_EXPAND_OUT is set in
- * "flags", the "out" xbuf will also be allocated if empty, and expanded if
- * too small (so E2BIG will not be returned).  If ICB_INCLUDE_BAD is set in
- * "flags", any badly-encoded chars are included verbatim in the "out" xbuf,
- * so EILSEQ will not be returned.  Likewise for ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE with
- * respect to an incomplete multi-byte char at the end, which ensures that
- * EINVAL is not returned.  Anytime "in.pos" is 0 we will reset the iconv()
- * state prior to processing the characters. */
+ * The "in" xbuf is altered to update ".pos" and ".len".  The "out" xbuf has
+ * data appended, and its ".len" incremented (see below for a ".size" note).
+ *
+ * If ICB_CIRCULAR_OUT is set in "flags", the chars going into the "out" xbuf
+ * can wrap around to the start, and the xbuf may have its ".size" reduced
+ * (presumably by 1 byte) if the iconv code doesn't have space to store a
+ * multi-byte character at the physical end of the ".buf" (though no reducing
+ * happens if ".pos" is <= 1, since there is no room to wrap around).
+ *
+ * If ICB_EXPAND_OUT is set in "flags", the "out" xbuf will be allocated if
+ * empty, and (as long as ICB_CIRCULAR_OUT is not set) expanded if too small.
+ * This prevents the return of E2BIG (except for a circular xbuf).
+ *
+ * If ICB_INCLUDE_BAD is set in "flags", any badly-encoded chars are included
+ * verbatim in the "out" xbuf, so EILSEQ will not be returned.
+ *
+ * If ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE is set in "flags", any incomplete multi-byte
+ * chars are included, which ensures that EINVAL is not returned.
+ *
+ * If ICB_INIT is set, the iconv() conversion state is initialized prior to
+ * processing the characters. */
 int iconvbufs(iconv_t ic, xbuf *in, xbuf *out, int flags)
 {
 	ICONV_CONST char *ibuf;
-	size_t icnt, ocnt;
+	size_t icnt, ocnt, opos;
 	char *obuf;
 
-	if (!out->size && flags & ICB_EXPAND_OUT)
-		alloc_xbuf(out, 1024);
+	if (!out->size && flags & ICB_EXPAND_OUT) {
+		size_t siz = ROUND_UP_1024(in->len * 2);
+		alloc_xbuf(out, siz);
+	} else if (out->len+1 >= out->size) {
+		/* There is no room to even start storing data. */
+		if (!(flags & ICB_EXPAND_OUT) || flags & ICB_CIRCULAR_OUT) {
+			errno = E2BIG;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		realloc_xbuf(out, out->size + ROUND_UP_1024(in->len * 2));
+	}
 
-	if (!in->pos)
+	if (flags & ICB_INIT)
 		iconv(ic, NULL, 0, NULL, 0);
 
 	ibuf = in->buf + in->pos;
 	icnt = in->len;
 
-	obuf = out->buf + (out->pos + out->len);
-	ocnt = out->size - (out->pos + out->len) - 1;
+	opos = out->pos + out->len;
+	if (flags & ICB_CIRCULAR_OUT) {
+		if (opos >= out->size) {
+			opos -= out->size;
+			/* We know that out->pos is not 0 due to the "no room" check
+			 * above, so this can't go "negative". */
+			ocnt = out->pos - opos - 1;
+		} else {
+			/* Allow the use of all bytes to the physical end of the buffer
+			 * unless pos is 0, in which case we reserve our trailing '\0'. */
+			ocnt = out->size - opos - (out->pos ? 0 : 1);
+		}
+	} else
+		ocnt = out->size - opos - 1;
+	obuf = out->buf + opos;
 
 	while (icnt) {
 		while (iconv(ic, &ibuf, &icnt, &obuf, &ocnt) == (size_t)-1) {
@@ -175,43 +211,109 @@ int iconvbufs(iconv_t ic, xbuf *in, xbuf *out, int flags)
 			if (errno == EINVAL) {
 				if (!(flags & ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE))
 					goto finish;
+				if (!ocnt)
+					goto e2big;
 			} else if (errno == EILSEQ) {
 				if (!(flags & ICB_INCLUDE_BAD))
 					goto finish;
-			} else {
-				size_t opos = obuf - out->buf;
-				if (!(flags & ICB_EXPAND_OUT)) {
+				if (!ocnt)
+					goto e2big;
+			} else if (errno == E2BIG) {
+				size_t siz;
+			  e2big:
+				opos = obuf - out->buf;
+				if (flags & ICB_CIRCULAR_OUT && out->pos > 1 && opos > out->pos) {
+					/* We are in a divided circular buffer at the physical
+					 * end with room to wrap to the start.  If iconv() refused
+					 * to use one or more trailing bytes in the buffer, we
+					 * set the size to ignore the unused bytes. */
+					if (opos < out->size)
+						reduce_iobuf_size(out, opos);
+					obuf = out->buf;
+					ocnt = out->pos - 1;
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (!(flags & ICB_EXPAND_OUT) || flags & ICB_CIRCULAR_OUT) {
 					errno = E2BIG;
 					goto finish;
 				}
-				realloc_xbuf(out, out->size + 1024);
+				siz = ROUND_UP_1024(in->len * 2);
+				realloc_xbuf(out, out->size + siz);
 				obuf = out->buf + opos;
-				ocnt += 1024;
+				ocnt += siz;
 				continue;
+			} else {
+				rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "unexpected error from iconv()");
+				exit_cleanup(RERR_UNSUPPORTED);
 			}
 			*obuf++ = *ibuf++;
 			ocnt--, icnt--;
+			if (!icnt)
+				break;
 		}
 	}
 
 	errno = 0;
 
   finish:
+	opos = obuf - out->buf;
+	if (flags & ICB_CIRCULAR_OUT && opos < out->pos)
+		opos += out->size;
+	out->len = opos - out->pos;
+
 	in->len = icnt;
 	in->pos = ibuf - in->buf;
-	out->len = obuf - out->buf - out->pos;
 
 	return errno ? -1 : 0;
 }
 #endif
 
-int read_ndx_and_attrs(int f_in, int *iflag_ptr, uchar *type_ptr,
+void send_protected_args(int fd, char *args[])
+{
+	int i;
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	int convert = ic_send != (iconv_t)-1;
+	xbuf outbuf, inbuf;
+
+	if (convert)
+		alloc_xbuf(&outbuf, 1024);
+#endif
+
+	for (i = 0; args[i]; i++) {} /* find first NULL */
+	args[i] = "rsync"; /* set a new arg0 */
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(CMD, 1))
+		print_child_argv("protected args:", args + i + 1);
+	do {
+		if (!args[i][0])
+			write_buf(fd, ".", 2);
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+		else if (convert) {
+			INIT_XBUF_STRLEN(inbuf, args[i]);
+			iconvbufs(ic_send, &inbuf, &outbuf,
+				  ICB_EXPAND_OUT | ICB_INCLUDE_BAD | ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE | ICB_INIT);
+			outbuf.buf[outbuf.len] = '\0';
+			write_buf(fd, outbuf.buf, outbuf.len + 1);
+			outbuf.len = 0;
+		}
+#endif
+		else
+			write_buf(fd, args[i], strlen(args[i]) + 1);
+	} while (args[++i]);
+	write_byte(fd, 0);
+
+#ifdef ICONV_OPTION
+	if (convert)
+		free(outbuf.buf);
+#endif
+}
+
+int read_ndx_and_attrs(int f_in, int f_out, int *iflag_ptr, uchar *type_ptr,
 		       char *buf, int *len_ptr)
 {
 	int len, iflags = 0;
 	struct file_list *flist;
 	uchar fnamecmp_type = FNAMECMP_FNAME;
-	int ndx, save_verbose = verbose;
+	int ndx;
 
   read_loop:
 	while (1) {
@@ -221,58 +323,71 @@ int read_ndx_and_attrs(int f_in, int *iflag_ptr, uchar *type_ptr,
 			break;
 		if (ndx == NDX_DONE)
 			return ndx;
-		if (!inc_recurse || am_sender)
-			goto invalid_ndx;
+		if (ndx == NDX_DEL_STATS) {
+			read_del_stats(f_in);
+			if (am_sender && am_server)
+				write_del_stats(f_out);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (!inc_recurse || am_sender) {
+			int last;
+			if (first_flist)
+				last = first_flist->prev->ndx_start + first_flist->prev->used - 1;
+			else
+				last = -1;
+			rprintf(FERROR,
+				"Invalid file index: %d (%d - %d) [%s]\n",
+				ndx, NDX_DONE, last, who_am_i());
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+		}
 		if (ndx == NDX_FLIST_EOF) {
 			flist_eof = 1;
-			send_msg(MSG_FLIST_EOF, "", 0, 0);
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(FLIST, 3))
+				rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] flist_eof=1\n", who_am_i());
+			write_int(f_out, NDX_FLIST_EOF);
 			continue;
 		}
 		ndx = NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - ndx;
 		if (ndx < 0 || ndx >= dir_flist->used) {
 			ndx = NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - ndx;
 			rprintf(FERROR,
-				"[%s] Invalid dir index: %d (%d - %d)\n",
-				who_am_i(), ndx, NDX_FLIST_OFFSET,
-				NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - dir_flist->used + 1);
+				"Invalid dir index: %d (%d - %d) [%s]\n",
+				ndx, NDX_FLIST_OFFSET,
+				NDX_FLIST_OFFSET - dir_flist->used + 1,
+				who_am_i());
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
-		/* Send everything read from f_in to msg_fd_out. */
-		if (verbose > 3) {
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(FLIST, 2)) {
 			rprintf(FINFO, "[%s] receiving flist for dir %d\n",
 				who_am_i(), ndx);
 		}
-		verbose = 0;
-		send_msg_int(MSG_FLIST, ndx);
-		start_flist_forward(f_in);
+		/* Send all the data we read for this flist to the generator. */
+		start_flist_forward(ndx);
 		flist = recv_file_list(f_in);
 		flist->parent_ndx = ndx;
 		stop_flist_forward();
-		verbose = save_verbose;
 	}
 
 	iflags = protocol_version >= 29 ? read_shortint(f_in)
 		   : ITEM_TRANSFER | ITEM_MISSING_DATA;
 
-	/* Honor the old-style keep-alive indicator. */
-	if (protocol_version < 30
-	 && ndx == cur_flist->used && iflags == ITEM_IS_NEW) {
+	/* Support the protocol-29 keep-alive style. */
+	if (protocol_version < 30 && ndx == cur_flist->used && iflags == ITEM_IS_NEW) {
 		if (am_sender)
-			maybe_send_keepalive();
+			maybe_send_keepalive(time(NULL), MSK_ALLOW_FLUSH);
 		goto read_loop;
 	}
 
-	if (!(flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx))) {
-	  invalid_ndx:
-		rprintf(FERROR,
-			"Invalid file index: %d (%d - %d) with iflags %x [%s]\n",
-			ndx, first_flist ? first_flist->ndx_start - 1 : -1,
-			first_flist ? first_flist->prev->ndx_end : -1,
-			iflags, who_am_i());
-		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "read_ndx_and_attrs");
+	if (flist != cur_flist) {
+		cur_flist = flist;
+		if (am_sender) {
+			file_old_total = cur_flist->used;
+			for (flist = first_flist; flist != cur_flist; flist = flist->next)
+				file_old_total += flist->used;
+		}
 	}
-	cur_flist = flist;
 
 	if (iflags & ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS)
 		fnamecmp_type = read_byte(f_in);
@@ -354,12 +469,7 @@ int set_file_attrs(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp,
 				full_fname(fname));
 			return 0;
 		}
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-		sx2.acc_acl = sx2.def_acl = NULL;
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-		sx2.xattr = NULL;
-#endif
+		init_stat_x(&sx2);
 		sxp = &sx2;
 		inherit = !preserve_perms;
 	} else
@@ -386,11 +496,13 @@ int set_file_attrs(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp,
 		set_xattr(fname, file, fnamecmp, sxp);
 #endif
 
-	if (!preserve_times || (S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode) && preserve_times == 1))
+	if (!preserve_times
+	 || (!(preserve_times & PRESERVE_DIR_TIMES) && S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode))
+	 || (!(preserve_times & PRESERVE_LINK_TIMES) && S_ISLNK(sxp->st.st_mode)))
 		flags |= ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME;
 	if (!(flags & ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME)
 	    && cmp_time(sxp->st.st_mtime, file->modtime) != 0) {
-		int ret = set_modtime(fname, file->modtime, sxp->st.st_mode);
+		int ret = set_modtime(fname, file->modtime, F_MOD_NSEC(file), sxp->st.st_mode);
 		if (ret < 0) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "failed to set times on %s",
 				full_fname(fname));
@@ -398,18 +510,20 @@ int set_file_attrs(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp,
 		}
 		if (ret == 0) /* ret == 1 if symlink could not be set */
 			updated = 1;
+		else
+			file->flags |= FLAG_TIME_FAILED;
 	}
 
 	change_uid = am_root && uid_ndx && sxp->st.st_uid != (uid_t)F_OWNER(file);
 	change_gid = gid_ndx && !(file->flags & FLAG_SKIP_GROUP)
 		  && sxp->st.st_gid != (gid_t)F_GROUP(file);
-#if !defined HAVE_LCHOWN && !defined CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
+#ifndef CAN_CHOWN_SYMLINK
 	if (S_ISLNK(sxp->st.st_mode)) {
 		;
 	} else
 #endif
 	if (change_uid || change_gid) {
-		if (verbose > 2) {
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(OWN, 1)) {
 			if (change_uid) {
 				rprintf(FINFO,
 					"set uid of %s from %u to %u\n",
@@ -421,24 +535,28 @@ int set_file_attrs(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp,
 					fname, (unsigned)sxp->st.st_gid, F_GROUP(file));
 			}
 		}
-		if (am_root < 0) {
-			;
-		} else if (do_lchown(fname,
-		    change_uid ? (uid_t)F_OWNER(file) : sxp->st.st_uid,
-		    change_gid ? (gid_t)F_GROUP(file) : sxp->st.st_gid) != 0) {
-			/* shouldn't have attempted to change uid or gid
-			 * unless have the privilege */
-			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "%s %s failed",
-			    change_uid ? "chown" : "chgrp",
-			    full_fname(fname));
-			goto cleanup;
-		} else
-		/* a lchown had been done - we have to re-stat if the
-		 * destination had the setuid or setgid bits set due
-		 * to the side effect of the chown call */
-		if (sxp->st.st_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) {
-			link_stat(fname, &sxp->st,
-				  keep_dirlinks && S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode));
+		if (am_root >= 0) {
+			uid_t uid = change_uid ? (uid_t)F_OWNER(file) : sxp->st.st_uid;
+			gid_t gid = change_gid ? (gid_t)F_GROUP(file) : sxp->st.st_gid;
+			if (do_lchown(fname, uid, gid) != 0) {
+				/* We shouldn't have attempted to change uid
+				 * or gid unless have the privilege. */
+				rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "%s %s failed",
+				    change_uid ? "chown" : "chgrp",
+				    full_fname(fname));
+				goto cleanup;
+			}
+			if (uid == (uid_t)-1 && sxp->st.st_uid != (uid_t)-1)
+				rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "uid 4294967295 (-1) is impossible to set on %s\n", full_fname(fname));
+			if (gid == (gid_t)-1 && sxp->st.st_gid != (gid_t)-1)
+				rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "gid 4294967295 (-1) is impossible to set on %s\n", full_fname(fname));
+			/* A lchown had been done, so we need to re-stat if
+			 * the destination had the setuid or setgid bits set
+			 * (due to the side effect of the chown call). */
+			if (sxp->st.st_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID)) {
+				link_stat(fname, &sxp->st,
+					  keep_dirlinks && S_ISDIR(sxp->st.st_mode));
+			}
 		}
 		updated = 1;
 	}
@@ -450,8 +568,10 @@ int set_file_attrs(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp,
 	 * If set_acl() changes permission bits in the process of setting
 	 * an access ACL, it changes sxp->st.st_mode so we know whether we
 	 * need to chmod(). */
-	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(new_mode) && set_acl(fname, file, sxp) == 0)
-		updated = 1;
+	if (preserve_acls && !S_ISLNK(new_mode)) {
+		if (set_acl(fname, file, sxp, new_mode) > 0)
+			updated = 1;
+	}
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CHMOD
@@ -468,27 +588,20 @@ int set_file_attrs(const char *fname, struct file_struct *file, stat_x *sxp,
 	}
 #endif
 
-	if (verbose > 1 && flags & ATTRS_REPORT) {
+	if (INFO_GTE(NAME, 2) && flags & ATTRS_REPORT) {
 		if (updated)
 			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s\n", fname);
 		else
 			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s is uptodate\n", fname);
 	}
   cleanup:
-	if (sxp == &sx2) {
-#ifdef SUPPORT_ACLS
-		if (preserve_acls)
-			free_acl(&sx2);
-#endif
-#ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-		if (preserve_xattrs)
-			free_xattr(&sx2);
-#endif
-	}
+	if (sxp == &sx2)
+		free_stat_x(&sx2);
 	return updated;
 }
 
-RETSIGTYPE sig_int(UNUSED(int val))
+/* This is only called for SIGINT, SIGHUP, and SIGTERM. */
+RETSIGTYPE sig_int(int sig_num)
 {
 	/* KLUGE: if the user hits Ctrl-C while ssh is prompting
 	 * for a password, then our cleanup's sending of a SIGUSR1
@@ -499,89 +612,136 @@ RETSIGTYPE sig_int(UNUSED(int val))
 	 * not ssh waiting for a password, then this tiny delay
 	 * shouldn't hurt anything. */
 	msleep(400);
+
+	/* If we're an rsync daemon listener (not a daemon server),
+	 * we'll exit with status 0 if we received SIGTERM. */
+	if (am_daemon && !am_server && sig_num == SIGTERM)
+		exit_cleanup(0);
+
+	/* If the signal arrived on the server side (or for the receiver
+	 * process on the client), we want to try to do a controlled shutdown
+	 * that lets the client side (generator process) know what happened.
+	 * To do this, we set a flag and let the normal process handle the
+	 * shutdown.  We only attempt this if multiplexed IO is in effect and
+	 * we didn't already set the flag. */
+	if (!got_kill_signal && (am_server || am_receiver)) {
+		got_kill_signal = sig_num;
+		return;
+	}
+
 	exit_cleanup(RERR_SIGNAL);
 }
 
 /* Finish off a file transfer: renaming the file and setting the file's
- * attributes (e.g. permissions, ownership, etc.).  If partialptr is not
- * NULL and the robust_rename() call is forced to copy the temp file, we
- * stage the file into the partial-dir and then rename it into place. */
-void finish_transfer(const char *fname, const char *fnametmp,
-		     const char *fnamecmp, const char *partialptr,
-		     struct file_struct *file, int ok_to_set_time,
-		     int overwriting_basis)
+ * attributes (e.g. permissions, ownership, etc.).  If the robust_rename()
+ * call is forced to copy the temp file and partialptr is both non-NULL and
+ * not an absolute path, we stage the file into the partial-dir and then
+ * rename it into place.  This returns 1 on succcess or 0 on failure. */
+int finish_transfer(const char *fname, const char *fnametmp,
+		    const char *fnamecmp, const char *partialptr,
+		    struct file_struct *file, int ok_to_set_time,
+		    int overwriting_basis)
 {
 	int ret;
+	const char *temp_copy_name = partialptr && *partialptr != '/' ? partialptr : NULL;
 
 	if (inplace) {
-		if (verbose > 2)
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(RECV, 1))
 			rprintf(FINFO, "finishing %s\n", fname);
 		fnametmp = fname;
 		goto do_set_file_attrs;
 	}
 
-	if (make_backups > 0 && overwriting_basis && !make_backup(fname))
-		return;
+	if (make_backups > 0 && overwriting_basis) {
+		int ok = make_backup(fname, False);
+		if (!ok)
+			return 1;
+		if (ok == 1 && fnamecmp == fname)
+			fnamecmp = get_backup_name(fname);
+	}
 
 	/* Change permissions before putting the file into place. */
 	set_file_attrs(fnametmp, file, NULL, fnamecmp,
 		       ok_to_set_time ? 0 : ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME);
 
 	/* move tmp file over real file */
-	if (verbose > 2)
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(RECV, 1))
 		rprintf(FINFO, "renaming %s to %s\n", fnametmp, fname);
-	ret = robust_rename(fnametmp, fname, partialptr,
-			    file->mode & INITACCESSPERMS);
+	ret = robust_rename(fnametmp, fname, temp_copy_name, file->mode);
 	if (ret < 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "%s %s -> \"%s\"",
 			ret == -2 ? "copy" : "rename",
 			full_fname(fnametmp), fname);
-		do_unlink(fnametmp);
-		return;
+		if (!partialptr || (ret == -2 && temp_copy_name)
+		 || robust_rename(fnametmp, partialptr, NULL, file->mode) < 0)
+			do_unlink(fnametmp);
+		return 0;
 	}
 	if (ret == 0) {
 		/* The file was moved into place (not copied), so it's done. */
-		return;
+		return 1;
 	}
 	/* The file was copied, so tweak the perms of the copied file.  If it
 	 * was copied to partialptr, move it into its final destination. */
-	fnametmp = partialptr ? partialptr : fname;
+	fnametmp = temp_copy_name ? temp_copy_name : fname;
 
   do_set_file_attrs:
 	set_file_attrs(fnametmp, file, NULL, fnamecmp,
 		       ok_to_set_time ? 0 : ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME);
 
-	if (partialptr) {
+	if (temp_copy_name) {
 		if (do_rename(fnametmp, fname) < 0) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "rename %s -> \"%s\"",
 				full_fname(fnametmp), fname);
-		} else
-			handle_partial_dir(partialptr, PDIR_DELETE);
+			return 0;
+		}
+		handle_partial_dir(temp_copy_name, PDIR_DELETE);
 	}
+	return 1;
 }
 
-struct file_list *flist_for_ndx(int ndx)
+struct file_list *flist_for_ndx(int ndx, const char *fatal_error_loc)
 {
 	struct file_list *flist = cur_flist;
 
 	if (!flist && !(flist = first_flist))
-		return NULL;
+		goto not_found;
 
 	while (ndx < flist->ndx_start-1) {
 		if (flist == first_flist)
-			return NULL;
+			goto not_found;
 		flist = flist->prev;
 	}
-	while (ndx > flist->ndx_end) {
+	while (ndx >= flist->ndx_start + flist->used) {
 		if (!(flist = flist->next))
-			return NULL;
+			goto not_found;
 	}
 	return flist;
+
+  not_found:
+	if (fatal_error_loc) {
+		int first, last;
+		if (first_flist) {
+			first = first_flist->ndx_start - 1;
+			last = first_flist->prev->ndx_start + first_flist->prev->used - 1;
+		} else {
+			first = 0;
+			last = -1;
+		}
+		rprintf(FERROR,
+			"File-list index %d not in %d - %d (%s) [%s]\n",
+			ndx, first, last, fatal_error_loc, who_am_i());
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+	}
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 const char *who_am_i(void)
 {
 	if (am_starting_up)
 		return am_server ? "server" : "client";
-	return am_sender ? "sender" : am_generator ? "generator" : "receiver";
+	return am_sender ? "sender"
+	     : am_generator ? "generator"
+	     : am_receiver ? "receiver"
+	     : "Receiver"; /* pre-forked receiver */
 }

rsync.h

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (C) 1996, 2000 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 #define DEFAULT_LOCK_FILE "/var/run/rsyncd.lock"
 #define URL_PREFIX "rsync://"
 
-#define SYMLINK_PREFIX "/rsyncd-munged/"
+#define SYMLINK_PREFIX "/rsyncd-munged/"  /* This MUST have a trailing slash! */
 #define SYMLINK_PREFIX_LEN ((int)sizeof SYMLINK_PREFIX - 1)
 
 #define BACKUP_SUFFIX "~"
@@ -60,14 +60,18 @@
 #define XMIT_RDEV_MINOR_8_pre30 (1<<11)	/* protocols 28 - 29  */
 #define XMIT_GROUP_NAME_FOLLOWS (1<<11) /* protocols 30 - now */
 #define XMIT_HLINK_FIRST (1<<12)	/* protocols 30 - now (HLINKED files only) */
+#define XMIT_IO_ERROR_ENDLIST (1<<12)	/* protocols 31*- now (w/XMIT_EXTENDED_FLAGS) (also protocol 30 w/'f' compat flag) */
+#define XMIT_MOD_NSEC (1<<13)		/* protocols 31 - now */
 
 /* These flags are used in the live flist data. */
 
 #define FLAG_TOP_DIR (1<<0)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_OWNED_BY_US (1<<0) /* generator: set by make_file() for aux flists only */
 #define FLAG_FILE_SENT (1<<1)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
 #define FLAG_DIR_CREATED (1<<1)	/* generator */
 #define FLAG_CONTENT_DIR (1<<2)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
-#define FLAG_MOUNT_DIR (1<<3)	/* sender/generator */
+#define FLAG_MOUNT_DIR (1<<3)	/* sender/generator (dirs only) */
+#define FLAG_SKIP_HLINK (1<<3)	/* receiver/generator (w/FLAG_HLINKED) */
 #define FLAG_DUPLICATE (1<<4)	/* sender */
 #define FLAG_MISSING_DIR (1<<4)	/* generator */
 #define FLAG_HLINKED (1<<5)	/* receiver/generator (checked on all types) */
@@ -77,23 +81,29 @@
 #define FLAG_HLINK_DONE (1<<8)	/* receiver/generator (checked on all types) */
 #define FLAG_LENGTH64 (1<<9)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
 #define FLAG_SKIP_GROUP (1<<10)	/* receiver/generator */
+#define FLAG_TIME_FAILED (1<<11)/* generator */
+#define FLAG_MOD_NSEC (1<<12)	/* sender/receiver/generator */
 
 /* These flags are passed to functions but not stored. */
 
-#define FLAG_DIVERT_DIRS (1<<16)/* sender */
+#define FLAG_DIVERT_DIRS (1<<16)   /* sender, but must be unique */
 
+/* These flags are for get_dirlist(). */
+#define GDL_IGNORE_FILTER_RULES (1<<0)
+
+/* Some helper macros for matching bits. */
 #define BITS_SET(val,bits) (((val) & (bits)) == (bits))
 #define BITS_SETnUNSET(val,onbits,offbits) (((val) & ((onbits)|(offbits))) == (onbits))
 #define BITS_EQUAL(b1,b2,mask) (((unsigned)(b1) & (unsigned)(mask)) \
 			     == ((unsigned)(b2) & (unsigned)(mask)))
 
 /* update this if you make incompatible changes */
-#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 30
+#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 31
 
 /* This is used when working on a new protocol version in CVS, and should
  * be a new non-zero value for each CVS change that affects the protocol.
- * It must ALWAYS be 0 when the protocol goes final! */
-#define SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION 15
+ * It must ALWAYS be 0 when the protocol goes final (and NEVER before)! */
+#define SUBPROTOCOL_VERSION 0
 
 /* We refuse to interoperate with versions that are not in this range.
  * Note that we assume we'll work with later versions: the onus is on
@@ -116,7 +126,8 @@
 #define OLD_PROTOCOL_VERSION 25
 #define MAX_PROTOCOL_VERSION 40
 
-#define FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD 1000
+#define MIN_FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD 1000
+#define MAX_FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD 10000
 
 #define RSYNC_PORT 873
 
@@ -124,9 +135,14 @@
 #define WRITE_SIZE (32*1024)
 #define CHUNK_SIZE (32*1024)
 #define MAX_MAP_SIZE (256*1024)
-#define IO_BUFFER_SIZE (4092)
+#define IO_BUFFER_SIZE (32*1024)
 #define MAX_BLOCK_SIZE ((int32)1 << 17)
 
+/* For compatibility with older rsyncs */
+#define OLD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE ((int32)1 << 29)
+
+#define ROUND_UP_1024(siz) ((siz) & (1024-1) ? ((siz) | (1024-1)) + 1 : (siz))
+
 #define IOERR_GENERAL	(1<<0) /* For backward compatibility, this must == 1 */
 #define IOERR_VANISHED	(1<<1)
 #define IOERR_DEL_LIMIT (1<<2)
@@ -143,8 +159,9 @@
 
 #define XFLG_FATAL_ERRORS	(1<<0)
 #define XFLG_OLD_PREFIXES	(1<<1)
-#define XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS	(1<<2)
-#define XFLG_ABS_IF_SLASH	(1<<3)
+#define XFLG_ANCHORED2ABS	(1<<2) /* leading slash indicates absolute */
+#define XFLG_ABS_IF_SLASH	(1<<3) /* leading or interior slash is absolute */
+#define XFLG_DIR2WILD3		(1<<4) /* dir/ match gets trailing *** added */
 
 #define ATTRS_REPORT		(1<<0)
 #define ATTRS_SKIP_MTIME	(1<<1)
@@ -165,8 +182,9 @@
 
 /* For use by the itemize_changes code */
 #define ITEM_REPORT_ATIME (1<<0)
-#define ITEM_REPORT_CHECKSUM (1<<1)
-#define ITEM_REPORT_SIZE (1<<2)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_CHANGE (1<<1)
+#define ITEM_REPORT_SIZE (1<<2)     /* regular files only */
+#define ITEM_REPORT_TIMEFAIL (1<<2) /* symlinks only */
 #define ITEM_REPORT_TIME (1<<3)
 #define ITEM_REPORT_PERMS (1<<4)
 #define ITEM_REPORT_OWNER (1<<5)
@@ -186,11 +204,17 @@
 #define SIGNIFICANT_ITEM_FLAGS (~(\
 	ITEM_BASIS_TYPE_FOLLOWS | ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS | ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE))
 
-#define CFN_KEEP_LEADING_DOT_DIR (1<<0)
+#define CFN_KEEP_DOT_DIRS (1<<0)
 #define CFN_KEEP_TRAILING_SLASH (1<<1)
 #define CFN_DROP_TRAILING_DOT_DIR (1<<2)
 #define CFN_COLLAPSE_DOT_DOT_DIRS (1<<3)
 
+#define SP_DEFAULT 0
+#define SP_KEEP_DOT_DIRS (1<<0)
+
+#define CD_NORMAL 0
+#define CD_SKIP_CHDIR 1
+
 /* Log-message categories.  FLOG only goes to the log file, not the client;
  * FCLIENT is the opposite. */
 enum logcode {
@@ -198,6 +222,7 @@ enum logcode {
     FERROR_XFER=1, FINFO=2, /* sent over socket for any protocol */
     FERROR=3, FWARNING=4, /* sent over socket for protocols >= 30 */
     FERROR_SOCKET=5, FLOG=6, /* only sent via receiver -> generator pipe */
+    FERROR_UTF8=8, /* only sent via receiver -> generator pipe */
     FCLIENT=7 /* never transmitted (e.g. server converts to FINFO) */
 };
 
@@ -208,22 +233,49 @@ enum msgcode {
 	MSG_ERROR_XFER=FERROR_XFER, MSG_INFO=FINFO, /* remote logging */
 	MSG_ERROR=FERROR, MSG_WARNING=FWARNING, /* protocol-30 remote logging */
 	MSG_ERROR_SOCKET=FERROR_SOCKET, /* sibling logging */
+	MSG_ERROR_UTF8=FERROR_UTF8, /* sibling logging */
 	MSG_LOG=FLOG, MSG_CLIENT=FCLIENT, /* sibling logging */
 	MSG_REDO=9,	/* reprocess indicated flist index */
-	MSG_FLIST=20,	/* extra file list over sibling socket */
-	MSG_FLIST_EOF=21,/* we've transmitted all the file lists */
+	MSG_STATS=10,	/* message has stats data for generator */
 	MSG_IO_ERROR=22,/* the sending side had an I/O error */
-	MSG_NOOP=42,	/* a do-nothing message */
+	MSG_IO_TIMEOUT=33,/* tell client about a daemon's timeout value */
+	MSG_NOOP=42,	/* a do-nothing message (legacy protocol-30 only) */
+	MSG_ERROR_EXIT=86, /* synchronize an error exit (siblings and protocol >= 31) */
 	MSG_SUCCESS=100,/* successfully updated indicated flist index */
 	MSG_DELETED=101,/* successfully deleted a file on receiving side */
 	MSG_NO_SEND=102,/* sender failed to open a file we wanted */
-	MSG_DONE=86	/* current phase is done */
 };
 
 #define NDX_DONE -1
 #define NDX_FLIST_EOF -2
+#define NDX_DEL_STATS -3
 #define NDX_FLIST_OFFSET -101
 
+/* For calling delete_item() and delete_dir_contents(). */
+#define DEL_NO_UID_WRITE 	(1<<0) /* file/dir has our uid w/o write perm */
+#define DEL_RECURSE		(1<<1) /* if dir, delete all contents */
+#define DEL_DIR_IS_EMPTY	(1<<2) /* internal delete_FUNCTIONS use only */
+#define DEL_FOR_FILE		(1<<3) /* making room for a replacement file */
+#define DEL_FOR_DIR		(1<<4) /* making room for a replacement dir */
+#define DEL_FOR_SYMLINK 	(1<<5) /* making room for a replacement symlink */
+#define DEL_FOR_DEVICE		(1<<6) /* making room for a replacement device */
+#define DEL_FOR_SPECIAL 	(1<<7) /* making room for a replacement special */
+#define DEL_FOR_BACKUP	 	(1<<8) /* the delete is for a backup operation */
+
+#define DEL_MAKE_ROOM (DEL_FOR_FILE|DEL_FOR_DIR|DEL_FOR_SYMLINK|DEL_FOR_DEVICE|DEL_FOR_SPECIAL)
+
+enum delret {
+	DR_SUCCESS = 0, DR_FAILURE, DR_AT_LIMIT, DR_NOT_EMPTY
+};
+
+/* Defines for make_path() */
+#define MKP_DROP_NAME		(1<<0) /* drop trailing filename or trailing slash */
+#define MKP_SKIP_SLASH		(1<<1) /* skip one or more leading slashes */
+
+/* Defines for maybe_send_keepalive() */
+#define MSK_ALLOW_FLUSH 	(1<<0)
+#define MSK_ACTIVE_RECEIVER 	(1<<1)
+
 #include "errcode.h"
 
 #include "config.h"
@@ -319,6 +371,26 @@ enum msgcode {
 #include <utime.h>
 #endif
 
+#if defined HAVE_UTIMENSAT || defined HAVE_LUTIMES
+#define CAN_SET_SYMLINK_TIMES 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_LCHOWN || defined CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK
+#define CAN_CHOWN_SYMLINK 1
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_LCHMOD || defined HAVE_SETATTRLIST
+#define CAN_CHMOD_SYMLINK 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTIMENSAT
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM_TV_NSEC
+#define ST_MTIME_NSEC st_mtim.tv_nsec
+#elif defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC)
+#define ST_MTIME_NSEC st_mtimensec
+#endif
+#endif
+
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
 #include <sys/select.h>
 #endif
@@ -330,10 +402,6 @@ enum msgcode {
 #endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GLOB_H
-#include <glob.h>
-#endif
-
 /* these are needed for the uid/gid mapping code */
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
@@ -385,7 +453,7 @@ enum msgcode {
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined HAVE_ICONV_OPEN && defined HAVE_ICONV_H
+#if defined USE_ICONV_OPEN && defined HAVE_ICONV_H
 #include <iconv.h>
 #ifndef ICONV_CONST
 #define ICONV_CONST
@@ -408,16 +476,18 @@ enum msgcode {
 #include "lib/pool_alloc.h"
 
 #ifndef HAVE_ID_T
-typedef int id_t;
+typedef unsigned int id_t;
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_PID_T
 typedef int pid_t;
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_MODE_T
-typedef int mode_t;
+typedef unsigned int mode_t;
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_OFF_T
 typedef long off_t;
+#undef SIZEOF_OFF_T
+#define SIZEOF_OFF_T SIZEOF_LONG
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_SIZE_T
 typedef unsigned int size_t;
@@ -491,10 +561,12 @@ typedef unsigned int size_t;
 #if SIZEOF_OFF_T == 8 || !SIZEOF_OFF64_T || !defined HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64
 #define OFF_T off_t
 #define STRUCT_STAT struct stat
+#define SIZEOF_CAPITAL_OFF_T SIZEOF_OFF_T
 #else
 #define OFF_T off64_t
 #define STRUCT_STAT struct stat64
 #define USE_STAT64_FUNCS 1
+#define SIZEOF_CAPITAL_OFF_T SIZEOF_OFF64_T
 #endif
 
 /* CAVEAT: on some systems, int64 will really be a 32-bit integer IFF
@@ -540,6 +612,7 @@ struct hashtable {
 	void *nodes;
 	int32 size, entries;
 	uint32 node_size;
+	short key64;
 };
 
 struct ht_int32_node {
@@ -600,6 +673,23 @@ struct ht_int64_node {
 #define ACLS_NEED_MASK 1
 #endif
 
+#if defined HAVE_FALLOCATE || HAVE_SYS_FALLOCATE
+#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_FALLOC_H
+#include <linux/falloc.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE
+#define SUPPORT_PREALLOCATION 1
+#elif defined HAVE_FTRUNCATE
+#define SUPPORT_PREALLOCATION 1
+#define PREALLOCATE_NEEDS_TRUNCATE 1
+#endif
+#else /* !fallocate */
+#if defined HAVE_EFFICIENT_POSIX_FALLOCATE && defined HAVE_FTRUNCATE
+#define SUPPORT_PREALLOCATION 1
+#define PREALLOCATE_NEEDS_TRUNCATE 1
+#endif
+#endif
+
 union file_extras {
 	int32 num;
 	uint32 unum;
@@ -631,7 +721,9 @@ extern int xattrs_ndx;
 #define REQ_EXTRA(f,ndx) ((union file_extras*)(f) - (ndx))
 #define OPT_EXTRA(f,bump) ((union file_extras*)(f) - file_extra_cnt - 1 - (bump))
 
+#define NSEC_BUMP(f) ((f)->flags & FLAG_MOD_NSEC ? 1 : 0)
 #define LEN64_BUMP(f) ((f)->flags & FLAG_LENGTH64 ? 1 : 0)
+#define START_BUMP(f) (NSEC_BUMP(f) + LEN64_BUMP(f))
 #define HLINK_BUMP(f) ((f)->flags & (FLAG_HLINKED|FLAG_HLINK_DONE) ? inc_recurse+1 : 0)
 #define ACL_BUMP(f) (acls_ndx ? 1 : 0)
 
@@ -640,9 +732,11 @@ extern int xattrs_ndx;
 #define F_LENGTH(f) ((int64)(f)->len32)
 #else
 #define F_LENGTH(f) ((int64)(f)->len32 + ((f)->flags & FLAG_LENGTH64 \
-		   ? (int64)OPT_EXTRA(f, 0)->unum << 32 : 0))
+		   ? (int64)OPT_EXTRA(f, NSEC_BUMP(f))->unum << 32 : 0))
 #endif
 
+#define F_MOD_NSEC(f) ((f)->flags & FLAG_MOD_NSEC ? OPT_EXTRA(f, 0)->unum : 0)
+
 /* If there is a symlink string, it is always right after the basename */
 #define F_SYMLINK(f) ((f)->basename + strlen((f)->basename) + 1)
 
@@ -660,22 +754,21 @@ extern int xattrs_ndx;
 #define F_NDX(f) REQ_EXTRA(f, unsort_ndx)->num
 
 /* These items are per-entry optional: */
-#define F_HL_GNUM(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f))->num /* non-dirs */
-#define F_HL_PREV(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f)+inc_recurse)->num /* non-dirs */
-#define F_DIR_NODE_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f) \
+#define F_HL_GNUM(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, START_BUMP(f))->num /* non-dirs */
+#define F_HL_PREV(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, START_BUMP(f)+inc_recurse)->num /* non-dirs */
+#define F_DIR_NODE_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, START_BUMP(f) \
 				+ DIRNODE_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->num) /* sender dirs */
-#define F_DIR_RELNAMES_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f) + DIRNODE_EXTRA_CNT \
+#define F_DIR_RELNAMES_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, START_BUMP(f) + DIRNODE_EXTRA_CNT \
 				+ PTR_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->num) /* sender dirs */
-#define F_DIR_DEFACL(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f))->unum /* receiver dirs */
-#define F_DIR_DEV_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f) + ACL_BUMP(f) \
+#define F_DIR_DEFACL(f) OPT_EXTRA(f, START_BUMP(f))->unum /* receiver dirs */
+#define F_DIR_DEV_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, START_BUMP(f) + ACL_BUMP(f) \
 				+ DEV_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->unum) /* receiver dirs */
 
-/* This optional item might follow an F_HL_*() item.
- * (Note: a device doesn't need to check LEN64_BUMP(f).) */
-#define F_RDEV_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, HLINK_BUMP(f) + DEV_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->unum)
+/* This optional item might follow an F_HL_*() item. */
+#define F_RDEV_P(f) (&OPT_EXTRA(f, START_BUMP(f) + HLINK_BUMP(f) + DEV_EXTRA_CNT - 1)->unum)
 
 /* The sum is only present on regular files. */
-#define F_SUM(f) ((char*)OPT_EXTRA(f, LEN64_BUMP(f) + HLINK_BUMP(f) \
+#define F_SUM(f) ((char*)OPT_EXTRA(f, START_BUMP(f) + HLINK_BUMP(f) \
 				    + SUM_EXTRA_CNT - 1))
 
 /* Some utility defines: */
@@ -723,7 +816,7 @@ struct file_list {
 	int used, malloced;
 	int low, high;  /* 0-relative index values excluding empties */
 	int ndx_start;  /* the start offset for inc_recurse mode */
-	int ndx_end;    /* the end offset for inc_recurse mode */
+	int flist_num;  /* 1-relative file_list number or 0 */
 	int parent_ndx; /* dir_flist index of parent directory */
 	int in_progress, to_redo;
 };
@@ -760,47 +853,45 @@ struct map_struct {
 	int status;		/* first errno from read errors		*/
 };
 
-#define MATCHFLG_WILD		(1<<0) /* pattern has '*', '[', and/or '?' */
-#define MATCHFLG_WILD2		(1<<1) /* pattern has '**' */
-#define MATCHFLG_WILD2_PREFIX	(1<<2) /* pattern starts with "**" */
-#define MATCHFLG_WILD3_SUFFIX	(1<<3) /* pattern ends with "***" */
-#define MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH	(1<<4) /* path-match on absolute path */
-#define MATCHFLG_INCLUDE	(1<<5) /* this is an include, not an exclude */
-#define MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY	(1<<6) /* this matches only directories */
-#define MATCHFLG_WORD_SPLIT	(1<<7) /* split rules on whitespace */
-#define MATCHFLG_NO_INHERIT	(1<<8) /* don't inherit these rules */
-#define MATCHFLG_NO_PREFIXES	(1<<9) /* parse no prefixes from patterns */
-#define MATCHFLG_MERGE_FILE	(1<<10)/* specifies a file to merge */
-#define MATCHFLG_PERDIR_MERGE	(1<<11)/* merge-file is searched per-dir */
-#define MATCHFLG_EXCLUDE_SELF	(1<<12)/* merge-file name should be excluded */
-#define MATCHFLG_FINISH_SETUP	(1<<13)/* per-dir merge file needs setup */
-#define MATCHFLG_NEGATE 	(1<<14)/* rule matches when pattern does not */
-#define MATCHFLG_CVS_IGNORE	(1<<15)/* rule was -C or :C */
-#define MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE	(1<<16)/* rule applies to the sending side */
-#define MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE	(1<<17)/* rule applies to the receiving side */
-#define MATCHFLG_CLEAR_LIST 	(1<<18)/* this item is the "!" token */
-#define MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE	(1<<19)/* perishable if parent dir goes away */
+#define FILTRULE_WILD		(1<<0) /* pattern has '*', '[', and/or '?' */
+#define FILTRULE_WILD2		(1<<1) /* pattern has '**' */
+#define FILTRULE_WILD2_PREFIX	(1<<2) /* pattern starts with "**" */
+#define FILTRULE_WILD3_SUFFIX	(1<<3) /* pattern ends with "***" */
+#define FILTRULE_ABS_PATH	(1<<4) /* path-match on absolute path */
+#define FILTRULE_INCLUDE	(1<<5) /* this is an include, not an exclude */
+#define FILTRULE_DIRECTORY	(1<<6) /* this matches only directories */
+#define FILTRULE_WORD_SPLIT	(1<<7) /* split rules on whitespace */
+#define FILTRULE_NO_INHERIT	(1<<8) /* don't inherit these rules */
+#define FILTRULE_NO_PREFIXES	(1<<9) /* parse no prefixes from patterns */
+#define FILTRULE_MERGE_FILE	(1<<10)/* specifies a file to merge */
+#define FILTRULE_PERDIR_MERGE	(1<<11)/* merge-file is searched per-dir */
+#define FILTRULE_EXCLUDE_SELF	(1<<12)/* merge-file name should be excluded */
+#define FILTRULE_FINISH_SETUP	(1<<13)/* per-dir merge file needs setup */
+#define FILTRULE_NEGATE 	(1<<14)/* rule matches when pattern does not */
+#define FILTRULE_CVS_IGNORE	(1<<15)/* rule was -C or :C */
+#define FILTRULE_SENDER_SIDE	(1<<16)/* rule applies to the sending side */
+#define FILTRULE_RECEIVER_SIDE	(1<<17)/* rule applies to the receiving side */
+#define FILTRULE_CLEAR_LIST	(1<<18)/* this item is the "!" token */
+#define FILTRULE_PERISHABLE	(1<<19)/* perishable if parent dir goes away */
 
-#define MATCHFLGS_FROM_CONTAINER (MATCHFLG_ABS_PATH | MATCHFLG_INCLUDE \
-				| MATCHFLG_DIRECTORY | MATCHFLG_SENDER_SIDE \
-				| MATCHFLG_NEGATE | MATCHFLG_RECEIVER_SIDE \
-				| MATCHFLG_PERISHABLE)
+#define FILTRULES_SIDES (FILTRULE_SENDER_SIDE | FILTRULE_RECEIVER_SIDE)
 
-struct filter_struct {
+typedef struct filter_struct {
 	struct filter_struct *next;
 	char *pattern;
-	uint32 match_flags;
+	uint32 rflags;
 	union {
 		int slash_cnt;
 		struct filter_list_struct *mergelist;
 	} u;
-};
+} filter_rule;
 
-struct filter_list_struct {
-	struct filter_struct *head;
-	struct filter_struct *tail;
+typedef struct filter_list_struct {
+	filter_rule *head;
+	filter_rule *tail;
+	filter_rule *parent_dirscan_head;
 	char *debug_type;
-};
+} filter_rule_list;
 
 struct stats {
 	int64 total_size;
@@ -812,13 +903,23 @@ struct stats {
 	int64 flist_buildtime;
 	int64 flist_xfertime;
 	int64 flist_size;
-	int num_files;
-	int num_transferred_files;
-	int current_file_index;
+	int num_files, num_dirs, num_symlinks, num_devices, num_specials;
+	int created_files, created_dirs, created_symlinks, created_devices, created_specials;
+	int deleted_files, deleted_dirs, deleted_symlinks, deleted_devices, deleted_specials;
+	int xferred_files;
 };
 
 struct chmod_mode_struct;
 
+struct flist_ndx_item {
+	struct flist_ndx_item *next;
+	int ndx;
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+	struct flist_ndx_item *head, *tail;
+} flist_ndx_list;
+
 #define EMPTY_ITEM_LIST {NULL, 0, 0}
 
 typedef struct {
@@ -840,13 +941,22 @@ typedef struct {
 } xbuf;
 
 #define INIT_XBUF(xb, str, ln, sz) (xb).buf = (str), (xb).len = (ln), (xb).size = (sz), (xb).pos = 0
-#define INIT_XBUF_STRLEN(xb, str) (xb).buf = (str), (xb).len = strlen((xb).buf), (xb).size = (-1), (xb).pos = 0
+#define INIT_XBUF_STRLEN(xb, str) (xb).buf = (str), (xb).len = strlen((xb).buf), (xb).size = (size_t)-1, (xb).pos = 0
 /* This one is used to make an output xbuf based on a char[] buffer: */
 #define INIT_CONST_XBUF(xb, bf) (xb).buf = (bf), (xb).size = sizeof (bf), (xb).len = (xb).pos = 0
 
 #define ICB_EXPAND_OUT (1<<0)
 #define ICB_INCLUDE_BAD (1<<1)
 #define ICB_INCLUDE_INCOMPLETE (1<<2)
+#define ICB_CIRCULAR_OUT (1<<3)
+#define ICB_INIT (1<<4)
+
+#define IOBUF_KEEP_BUFS 0
+#define IOBUF_FREE_BUFS 1
+
+#define MPLX_SWITCHING IOBUF_KEEP_BUFS
+#define MPLX_ALL_DONE IOBUF_FREE_BUFS
+#define MPLX_TO_BUFFERED 2
 
 #define RL_EOL_NULLS (1<<0)
 #define RL_DUMP_COMMENTS (1<<1)
@@ -934,6 +1044,9 @@ extern int errno;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_READLINK
 #define SUPPORT_LINKS 1
+#if !defined NO_SYMLINK_XATTRS && !defined NO_SYMLINK_USER_XATTRS
+#define do_readlink(path, buf, bufsiz) readlink(path, buf, bufsiz)
+#endif
 #endif
 #ifdef HAVE_LINK
 #define SUPPORT_HARD_LINKS 1
@@ -1044,6 +1157,10 @@ extern int errno;
 #define IS_SPECIAL(mode) (S_ISSOCK(mode) || S_ISFIFO(mode))
 #define IS_DEVICE(mode) (S_ISCHR(mode) || S_ISBLK(mode))
 
+#define PRESERVE_FILE_TIMES	(1<<0)
+#define PRESERVE_DIR_TIMES	(1<<1)
+#define PRESERVE_LINK_TIMES	(1<<2)
+
 /* Initial mask on permissions given to temporary files.  Mask off setuid
      bits and group access because of potential race-condition security
      holes, and mask other access because mode 707 is bizarre */
@@ -1104,7 +1221,58 @@ size_t strlcat(char *d, const char *s, size_t bufsize);
 #define MY_GID() getgid()
 #endif
 
-extern int verbose;
+#ifdef FORCE_FD_ZERO_MEMSET
+#undef FD_ZERO
+#define FD_ZERO(fdsetp) memset(fdsetp, 0, sizeof (fd_set))
+#endif
+
+extern short info_levels[], debug_levels[];
+
+#define INFO_GTE(flag, lvl) (info_levels[INFO_##flag] >= (lvl))
+#define INFO_EQ(flag, lvl) (info_levels[INFO_##flag] == (lvl))
+#define DEBUG_GTE(flag, lvl) (debug_levels[DEBUG_##flag] >= (lvl))
+#define DEBUG_EQ(flag, lvl) (debug_levels[DEBUG_##flag] == (lvl))
+
+#define INFO_BACKUP 0
+#define INFO_COPY (INFO_BACKUP+1)
+#define INFO_DEL (INFO_COPY+1)
+#define INFO_FLIST (INFO_DEL+1)
+#define INFO_MISC (INFO_FLIST+1)
+#define INFO_MOUNT (INFO_MISC+1)
+#define INFO_NAME (INFO_MOUNT+1)
+#define INFO_PROGRESS (INFO_NAME+1)
+#define INFO_REMOVE (INFO_PROGRESS+1)
+#define INFO_SKIP (INFO_REMOVE+1)
+#define INFO_STATS (INFO_SKIP+1)
+#define INFO_SYMSAFE (INFO_STATS+1)
+
+#define COUNT_INFO (INFO_SYMSAFE+1)
+
+#define DEBUG_ACL 0
+#define DEBUG_BACKUP (DEBUG_ACL+1)
+#define DEBUG_BIND (DEBUG_BACKUP+1)
+#define DEBUG_CHDIR (DEBUG_BIND+1)
+#define DEBUG_CONNECT (DEBUG_CHDIR+1)
+#define DEBUG_CMD (DEBUG_CONNECT+1)
+#define DEBUG_DEL (DEBUG_CMD+1)
+#define DEBUG_DELTASUM (DEBUG_DEL+1)
+#define DEBUG_DUP (DEBUG_DELTASUM+1)
+#define DEBUG_EXIT (DEBUG_DUP+1)
+#define DEBUG_FILTER (DEBUG_EXIT+1)
+#define DEBUG_FLIST (DEBUG_FILTER+1)
+#define DEBUG_FUZZY (DEBUG_FLIST+1)
+#define DEBUG_GENR (DEBUG_FUZZY+1)
+#define DEBUG_HASH (DEBUG_GENR+1)
+#define DEBUG_HLINK (DEBUG_HASH+1)
+#define DEBUG_ICONV (DEBUG_HLINK+1)
+#define DEBUG_IO (DEBUG_ICONV+1)
+#define DEBUG_OWN (DEBUG_IO+1)
+#define DEBUG_PROTO (DEBUG_OWN+1)
+#define DEBUG_RECV (DEBUG_PROTO+1)
+#define DEBUG_SEND (DEBUG_RECV+1)
+#define DEBUG_TIME (DEBUG_SEND+1)
+
+#define COUNT_DEBUG (DEBUG_TIME+1)
 
 #ifndef HAVE_INET_NTOP
 const char *inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t size);
@@ -1114,6 +1282,10 @@ const char *inet_ntop(int af, const void *src, char *dst, size_t size);
 int inet_pton(int af, const char *src, void *dst);
 #endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPASS
+char *getpass(const char *prompt);
+#endif
+
 #ifdef MAINTAINER_MODE
 const char *get_panic_action(void);
 #endif

rsync3.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 -*- indented-text -*-
 
-Notes towards a new version of rsync 
+Notes towards a new version of rsync
 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>, September 2001.
 
 
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Good things about the current implementation:
 
   - Fairly reliable.
 
-  - The choice of runnning over a plain TCP socket or tunneling over
+  - The choice of running over a plain TCP socket or tunneling over
     ssh.
 
   - rsync operations are idempotent: you can always run the same
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Bad things about the current implementation:
     hard to modify/extend
 
   - Both the program and the protocol assume a single non-interactive
-    one-way transfer 
+    one-way transfer
 
   - A list of all files are held in memory for the entire transfer,
     which cripples scalability to large file trees
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Protocol philosophy:
 
 Questionable features:
 
-  These are neat, but not necessarily clean or worth preserving.  
+  These are neat, but not necessarily clean or worth preserving.
 
   - The remote rsync can be wrapped by some other program, such as in
     tridge's rsync-mail scripts.  The general feature of sending and
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Desirable features:
 
   These don't really require architectural changes; they're just
   something to keep in mind.
- 
+
   - Synchronize ACLs and extended attributes
 
   - Anonymous servers should be efficient
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Desirable features:
     Alternatively, as long as transfers are idempotent, we can just
     restart the whole thing.  [NFSv4]
 
-  - Scripting support.  
+  - Scripting support.
 
   - Propagate atimes and do not modify them.  This is very ugly on
     Unix.  It might be better to try to add O_NOATIME to kernels, and
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Scripting hooks:
   - What basis file to use
 
   - Logging
-  
+
   - Whether to allow transfers (for public servers)
 
   - Authentication
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Pie-in-the-sky features:
 
   These might have a severe impact on the protocol, and are not
   clearly in our core requirements.  It looks like in many of them
-  having scripting hooks will allow us 
+  having scripting hooks will allow us
 
   - Transport over UDP multicast.  The hard part is handling multiple
     destinations which have different basis files.  We can look at
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ In favour of using a new protocol:
 
   - If we start from scratch, it can be documented as we go, and we
     can avoid design decisions that make the protocol complex or
-    implementation-bound. 
+    implementation-bound.
 
 
 Error handling:
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Concurrency:
   - We can do nonblocking network IO, but not so for disk.
 
   - It makes sense to on the destination be generating signatures and
-    applying patches at the same time. 
+    applying patches at the same time.
 
   - Can structure this with nonblocking, threads, separate processes,
     etc.
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Uses:
     http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/00jul/00july-133.htm#P24510_1276764
 
   - Sync with PDA
- 
+
   - Network backup systems
 
   - CVS filemover
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Filesystem migration:
 Atomic updates:
 
   The NFSv4 working group wants atomic migration.  Most of the
-  responsibility for this lies on the NFS server or OS.  
+  responsibility for this lies on the NFS server or OS.
 
   If migrating a whole tree, then we could do a nearly-atomic rename
   at the end.  This ties in to having separate basis and destination
@@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ Atomic updates:
 
   There's no way in Unix to replace a whole set of files atomically.
   However, if we get them all onto the destination machine and then do
-  the updates quickly it would greatly reduce the window.  
+  the updates quickly it would greatly reduce the window.
 
 
 Scalability:
- 
+
   We should aim to work well on machines in use in a year or two.
   That probably means transfers of many millions of files in one
   batch, and gigabytes or terabytes of data.
@@ -466,4 +466,4 @@ Related work:
   - http://freshmeat.net/search/?site=Freshmeat&q=mirror&section=projects
 
   - BitTorrent -- p2p mirroring
-    http://bitconjurer.org/BitTorrent/ 
+    http://bitconjurer.org/BitTorrent/

rsyncd.conf.yo

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 mailto(rsync-bugs@samba.org)
-manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(28 Nov 2007)()()
+manpage(rsyncd.conf)(5)(28 Sep 2013)()()
 manpagename(rsyncd.conf)(configuration file for rsync in daemon mode)
 manpagesynopsis()
 
@@ -28,8 +28,9 @@ whitespace in module and parameter names is irrelevant. Leading and
 trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded. Internal whitespace
 within a parameter value is retained verbatim.
 
-Any line beginning with a hash (#) is ignored, as are lines containing
-only whitespace.
+Any line bf(beginning) with a hash (#) is ignored, as are lines containing
+only whitespace. (If a hash occurs after anything other than leading
+whitespace, it is considered a part of the line's content.)
 
 Any line ending in a \ is "continued" on the next line in the
 customary UNIX fashion.
@@ -69,7 +70,7 @@ Note that you should bf(not) send the rsync daemon a HUP signal to force
 it to reread the tt(rsyncd.conf) file. The file is re-read on each client
 connection.
 
-manpagesection(GLOBAL OPTIONS)
+manpagesection(GLOBAL PARAMETERS)
 
 The first parameters in the file (before a [module] header) are the
 global parameters.
@@ -78,15 +79,31 @@ You may also include any module parameters in the global part of the
 config file in which case the supplied value will override the
 default for that parameter.
 
+You may use references to environment variables in the values of parameters.
+String parameters will have %VAR% references expanded as late as possible (when
+the string is used in the program), allowing for the use of variables that
+rsync sets at connection time, such as RSYNC_USER_NAME.  Non-string parameters
+(such as true/false settings) are expanded when read from the config file.  If
+a variable does not exist in the environment, or if a sequence of characters is
+not a valid reference (such as an un-paired percent sign), the raw characters
+are passed through unchanged.  This helps with backward compatibility and
+safety (e.g. expanding a non-existent %VAR% to an empty string in a path could
+result in a very unsafe path).  The safest way to insert a literal % into a
+value is to use %%.
+
 startdit()
-dit(bf(motd file)) The "motd file" option allows you to specify a
+dit(bf(motd file)) This parameter allows you to specify a
 "message of the day" to display to clients on each connect. This
 usually contains site information and any legal notices. The default
 is no motd file.
+This can be overridden by the bf(--dparam=motdfile=FILE)
+command-line option when starting the daemon.
 
-dit(bf(pid file)) The "pid file" option tells the rsync daemon to write
+dit(bf(pid file)) This parameter tells the rsync daemon to write
 its process ID to that file.  If the file already exists, the rsync
 daemon will abort rather than overwrite the file.
+This can be overridden by the bf(--dparam=pidfile=FILE)
+command-line option when starting the daemon.
 
 dit(bf(port)) You can override the default port the daemon will listen on
 by specifying this value (defaults to 873).  This is ignored if the daemon
@@ -96,79 +113,127 @@ dit(bf(address)) You can override the default IP address the daemon
 will listen on by specifying this value.  This is ignored if the daemon is
 being run by inetd, and is superseded by the bf(--address) command-line option.
 
-dit(bf(socket options)) This option can provide endless fun for people
+dit(bf(socket options)) This parameter can provide endless fun for people
 who like to tune their systems to the utmost degree. You can set all
 sorts of socket options which may make transfers faster (or
 slower!). Read the man page for the code(setsockopt()) system call for
 details on some of the options you may be able to set. By default no
-special socket options are set.  These settings are superseded by the
-bf(--sockopts) command-line option.
+special socket options are set.  These settings can also be specified
+via the bf(--sockopts) command-line option.
+
+dit(bf(listen backlog)) You can override the default backlog value when the
+daemon listens for connections.  It defaults to 5.
 
 enddit()
 
+manpagesection(MODULE PARAMETERS)
 
-manpagesection(MODULE OPTIONS)
-
-After the global options you should define a number of modules, each
+After the global parameters you should define a number of modules, each
 module exports a directory tree as a symbolic name. Modules are
 exported by specifying a module name in square brackets [module]
-followed by the options for that module.
+followed by the parameters for that module.
+The module name cannot contain a slash or a closing square bracket.  If the
+name contains whitespace, each internal sequence of whitespace will be
+changed into a single space, while leading or trailing whitespace will be
+discarded.
+
+As with GLOBAL PARAMETERS, you may use references to environment variables in
+the values of parameters.  See the GLOBAL PARAMETERS section for more details.
 
 startdit()
 
-dit(bf(comment)) The "comment" option specifies a description string
+dit(bf(comment)) This parameter specifies a description string
 that is displayed next to the module name when clients obtain a list
 of available modules. The default is no comment.
 
-dit(bf(path)) The "path" option specifies the directory in the daemon's
-filesystem to make available in this module.  You must specify this option
+dit(bf(path)) This parameter specifies the directory in the daemon's
+filesystem to make available in this module.  You must specify this parameter
 for each module in tt(rsyncd.conf).
 
+You may base the path's value off of an environment variable by surrounding
+the variable name with percent signs.  You can even reference a variable
+that is set by rsync when the user connects.
+For example, this would use the authorizing user's name in the path:
+
+verb(    path = /home/%RSYNC_USER_NAME% )
+
+It is fine if the path includes internal spaces -- they will be retained
+verbatim (which means that you shouldn't try to escape them).  If your final
+directory has a trailing space (and this is somehow not something you wish to
+fix), append a trailing slash to the path to avoid losing the trailing
+whitespace.
+
 dit(bf(use chroot)) If "use chroot" is true, the rsync daemon will chroot
 to the "path" before starting the file transfer with the client.  This has
 the advantage of extra protection against possible implementation security
 holes, but it has the disadvantages of requiring super-user privileges,
 of not being able to follow symbolic links that are either absolute or outside
-of the new root path, and of complicating the preservation of usernames and groups
-(see below).  When "use chroot" is false, rsync will: (1) munge symlinks by
+of the new root path, and of complicating the preservation of users and groups
+by name (see below).
+
+As an additional safety feature, you can specify a dot-dir in the module's
+"path" to indicate the point where the chroot should occur.  This allows rsync
+to run in a chroot with a non-"/" path for the top of the transfer hierarchy.
+Doing this guards against unintended library loading (since those absolute
+paths will not be inside the transfer hierarchy unless you have used an unwise
+pathname), and lets you setup libraries for the chroot that are outside of the
+transfer.  For example, specifying "/var/rsync/./module1" will chroot to the
+"/var/rsync" directory and set the inside-chroot path to "/module1".  If you
+had omitted the dot-dir, the chroot would have used the whole path, and the
+inside-chroot path would have been "/".
+
+When "use chroot" is false or the inside-chroot path is not "/", rsync will:
+(1) munge symlinks by
 default for security reasons (see "munge symlinks" for a way to turn this
 off, but only if you trust your users), (2) substitute leading slashes in
 absolute paths with the module's path (so that options such as
 bf(--backup-dir), bf(--compare-dest), etc. interpret an absolute path as
 rooted in the module's "path" dir), and (3) trim ".." path elements from
-args if rsync believes they would escape the chroot.
+args if rsync believes they would escape the module hierarchy.
 The default for "use chroot" is true, and is the safer choice (especially
 if the module is not read-only).
 
-In order to preserve usernames and groupnames, rsync needs to be able to
+When this parameter is enabled, rsync will not attempt to map users and groups
+by name (by default), but instead copy IDs as though bf(--numeric-ids) had
+been specified.  In order to enable name-mapping, rsync needs to be able to
 use the standard library functions for looking up names and IDs (i.e.
-code(getpwuid()), code(getgrgid()), code(getpwname()), and code(getgrnam())).  This means a
-process in the chroot namespace will need to have access to the resources
+code(getpwuid()), code(getgrgid()), code(getpwname()), and code(getgrnam())).
+This means the rsync
+process in the chroot hierarchy will need to have access to the resources
 used by these library functions (traditionally /etc/passwd and
-/etc/group).  If these resources are not available, rsync will only be
-able to copy the IDs, just as if the bf(--numeric-ids) option had been
-specified.
+/etc/group, but perhaps additional dynamic libraries as well).
 
-Note that you are free to setup user/group information in the chroot area
-differently from your normal system.  For example, you could abbreviate
-the list of users and groups.  Also, you can protect this information from
-being downloaded/uploaded by adding an exclude rule to the rsyncd.conf file
-(e.g. "bf(exclude = /etc/**)").  Note that having the exclusion affect uploads
-is a relatively new feature in rsync, so make sure your daemon is
-at least 2.6.3 to effect this.  Also note that it is safest to exclude a
-directory and all its contents combining the rule "/some/dir/" with the
-rule "/some/dir/**" just to be sure that rsync will not allow deeper
-access to some of the excluded files inside the directory (rsync tries to
-do this automatically, but you might as well specify both to be extra
-sure).
+If you copy the necessary resources into the module's chroot area, you
+should protect them through your OS's normal user/group or ACL settings (to
+prevent the rsync module's user from being able to change them), and then
+hide them from the user's view via "exclude" (see how in the discussion of
+that parameter).  At that point it will be safe to enable the mapping of users
+and groups by name using the "numeric ids" daemon parameter (see below).
 
-dit(bf(munge symlinks))  The "munge symlinks" option tells rsync to modify
-all incoming symlinks in a way that makes them unusable but recoverable
-(see below).  This should help protect your files from user trickery when
+Note also that you are free to setup custom user/group information in the
+chroot area that is different from your normal system.  For example, you
+could abbreviate the list of users and groups.
+
+dit(bf(numeric ids)) Enabling this parameter disables the mapping
+of users and groups by name for the current daemon module.  This prevents
+the daemon from trying to load any user/group-related files or libraries.
+This enabling makes the transfer behave as if the client had passed
+the bf(--numeric-ids) command-line option.  By default, this parameter is
+enabled for chroot modules and disabled for non-chroot modules.
+
+A chroot-enabled module should not have this parameter enabled unless you've
+taken steps to ensure that the module has the necessary resources it needs
+to translate names, and that it is not possible for a user to change those
+resources.
+
+dit(bf(munge symlinks)) This parameter tells rsync to modify
+all symlinks in the same way as the (non-daemon-affecting)
+bf(--munge-links) command-line option (using a method described below).
+This should help protect your files from user trickery when
 your daemon module is writable.  The default is disabled when "use chroot"
-is on and enabled when "use chroot" is off.
+is on and the inside-chroot path is "/", otherwise it is enabled.
 
-If you disable this option on a daemon that is not read-only, there
+If you disable this parameter on a daemon that is not read-only, there
 are tricks that a user can play with uploaded symlinks to access
 daemon-excluded items (if your module has any), and, if "use chroot"
 is off, rsync can even be tricked into showing or changing data that
@@ -176,34 +241,50 @@ is outside the module's path (as access-permissions allow).
 
 The way rsync disables the use of symlinks is to prefix each one with
 the string "/rsyncd-munged/".  This prevents the links from being used
-as long as that directory does not exist.  When this option is enabled,
+as long as that directory does not exist.  When this parameter is enabled,
 rsync will refuse to run if that path is a directory or a symlink to
-a directory.  When using the "munge symlinks" option in a chroot area,
-you should add this path to the exclude setting for the module so that
-the user can't try to create it.
+a directory.  When using the "munge symlinks" parameter in a chroot area
+that has an inside-chroot path of "/", you should add "/rsyncd-munged/"
+to the exclude setting for the module so that
+a user can't try to create it.
 
 Note:  rsync makes no attempt to verify that any pre-existing symlinks in
-the hierarchy are as safe as you want them to be.  If you setup an rsync
+the module's hierarchy are as safe as you want them to be (unless, of
+course, it just copied in the whole hierarchy).  If you setup an rsync
 daemon on a new area or locally add symlinks, you can manually protect your
 symlinks from being abused by prefixing "/rsyncd-munged/" to the start of
 every symlink's value.  There is a perl script in the support directory
 of the source code named "munge-symlinks" that can be used to add or remove
 this prefix from your symlinks.
 
-When this option is disabled on a writable module and "use chroot" is off,
+When this parameter is disabled on a writable module and "use chroot" is off
+(or the inside-chroot path is not "/"),
 incoming symlinks will be modified to drop a leading slash and to remove ".."
 path elements that rsync believes will allow a symlink to escape the module's
 hierarchy.  There are tricky ways to work around this, though, so you had
-better trust your users if you choose this combination of options.
+better trust your users if you choose this combination of parameters.
 
-dit(bf(max connections)) The "max connections" option allows you to
+dit(bf(charset)) This specifies the name of the character set in which the
+module's filenames are stored.  If the client uses an bf(--iconv) option,
+the daemon will use the value of the "charset" parameter regardless of the
+character set the client actually passed.  This allows the daemon to
+support charset conversion in a chroot module without extra files in the
+chroot area, and also ensures that name-translation is done in a consistent
+manner.  If the "charset" parameter is not set, the bf(--iconv) option is
+refused, just as if "iconv" had been specified via "refuse options".
+
+If you wish to force users to always use bf(--iconv) for a particular
+module, add "no-iconv" to the "refuse options" parameter.  Keep in mind
+that this will restrict access to your module to very new rsync clients.
+
+dit(bf(max connections)) This parameter allows you to
 specify the maximum number of simultaneous connections you will allow.
 Any clients connecting when the maximum has been reached will receive a
 message telling them to try later.  The default is 0, which means no limit.
 A negative value disables the module.
-See also the "lock file" option.
+See also the "lock file" parameter.
 
-dit(bf(log file)) When the "log file" option is set to a non-empty
+dit(bf(log file)) When the "log file" parameter is set to a non-empty
 string, the rsync daemon will log messages to the indicated file rather
 than using syslog. This is particularly useful on systems (such as AIX)
 where code(syslog()) doesn't work for chrooted programs.  The file is
@@ -212,11 +293,17 @@ the transfer.  If this value is set on a per-module basis instead of
 globally, the global log will still contain any authorization failures
 or config-file error messages.
 
-If the daemon fails to open to specified file, it will fall back to
+If the daemon fails to open the specified file, it will fall back to
 using syslog and output an error about the failure.  (Note that the
 failure to open the specified log file used to be a fatal error.)
 
-dit(bf(syslog facility)) The "syslog facility" option allows you to
+This setting can be overridden by using the bf(--log-file=FILE) or
+bf(--dparam=logfile=FILE) command-line options.  The former overrides
+all the log-file parameters of the daemon and all module settings.
+The latter sets the daemon's log file and the default for all the
+modules, which still allows modules to override the default setting.
+
+dit(bf(syslog facility)) This parameter allows you to
 specify the syslog facility name to use when logging messages from the
 rsync daemon. You may use any standard syslog facility name which is
 defined on your system. Common names are auth, authpriv, cron, daemon,
@@ -226,95 +313,119 @@ is daemon.  This setting has no effect if the "log file" setting is a
 non-empty string (either set in the per-modules settings, or inherited
 from the global settings).
 
-dit(bf(max verbosity)) The "max verbosity" option allows you to control
+dit(bf(max verbosity)) This parameter allows you to control
 the maximum amount of verbose information that you'll allow the daemon to
 generate (since the information goes into the log file). The default is 1,
 which allows the client to request one level of verbosity.
 
-dit(bf(lock file)) The "lock file" option specifies the file to use to
-support the "max connections" option. The rsync daemon uses record
+dit(bf(lock file)) This parameter specifies the file to use to
+support the "max connections" parameter. The rsync daemon uses record
 locking on this file to ensure that the max connections limit is not
 exceeded for the modules sharing the lock file.
 The default is tt(/var/run/rsyncd.lock).
 
-dit(bf(read only)) The "read only" option determines whether clients
+dit(bf(read only)) This parameter determines whether clients
 will be able to upload files or not. If "read only" is true then any
 attempted uploads will fail. If "read only" is false then uploads will
 be possible if file permissions on the daemon side allow them. The default
 is for all modules to be read only.
 
-dit(bf(write only)) The "write only" option determines whether clients
+Note that "auth users" can override this setting on a per-user basis.
+
+dit(bf(write only)) This parameter determines whether clients
 will be able to download files or not. If "write only" is true then any
 attempted downloads will fail. If "write only" is false then downloads
 will be possible if file permissions on the daemon side allow them.  The
-default is for this option to be disabled.
+default is for this parameter to be disabled.
 
-dit(bf(list)) The "list" option determines if this module should be
-listed when the client asks for a listing of available modules. By
-setting this to false you can create hidden modules. The default is
-for modules to be listable.
+dit(bf(list)) This parameter determines whether this module is
+listed when the client asks for a listing of available modules.  In addition,
+if this is false, the daemon will pretend the module does not exist
+when a client denied by "hosts allow" or "hosts deny" attempts to access it.
+Realize that if "reverse lookup" is disabled globally but enabled for the
+module, the resulting reverse lookup to a potentially client-controlled DNS
+server may still reveal to the client that it hit an existing module.
+The default is for modules to be listable.
 
-dit(bf(uid)) The "uid" option specifies the user name or user ID that
+dit(bf(uid)) This parameter specifies the user name or user ID that
 file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
-was run as root. In combination with the "gid" option this determines what
-file permissions are available. The default is uid -2, which is normally
-the user "nobody".
+was run as root. In combination with the "gid" parameter this determines what
+file permissions are available. The default when run by a super-user is to
+switch to the system's "nobody" user.  The default for a non-super-user is to
+not try to change the user.  See also the "gid" parameter.
 
-dit(bf(gid)) The "gid" option specifies the group name or group ID that
-file transfers to and from that module should take place as when the daemon
-was run as root. This complements the "uid" option. The default is gid -2,
-which is normally the group "nobody".
+The RSYNC_USER_NAME environment variable may be used to request that rsync run
+as the authorizing user.  For example, if you want a rsync to run as the same
+user that was received for the rsync authentication, this setup is useful:
+
+verb(    uid = %RSYNC_USER_NAME%
+    gid = * )
+
+dit(bf(gid)) This parameter specifies one or more group names/IDs that will be
+used when accessing the module.  The first one will be the default group, and
+any extra ones be set as supplemental groups.  You may also specify a "*" as
+the first gid in the list, which will be replaced by all the normal groups for
+the transfer's user (see "uid").  The default when run by a super-user is to
+switch to your OS's "nobody" (or perhaps "nogroup") group with no other
+supplementary groups.  The default for a non-super-user is to not change any
+group attributes (and indeed, your OS may not allow a non-super-user to try to
+change their group settings).
 
 dit(bf(fake super)) Setting "fake super = yes" for a module causes the
-daemon side to behave as if the bf(--fake-user) command-line option had
+daemon side to behave as if the bf(--fake-super) command-line option had
 been specified.  This allows the full attributes of a file to be stored
 without having to have the daemon actually running as root.
 
-dit(bf(filter)) The "filter" option allows you to specify a space-separated
-list of filter rules that the daemon will not allow to be read or written.
-This is only superficially equivalent to the client specifying these
-patterns with the bf(--filter) option.  Only one "filter" option may be
-specified, but it may contain as many rules as you like, including
-merge-file rules.  Note that per-directory merge-file rules do not provide
-as much protection as global rules, but they can be used to make bf(--delete)
-work better when a client downloads the daemon's files (if the per-dir
-merge files are included in the transfer).
+dit(bf(filter)) The daemon has its own filter chain that determines what files
+it will let the client access.  This chain is not sent to the client and is
+independent of any filters the client may have specified.  Files excluded by
+the daemon filter chain (bf(daemon-excluded) files) are treated as non-existent
+if the client tries to pull them, are skipped with an error message if the
+client tries to push them (triggering exit code 23), and are never deleted from
+the module.  You can use daemon filters to prevent clients from downloading or
+tampering with private administrative files, such as files you may add to
+support uid/gid name translations.
 
-dit(bf(exclude)) The "exclude" option allows you to specify a
-space-separated list of patterns that the daemon will not allow to be read
-or written.  This is only superficially equivalent to the client
-specifying these patterns with the bf(--exclude) option.  Only one "exclude"
-option may be specified, but you can use "-" and "+" before patterns to
-specify exclude/include.
+The daemon filter chain is built from the "filter", "include from", "include",
+"exclude from", and "exclude" parameters, in that order of priority.  Anchored
+patterns are anchored at the root of the module.  To prevent access to an
+entire subtree, for example, "/secret", you em(must) exclude everything in the
+subtree; the easiest way to do this is with a triple-star pattern like
+"/secret/***".
 
-Because this exclude list is not passed to the client it only applies on
-the daemon: that is, it excludes files received by a client when receiving
-from a daemon and files deleted on a daemon when sending to a daemon, but
-it doesn't exclude files from being deleted on a client when receiving
-from a daemon.
+The "filter" parameter takes a space-separated list of daemon filter rules,
+though it is smart enough to know not to split a token at an internal space in
+a rule (e.g. "- /foo  - /bar" is parsed as two rules).  You may specify one or
+more merge-file rules using the normal syntax.  Only one "filter" parameter can
+apply to a given module in the config file, so put all the rules you want in a
+single parameter.  Note that per-directory merge-file rules do not provide as
+much protection as global rules, but they can be used to make bf(--delete) work
+better during a client download operation if the per-dir merge files are
+included in the transfer and the client requests that they be used.
 
-dit(bf(exclude from)) The "exclude from" option specifies a filename
-on the daemon that contains exclude patterns, one per line.
-This is only superficially equivalent
-to the client specifying the bf(--exclude-from) option with an equivalent file.
-See the "exclude" option above.
+dit(bf(exclude)) This parameter takes a space-separated list of daemon
+exclude patterns.  As with the client bf(--exclude) option, patterns can be
+qualified with "- " or "+ " to explicitly indicate exclude/include.  Only one
+"exclude" parameter can apply to a given module.  See the "filter" parameter
+for a description of how excluded files affect the daemon.
 
-dit(bf(include)) The "include" option allows you to specify a
-space-separated list of patterns which rsync should not exclude. This is
-only superficially equivalent to the client specifying these patterns with
-the bf(--include) option because it applies only on the daemon.  This is
-useful as it allows you to build up quite complex exclude/include rules.
-Only one "include" option may be specified, but you can use "+" and "-"
-before patterns to switch include/exclude.  See the "exclude" option
-above.
+dit(bf(include)) Use an "include" to override the effects of the "exclude"
+parameter.  Only one "include" parameter can apply to a given module.  See the
+"filter" parameter for a description of how excluded files affect the daemon.
 
-dit(bf(include from)) The "include from" option specifies a filename
-on the daemon that contains include patterns, one per line. This is
-only superficially equivalent to the client specifying the
-bf(--include-from) option with a equivalent file.
-See the "exclude" option above.
+dit(bf(exclude from)) This parameter specifies the name of a file
+on the daemon that contains daemon exclude patterns, one per line.  Only one
+"exclude from" parameter can apply to a given module; if you have multiple
+exclude-from files, you can specify them as a merge file in the "filter"
+parameter.  See the "filter" parameter for a description of how excluded files
+affect the daemon.
 
-dit(bf(incoming chmod)) This option allows you to specify a set of
+dit(bf(include from)) Analogue of "exclude from" for a file of daemon include
+patterns.  Only one "include from" parameter can apply to a given module.  See
+the "filter" parameter for a description of how excluded files affect the
+daemon.
+
+dit(bf(incoming chmod)) This parameter allows you to specify a set of
 comma-separated chmod strings that will affect the permissions of all
 incoming files (files that are being received by the daemon).  These
 changes happen after all other permission calculations, and this will
@@ -323,7 +434,7 @@ client does not specify bf(--perms).
 See the description of the bf(--chmod) rsync option and the bf(chmod)(1)
 manpage for information on the format of this string.
 
-dit(bf(outgoing chmod)) This option allows you to specify a set of
+dit(bf(outgoing chmod)) This parameter allows you to specify a set of
 comma-separated chmod strings that will affect the permissions of all
 outgoing files (files that are being sent out from the daemon).  These
 changes happen first, making the sent permissions appear to be different
@@ -333,44 +444,87 @@ be on to the clients.
 See the description of the bf(--chmod) rsync option and the bf(chmod)(1)
 manpage for information on the format of this string.
 
-dit(bf(auth users)) The "auth users" option specifies a comma and
-space-separated list of usernames that will be allowed to connect to
+dit(bf(auth users)) This parameter specifies a comma and/or space-separated
+list of authorization rules.  In its simplest form, you list the usernames
+that will be allowed to connect to
 this module. The usernames do not need to exist on the local
-system. The usernames may also contain shell wildcard characters. If
+system. The rules may contain shell wildcard characters that will be matched
+against the username provided by the client for authentication. If
 "auth users" is set then the client will be challenged to supply a
 username and password to connect to the module. A challenge response
 authentication protocol is used for this exchange. The plain text
 usernames and passwords are stored in the file specified by the
-"secrets file" option. The default is for all users to be able to
+"secrets file" parameter. The default is for all users to be able to
 connect without a password (this is called "anonymous rsync").
 
-See also the "CONNECTING TO AN RSYNC DAEMON OVER A REMOTE SHELL
-PROGRAM" section in bf(rsync)(1) for information on how handle an
+In addition to username matching, you can specify groupname matching via a '@'
+prefix.  When using groupname matching, the authenticating username must be a
+real user on the system, or it will be assumed to be a member of no groups.
+For example, specifying "@rsync" will match the authenticating user if the
+named user is a member of the rsync group.
+
+Finally, options may be specified after a colon (:).  The options allow you to
+"deny" a user or a group, set the access to "ro" (read-only), or set the access
+to "rw" (read/write).  Setting an auth-rule-specific ro/rw setting overrides
+the module's "read only" setting.
+
+Be sure to put the rules in the order you want them to be matched, because the
+checking stops at the first matching user or group, and that is the only auth
+that is checked.  For example:
+
+verb(  auth users = joe:deny @guest:deny admin:rw @rsync:ro susan joe sam )
+
+In the above rule, user joe will be denied access no matter what.  Any user
+that is in the group "guest" is also denied access.  The user "admin" gets
+access in read/write mode, but only if the admin user is not in group "guest"
+(because the admin user-matching rule would never be reached if the user is in
+group "guest").  Any other user who is in group "rsync" will get read-only
+access.  Finally, users susan, joe, and sam get the ro/rw setting of the
+module, but only if the user didn't match an earlier group-matching rule.
+
+See the description of the secrets file for how you can have per-user passwords
+as well as per-group passwords.  It also explains how a user can authenticate
+using their user password or (when applicable) a group password, depending on
+what rule is being authenticated.
+
+See also the section entitled "USING RSYNC-DAEMON FEATURES VIA A REMOTE
+SHELL CONNECTION" in bf(rsync)(1) for information on how handle an
 rsyncd.conf-level username that differs from the remote-shell-level
 username when using a remote shell to connect to an rsync daemon.
 
-dit(bf(secrets file)) The "secrets file" option specifies the name of
-a file that contains the username:password pairs used for
-authenticating this module. This file is only consulted if the "auth
-users" option is specified. The file is line based and contains
-username:password pairs separated by a single colon. Any line starting
-with a hash (#) is considered a comment and is skipped. The passwords
-can contain any characters but be warned that many operating systems
-limit the length of passwords that can be typed at the client end, so
-you may find that passwords longer than 8 characters don't work.
+dit(bf(secrets file)) This parameter specifies the name of a file that contains
+the username:password and/or @groupname:password pairs used for authenticating
+this module. This file is only consulted if the "auth users" parameter is
+specified.  The file is line-based and contains one name:password pair per
+line.  Any line has a hash (#) as the very first character on the line is
+considered a comment and is skipped.  The passwords can contain any characters
+but be warned that many operating systems limit the length of passwords that
+can be typed at the client end, so you may find that passwords longer than 8
+characters don't work.
 
-There is no default for the "secrets file" option, you must choose a name
+The use of group-specific lines are only relevant when the module is being
+authorized using a matching "@groupname" rule.  When that happens, the user
+can be authorized via either their "username:password" line or the
+"@groupname:password" line for the group that triggered the authentication.
+
+It is up to you what kind of password entries you want to include, either
+users, groups, or both.  The use of group rules in "auth users" does not
+require that you specify a group password if you do not want to use shared
+passwords.
+
+There is no default for the "secrets file" parameter, you must choose a name
 (such as tt(/etc/rsyncd.secrets)).  The file must normally not be readable
-by "other"; see "strict modes".
+by "other"; see "strict modes".  If the file is not found or is rejected, no
+logins for a "user auth" module will be possible.
 
-dit(bf(strict modes)) The "strict modes" option determines whether or not
+dit(bf(strict modes)) This parameter determines whether or not
 the permissions on the secrets file will be checked.  If "strict modes" is
 true, then the secrets file must not be readable by any user ID other
 than the one that the rsync daemon is running under.  If "strict modes" is
-false, the check is not performed.  The default is true.  This option
+false, the check is not performed.  The default is true.  This parameter
 was added to accommodate rsync running on the Windows operating system.
 
-dit(bf(hosts allow)) The "hosts allow" option allows you to specify a
+dit(bf(hosts allow)) This parameter allows you to specify a
 list of patterns that are matched against a connecting clients
 hostname and IP address. If none of the patterns match then the
 connection is rejected.
@@ -388,12 +542,14 @@ quote(itemization(
   IP address and maskaddr is the netmask in dotted decimal notation for IPv4,
   or similar for IPv6, e.g. ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:: instead of /64. All IP
   addresses which match the masked IP address will be allowed in.
-  it() a hostname. The hostname as determined by a reverse lookup will
-  be matched (case insensitive) against the pattern. Only an exact
-  match is allowed in.
-  it() a hostname pattern using wildcards. These are matched using the
-  same rules as normal unix filename matching. If the pattern matches
-  then the client is allowed in.
+  it() a hostname pattern using wildcards. If the hostname of the connecting IP
+  (as determined by a reverse lookup) matches the wildcarded name (using the
+  same rules as normal unix filename matching), the client is allowed in.  This
+  only works if "reverse lookup" is enabled (the default).
+  it() a hostname. A plain hostname is matched against the reverse DNS of the
+  connecting IP (if "reverse lookup" is enabled), and/or the IP of the given
+  hostname is matched against the connecting IP (if "forward lookup" is
+  enabled, as it is by default).  Any match will be allowed in.
 ))
 
 Note IPv6 link-local addresses can have a scope in the address specification:
@@ -405,28 +561,45 @@ tt(    fe80::%link1/ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff::)nl()
 )
 
 You can also combine "hosts allow" with a separate "hosts deny"
-option. If both options are specified then the "hosts allow" option s
+parameter. If both parameters are specified then the "hosts allow" parameter is
 checked first and a match results in the client being able to
-connect. The "hosts deny" option is then checked and a match means
+connect. The "hosts deny" parameter is then checked and a match means
 that the host is rejected. If the host does not match either the
 "hosts allow" or the "hosts deny" patterns then it is allowed to
 connect.
 
-The default is no "hosts allow" option, which means all hosts can connect.
+The default is no "hosts allow" parameter, which means all hosts can connect.
 
-dit(bf(hosts deny)) The "hosts deny" option allows you to specify a
+dit(bf(hosts deny)) This parameter allows you to specify a
 list of patterns that are matched against a connecting clients
 hostname and IP address. If the pattern matches then the connection is
-rejected. See the "hosts allow" option for more information.
+rejected. See the "hosts allow" parameter for more information.
 
-The default is no "hosts deny" option, which means all hosts can connect.
+The default is no "hosts deny" parameter, which means all hosts can connect.
 
-dit(bf(ignore errors)) The "ignore errors" option tells rsyncd to
+dit(bf(reverse lookup)) Controls whether the daemon performs a reverse lookup
+on the client's IP address to determine its hostname, which is used for
+"hosts allow"/"hosts deny" checks and the "%h" log escape.  This is enabled by
+default, but you may wish to disable it to save time if you know the lookup will
+not return a useful result, in which case the daemon will use the name
+"UNDETERMINED" instead.
+
+If this parameter is enabled globally (even by default), rsync performs the
+lookup as soon as a client connects, so disabling it for a module will not
+avoid the lookup.  Thus, you probably want to disable it globally and then
+enable it for modules that need the information.
+
+dit(bf(forward lookup)) Controls whether the daemon performs a forward lookup
+on any hostname specified in an hosts allow/deny setting.  By default this is
+enabled, allowing the use of an explicit hostname that would not be returned
+by reverse DNS of the connecting IP.
+
+dit(bf(ignore errors)) This parameter tells rsyncd to
 ignore I/O errors on the daemon when deciding whether to run the delete
 phase of the transfer. Normally rsync skips the bf(--delete) step if any
 I/O errors have occurred in order to prevent disastrous deletion due
 to a temporary resource shortage or other I/O error. In some cases this
-test is counter productive so you can use this option to turn off this
+test is counter productive so you can use this parameter to turn off this
 behavior.
 
 dit(bf(ignore nonreadable)) This tells the rsync daemon to completely
@@ -434,22 +607,27 @@ ignore files that are not readable by the user. This is useful for
 public archives that may have some non-readable files among the
 directories, and the sysadmin doesn't want those files to be seen at all.
 
-dit(bf(transfer logging)) The "transfer logging" option enables per-file
+dit(bf(transfer logging)) This parameter enables per-file
 logging of downloads and uploads in a format somewhat similar to that
 used by ftp daemons.  The daemon always logs the transfer at the end, so
 if a transfer is aborted, no mention will be made in the log file.
 
-If you want to customize the log lines, see the "log format" option.
+If you want to customize the log lines, see the "log format" parameter.
 
-dit(bf(log format)) The "log format" option allows you to specify the
+dit(bf(log format)) This parameter allows you to specify the
 format used for logging file transfers when transfer logging is enabled.
 The format is a text string containing embedded single-character escape
 sequences prefixed with a percent (%) character.  An optional numeric
 field width may also be specified between the percent and the escape
 letter (e.g. "bf(%-50n %8l %07p)").
+In addition, one or more apostrophes may be specified prior to a numerical
+escape to indicate that the numerical value should be made more human-readable.
+The 3 supported levels are the same as for the bf(--human-readable)
+command-line option, though the default is for human-readability to be off.
+Each added apostrophe increases the level (e.g. "bf(%''l %'b %f)").
 
 The default log format is "%o %h [%a] %m (%u) %f %l", and a "%t [%p] "
-is always prefixed when using the "log file" option.
+is always prefixed when using the "log file" parameter.
 (A perl script that will summarize this default log format is included
 in the rsync source code distribution in the "support" subdirectory:
 rsyncstats.)
@@ -457,13 +635,14 @@ rsyncstats.)
 The single-character escapes that are understood are as follows:
 
 quote(itemization(
-  it() %a the remote IP address
+  it() %a the remote IP address (only available for a daemon)
   it() %b the number of bytes actually transferred
   it() %B the permission bits of the file (e.g. rwxrwxrwt)
-  it() %c the checksum bytes received for this file (only when sending)
+  it() %c the total size of the block checksums received for the basis file (only when sending)
+  it() %C the full-file MD5 checksum if bf(--checksum) is enabled or a file was transferred (only for protocol 30 or above).
   it() %f the filename (long form on sender; no trailing "/")
   it() %G the gid of the file (decimal) or "DEFAULT"
-  it() %h the remote host name
+  it() %h the remote host name (only available for a daemon)
   it() %i an itemized list of what is being updated
   it() %l the length of the file in bytes
   it() %L the string " -> SYMLINK", " => HARDLINK", or "" (where bf(SYMLINK) or bf(HARDLINK) is a filename)
@@ -485,14 +664,14 @@ Note that some of the logged output changes when talking with older
 rsync versions.  For instance, deleted files were only output as verbose
 messages prior to rsync 2.6.4.
 
-dit(bf(timeout)) The "timeout" option allows you to override the
-clients choice for I/O timeout for this module. Using this option you
+dit(bf(timeout)) This parameter allows you to override the
+clients choice for I/O timeout for this module. Using this parameter you
 can ensure that rsync won't wait on a dead client forever. The timeout
 is specified in seconds. A value of zero means no timeout and is the
 default. A good choice for anonymous rsync daemons may be 600 (giving
 a 10 minute timeout).
 
-dit(bf(refuse options)) The "refuse options" option allows you to
+dit(bf(refuse options)) This parameter allows you to
 specify a space-separated list of rsync command line options that will
 be refused by your rsync daemon.
 You may specify the full option name, its one-letter abbreviation, or a
@@ -505,9 +684,9 @@ quote(tt(    refuse options = c delete))
 The reason the above refuses all delete options is that the options imply
 bf(--delete), and implied options are refused just like explicit options.
 As an additional safety feature, the refusal of "delete" also refuses
-bf(remove-sent-files) when the daemon is the sender; if you want the latter
+bf(remove-source-files) when the daemon is the sender; if you want the latter
 without the former, instead refuse "delete-*" -- that refuses all the
-delete modes without affecting bf(--remove-sent-files).
+delete modes without affecting bf(--remove-source-files).
 
 When an option is refused, the daemon prints an error message and exits.
 To prevent all compression when serving files,
@@ -515,26 +694,31 @@ you can use "dont compress = *" (see below)
 instead of "refuse options = compress" to avoid returning an error to a
 client that requests compression.
 
-dit(bf(dont compress)) The "dont compress" option allows you to select
+dit(bf(dont compress)) This parameter allows you to select
 filenames based on wildcard patterns that should not be compressed
-when pulling files from the daemon (no analogous option exists to
+when pulling files from the daemon (no analogous parameter exists to
 govern the pushing of files to a daemon).
 Compression is expensive in terms of CPU usage, so it
 is usually good to not try to compress files that won't compress well,
 such as already compressed files.
 
-The "dont compress" option takes a space-separated list of
+The "dont compress" parameter takes a space-separated list of
 case-insensitive wildcard patterns. Any source filename matching one
 of the patterns will not be compressed during transfer.
 
-See the bf(--skip-compress) option in the bf(rsync)(1) manpage for the list
+See the bf(--skip-compress) parameter in the bf(rsync)(1) manpage for the list
 of file suffixes that are not compressed by default.  Specifying a value
-for the bf(dont compress) option changes the default when the daemon is
+for the "dont compress" parameter changes the default when the daemon is
 the sender.
 
 dit(bf(pre-xfer exec), bf(post-xfer exec)) You may specify a command to be run
 before and/or after the transfer.  If the bf(pre-xfer exec) command fails, the
-transfer is aborted before it begins.
+transfer is aborted before it begins.  Any output from the script on stdout (up
+to several KB) will be displayed to the user when aborting, but is NOT
+displayed if the script returns success.  Any output from the script on stderr
+goes to the daemon's stderr, which is typically discarded (though see
+--no-detatch option for a way to see the stderr output, which can assist with
+debugging).
 
 The following environment variables will be set, though some are
 specific to the pre-xfer or the post-xfer environment:
@@ -547,11 +731,14 @@ quote(itemization(
   it() bf(RSYNC_USER_NAME): The accessing user's name (empty if no user).
   it() bf(RSYNC_PID): A unique number for this transfer.
   it() bf(RSYNC_REQUEST): (pre-xfer only) The module/path info specified
-  by the user (note that the user can specify multiple source files,
-  so the request can be something like "mod/path1 mod/path2", etc.).
+  by the user.  Note that the user can specify multiple source files,
+  so the request can be something like "mod/path1 mod/path2", etc.
   it() bf(RSYNC_ARG#): (pre-xfer only) The pre-request arguments are set
-  in these numbered values. RSYNC_ARG0 is always "rsyncd", and the last
-  value contains a single period.
+  in these numbered values. RSYNC_ARG0 is always "rsyncd", followed by
+  the options that were used in RSYNC_ARG1, and so on.  There will be a
+  value of "." indicating that the options are done and the path args
+  are beginning -- these contain similar information to RSYNC_REQUEST,
+  but with values separated and the module name stripped off.
   it() bf(RSYNC_EXIT_STATUS): (post-xfer only) the server side's exit value.
   This will be 0 for a successful run, a positive value for an error that the
   server generated, or a -1 if rsync failed to exit properly.  Note that an
@@ -566,6 +753,62 @@ module's uid/gid setting) without any chroot restrictions.
 
 enddit()
 
+manpagesection(CONFIG DIRECTIVES)
+
+There are currently two config directives available that allow a config file to
+incorporate the contents of other files:  bf(&include) and bf(&merge).  Both
+allow a reference to either a file or a directory.  They differ in how
+segregated the file's contents are considered to be.
+
+The bf(&include) directive treats each file as more distinct, with each one
+inheriting the defaults of the parent file, starting the parameter parsing
+as globals/defaults, and leaving the defaults unchanged for the parsing of
+the rest of the parent file.
+
+The bf(&merge) directive, on the other hand, treats the file's contents as
+if it were simply inserted in place of the directive, and thus it can set
+parameters in a module started in another file, can affect the defaults for
+other files, etc.
+
+When an bf(&include) or bf(&merge) directive refers to a directory, it will read
+in all the bf(*.conf) or bf(*.inc) files (respectively) that are contained inside
+that directory (without any
+recursive scanning), with the files sorted into alpha order.  So, if you have a
+directory named "rsyncd.d" with the files "foo.conf", "bar.conf", and
+"baz.conf" inside it, this directive:
+
+verb(    &include /path/rsyncd.d )
+
+would be the same as this set of directives:
+
+verb(    &include /path/rsyncd.d/bar.conf
+    &include /path/rsyncd.d/baz.conf
+    &include /path/rsyncd.d/foo.conf )
+
+except that it adjusts as files are added and removed from the directory.
+
+The advantage of the bf(&include) directive is that you can define one or more
+modules in a separate file without worrying about unintended side-effects
+between the self-contained module files.
+
+The advantage of the bf(&merge) directive is that you can load config snippets
+that can be included into multiple module definitions, and you can also set
+global values that will affect connections (such as bf(motd file)), or globals
+that will affect other include files.
+
+For example, this is a useful /etc/rsyncd.conf file:
+
+verb(    port = 873
+    log file = /var/log/rsync.log
+    pid file = /var/lock/rsync.lock
+
+    &merge /etc/rsyncd.d
+    &include /etc/rsyncd.d )
+
+This would merge any /etc/rsyncd.d/*.inc files (for global values that should
+stay in effect), and then include any /etc/rsyncd.d/*.conf files (defining
+modules without any global-value cross-talk).
+
 manpagesection(AUTHENTICATION STRENGTH)
 
 The authentication protocol used in rsync is a 128 bit MD4 based
@@ -599,21 +842,21 @@ A more sophisticated example would be:
 verb(
 uid = nobody
 gid = nobody
-use chroot = no
+use chroot = yes
 max connections = 4
 syslog facility = local5
 pid file = /var/run/rsyncd.pid
 
 [ftp]
-        path = /var/ftp/pub
+        path = /var/ftp/./pub
         comment = whole ftp area (approx 6.1 GB)
 
 [sambaftp]
-        path = /var/ftp/pub/samba
+        path = /var/ftp/./pub/samba
         comment = Samba ftp area (approx 300 MB)
 
 [rsyncftp]
-        path = /var/ftp/pub/rsync
+        path = /var/ftp/./pub/rsync
         comment = rsync ftp area (approx 6 MB)
 
 [sambawww]
@@ -651,11 +894,11 @@ url(http://rsync.samba.org/)(http://rsync.samba.org/)
 
 manpagesection(VERSION)
 
-This man page is current for version 3.0.0pre6 of rsync.
+This man page is current for version 3.1.0 of rsync.
 
 manpagesection(CREDITS)
 
-rsync is distributed under the GNU public license.  See the file
+rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License.  See the file
 COPYING for details.
 
 The primary ftp site for rsync is

runtests.sh

@@ -129,7 +129,10 @@ RUNSHFLAGS='-e'
 export RUNSHFLAGS
 
 # for Solaris
-[ -d /usr/xpg4/bin ] && PATH="/usr/xpg4/bin/:$PATH"
+if [ -d /usr/xpg4/bin ]; then
+    PATH="/usr/xpg4/bin/:$PATH"
+    export PATH
+fi
 
 if [ "x$loglevel" != x ] && [ "$loglevel" -gt 8 ]; then
     if set -x; then
@@ -154,12 +157,21 @@ fi
 RSYNC="$rsync_bin $*"
 #RSYNC="valgrind $rsync_bin $*"
 
-export POSIXLY_CORRECT TOOLDIR srcdir RSYNC
+TLS_ARGS=''
+if egrep '^#define HAVE_LUTIMES 1' config.h >/dev/null; then
+    TLS_ARGS="$TLS_ARGS -l"
+fi
+if egrep '#undef CHOWN_MODIFIES_SYMLINK' config.h >/dev/null; then
+    TLS_ARGS="$TLS_ARGS -L"
+fi
+
+export POSIXLY_CORRECT TOOLDIR srcdir RSYNC TLS_ARGS
 
 echo "============================================================"
 echo "$0 running in $TOOLDIR"
 echo "    rsync_bin=$RSYNC"
 echo "    srcdir=$srcdir"
+echo "    TLS_ARGS=$TLS_ARGS"
 
 if [ -f /usr/bin/whoami ]; then
     testuser=`/usr/bin/whoami`
@@ -220,8 +232,9 @@ echo "    scratchbase=$scratchbase"
 [ -d "$scratchbase" ] || mkdir "$scratchbase"
 
 suitedir="$srcdir/testsuite"
+TESTRUN_TIMEOUT=300
 
-export scratchdir suitedir
+export scratchdir suitedir TESTRUN_TIMEOUT
 
 prep_scratch() {
     [ -d "$scratchdir" ] && chmod -R u+rwX "$scratchdir" && rm -rf "$scratchdir"
@@ -229,7 +242,10 @@ prep_scratch() {
     # Get rid of default ACLs and dir-setgid to avoid confusing some tests.
     $setfacl_nodef "$scratchdir" || true
     chmod g-s "$scratchdir"
-    ln -s "$srcdir" "$scratchdir/src"
+    case "$srcdir" in
+    /*) ln -s "$srcdir" "$scratchdir/src" ;;
+    *)  ln -s "$TOOLDIR/$srcdir" "$scratchdir/src" ;;
+    esac
     return 0
 }
 
@@ -249,8 +265,13 @@ do
 
     prep_scratch
 
+    case "$testscript" in
+    *hardlinks*) TESTRUN_TIMEOUT=600 ;;
+    *) TESTRUN_TIMEOUT=300 ;;
+    esac
+
     set +e
-    sh $RUNSHFLAGS "$testscript" >"$scratchdir/test.log" 2>&1
+    "$TOOLDIR/"testrun $RUNSHFLAGS "$testscript" >"$scratchdir/test.log" 2>&1
     result=$?
     set -e
 

sender.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Andrew Tridgell
  * Copyright (C) 1996 Paul Mackerras
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@
  */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
+#include "inums.h"
 
-extern int verbose;
-extern int dry_run;
 extern int do_xfers;
 extern int am_server;
 extern int am_daemon;
@@ -33,19 +32,22 @@ extern int logfile_format_has_i;
 extern int csum_length;
 extern int append_mode;
 extern int io_error;
+extern int flist_eof;
 extern int allowed_lull;
 extern int preserve_xattrs;
 extern int protocol_version;
 extern int remove_source_files;
 extern int updating_basis_file;
 extern int make_backups;
-extern int do_progress;
 extern int inplace;
 extern int batch_fd;
 extern int write_batch;
+extern int file_old_total;
 extern struct stats stats;
 extern struct file_list *cur_flist, *first_flist, *dir_flist;
 
+BOOL extra_flist_sending_enabled;
+
 /**
  * @file
  *
@@ -61,7 +63,7 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 {
 	struct sum_struct *s;
 	int32 i;
-	int lull_mod = allowed_lull * 5;
+	int lull_mod = protocol_version >= 31 ? 0 : allowed_lull * 5;
 	OFF_T offset = 0;
 
 	if (!(s = new(struct sum_struct)))
@@ -71,9 +73,9 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 
 	s->sums = NULL;
 
-	if (verbose > 3) {
-		rprintf(FINFO, "count=%.0f n=%ld rem=%ld\n",
-			(double)s->count, (long)s->blength, (long)s->remainder);
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
+		rprintf(FINFO, "count=%s n=%ld rem=%ld\n",
+			big_num(s->count), (long)s->blength, (long)s->remainder);
 	}
 
 	if (append_mode > 0) {
@@ -102,13 +104,13 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 			s->sums[i].len = s->blength;
 		offset += s->sums[i].len;
 
-		if (allowed_lull && !(i % lull_mod))
-			maybe_send_keepalive();
+		if (lull_mod && !(i % lull_mod))
+			maybe_send_keepalive(time(NULL), True);
 
-		if (verbose > 3) {
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 3)) {
 			rprintf(FINFO,
-				"chunk[%d] len=%d offset=%.0f sum1=%08x\n",
-				i, s->sums[i].len, (double)s->sums[i].offset,
+				"chunk[%d] len=%d offset=%s sum1=%08x\n",
+				i, s->sums[i].len, big_num(s->sums[i].offset),
 				s->sums[i].sum1);
 		}
 	}
@@ -121,29 +123,45 @@ static struct sum_struct *receive_sums(int f)
 void successful_send(int ndx)
 {
 	char fname[MAXPATHLEN];
+	char *failed_op;
 	struct file_struct *file;
 	struct file_list *flist;
+	STRUCT_STAT st;
 
 	if (!remove_source_files)
 		return;
 
-	if (!(flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx))) {
-		rprintf(FERROR,
-			"INTERNAL ERROR: unable to find flist for item %d\n",
-			ndx);
-		return;
-	}
-
+	flist = flist_for_ndx(ndx, "successful_send");
 	file = flist->files[ndx - flist->ndx_start];
-	if (!push_pathname(F_PATHNAME(file), -1))
+	if (!change_pathname(file, NULL, 0))
 		return;
 	f_name(file, fname);
 
-	if (do_unlink(fname) == 0) {
-		if (verbose > 1)
+	if (do_lstat(fname, &st) < 0) {
+		failed_op = "re-lstat";
+		goto failed;
+	}
+
+	if (st.st_size != F_LENGTH(file) || st.st_mtime != file->modtime
+#ifdef ST_MTIME_NSEC
+	 || (NSEC_BUMP(file) && (uint32)st.ST_MTIME_NSEC != F_MOD_NSEC(file))
+#endif
+	) {
+		rprintf(FERROR, "ERROR: Skipping sender remove for changed file: %s\n", fname);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (do_unlink(fname) < 0) {
+		failed_op = "remove";
+	  failed:
+		if (errno == ENOENT)
+			rprintf(FINFO, "sender file already removed: %s\n", fname);
+		else
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "sender failed to %s %s", failed_op, fname);
+	} else {
+		if (INFO_GTE(REMOVE, 1))
 			rprintf(FINFO, "sender removed %s\n", fname);
-	} else
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "sender failed to remove %s", fname);
+	}
 }
 
 static void write_ndx_and_attrs(int f_out, int ndx, int iflags,
@@ -159,7 +177,8 @@ static void write_ndx_and_attrs(int f_out, int ndx, int iflags,
 	if (iflags & ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS)
 		write_vstring(f_out, buf, len);
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-	if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && !dry_run)
+	if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && do_xfers
+	 && (protocol_version < 31 || !BITS_SET(iflags, ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS|ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE)))
 		send_xattr_request(fname, file, f_out);
 #endif
 }
@@ -176,40 +195,51 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 	int iflags, xlen;
 	struct file_struct *file;
 	int phase = 0, max_phase = protocol_version >= 29 ? 2 : 1;
-	struct stats initial_stats;
 	int itemizing = am_server ? logfile_format_has_i : stdout_format_has_i;
 	enum logcode log_code = log_before_transfer ? FLOG : FINFO;
 	int f_xfer = write_batch < 0 ? batch_fd : f_out;
+	int save_io_error = io_error;
 	int ndx, j;
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(SEND, 1))
 		rprintf(FINFO, "send_files starting\n");
 
 	while (1) {
-		if (inc_recurse)
-			send_extra_file_list(f_out, FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD);
+		if (inc_recurse) {
+			send_extra_file_list(f_out, MIN_FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD);
+			extra_flist_sending_enabled = !flist_eof;
+		}
 
 		/* This call also sets cur_flist. */
-		ndx = read_ndx_and_attrs(f_in, &iflags, &fnamecmp_type,
+		ndx = read_ndx_and_attrs(f_in, f_out, &iflags, &fnamecmp_type,
 					 xname, &xlen);
+		extra_flist_sending_enabled = False;
+
 		if (ndx == NDX_DONE) {
+			if (!am_server && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 2) && cur_flist) {
+				set_current_file_index(NULL, 0);
+				end_progress(0);
+			}
 			if (inc_recurse && first_flist) {
+				file_old_total -= first_flist->used;
 				flist_free(first_flist);
 				if (first_flist) {
+					if (first_flist == cur_flist)
+						file_old_total = cur_flist->used;
 					write_ndx(f_out, NDX_DONE);
 					continue;
 				}
 			}
 			if (++phase > max_phase)
 				break;
-			if (verbose > 2)
+			if (DEBUG_GTE(SEND, 1))
 				rprintf(FINFO, "send_files phase=%d\n", phase);
 			write_ndx(f_out, NDX_DONE);
 			continue;
 		}
 
 		if (inc_recurse)
-			send_extra_file_list(f_out, FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD);
+			send_extra_file_list(f_out, MIN_FILECNT_LOOKAHEAD);
 
 		if (ndx - cur_flist->ndx_start >= 0)
 			file = cur_flist->files[ndx - cur_flist->ndx_start];
@@ -221,15 +251,16 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 		} else {
 			path = slash = "";
 		}
-		if (!push_pathname(F_PATHNAME(file), -1))
+		if (!change_pathname(file, NULL, 0))
 			continue;
 		f_name(file, fname);
 
-		if (verbose > 2)
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(SEND, 1))
 			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files(%d, %s%s%s)\n", ndx, path,slash,fname);
 
 #ifdef SUPPORT_XATTRS
-		if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR)
+		if (preserve_xattrs && iflags & ITEM_REPORT_XATTR && do_xfers
+		 && (protocol_version < 31 || !BITS_SET(iflags, ITEM_XNAME_FOLLOWS|ITEM_LOCAL_CHANGE)))
 			recv_xattr_request(file, f_in);
 #endif
 
@@ -237,6 +268,21 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 			maybe_log_item(file, iflags, itemizing, xname);
 			write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, ndx, iflags, fname, file,
 					    fnamecmp_type, xname, xlen);
+			if (iflags & ITEM_IS_NEW) {
+				stats.created_files++;
+				if (S_ISREG(file->mode)) {
+					/* Nothing further to count. */
+				} else if (S_ISDIR(file->mode))
+					stats.created_dirs++;
+#ifdef SUPPORT_LINKS
+				else if (S_ISLNK(file->mode))
+					stats.created_symlinks++;
+#endif
+				else if (IS_DEVICE(file->mode))
+					stats.created_devices++;
+				else
+					stats.created_specials++;
+			}
 			continue;
 		}
 		if (phase == 2) {
@@ -260,27 +306,31 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 				append_mode = -append_mode;
 				csum_length = SHORT_SUM_LENGTH;
 			}
+			if (iflags & ITEM_IS_NEW)
+				stats.created_files++;
 		}
 
 		updating_basis_file = inplace && (protocol_version >= 29
 			? fnamecmp_type == FNAMECMP_FNAME : make_backups <= 0);
 
-		stats.current_file_index = ndx;
-		stats.num_transferred_files++;
+		if (!am_server && INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
+			set_current_file_index(file, ndx);
+		stats.xferred_files++;
 		stats.total_transferred_size += F_LENGTH(file);
 
+		if (!log_before_transfer)
+			remember_initial_stats();
+
 		if (!do_xfers) { /* log the transfer */
-			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &stats, iflags, NULL);
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, iflags, NULL);
 			write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, ndx, iflags, fname, file,
 					    fnamecmp_type, xname, xlen);
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		initial_stats = stats;
-
 		if (!(s = receive_sums(f_in))) {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rprintf(FERROR, "receive_sums failed\n");
+			rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "receive_sums failed\n");
 			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
 		}
 
@@ -308,10 +358,10 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 		/* map the local file */
 		if (do_fstat(fd, &st) != 0) {
 			io_error |= IOERR_GENERAL;
-			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "fstat failed");
+			rsyserr(FERROR_XFER, errno, "fstat failed");
 			free_sums(s);
 			close(fd);
-			exit_cleanup(RERR_PROTOCOL);
+			exit_cleanup(RERR_FILEIO);
 		}
 
 		if (st.st_size) {
@@ -320,30 +370,30 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 		} else
 			mbuf = NULL;
 
-		if (verbose > 2) {
-			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files mapped %s%s%s of size %.0f\n",
-				path,slash,fname, (double)st.st_size);
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2)) {
+			rprintf(FINFO, "send_files mapped %s%s%s of size %s\n",
+				path,slash,fname, big_num(st.st_size));
 		}
 
 		write_ndx_and_attrs(f_out, ndx, iflags, fname, file,
 				    fnamecmp_type, xname, xlen);
 		write_sum_head(f_xfer, s);
 
-		if (verbose > 2)
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(DELTASUM, 2))
 			rprintf(FINFO, "calling match_sums %s%s%s\n", path,slash,fname);
 
 		if (log_before_transfer)
-			log_item(FCLIENT, file, &initial_stats, iflags, NULL);
-		else if (!am_server && verbose && do_progress)
+			log_item(FCLIENT, file, iflags, NULL);
+		else if (!am_server && INFO_GTE(NAME, 1) && INFO_EQ(PROGRESS, 1))
 			rprintf(FCLIENT, "%s\n", fname);
 
 		set_compression(fname);
 
 		match_sums(f_xfer, s, mbuf, st.st_size);
-		if (do_progress)
+		if (INFO_GTE(PROGRESS, 1))
 			end_progress(st.st_size);
 
-		log_item(log_code, file, &initial_stats, iflags, NULL);
+		log_item(log_code, file, iflags, NULL);
 
 		if (mbuf) {
 			j = unmap_file(mbuf);
@@ -358,7 +408,7 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 
 		free_sums(s);
 
-		if (verbose > 2)
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(SEND, 1))
 			rprintf(FINFO, "sender finished %s%s%s\n", path,slash,fname);
 
 		/* Flag that we actually sent this entry. */
@@ -367,7 +417,10 @@ void send_files(int f_in, int f_out)
 	if (make_backups < 0)
 		make_backups = -make_backups;
 
-	if (verbose > 2)
+	if (io_error != save_io_error && protocol_version >= 30)
+		send_msg_int(MSG_IO_ERROR, io_error);
+
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(SEND, 1))
 		rprintf(FINFO, "send files finished\n");
 
 	match_report();

shconfig.in

@@ -8,5 +8,8 @@
 ECHO_T="@ECHO_T@"
 ECHO_N="@ECHO_N@"
 ECHO_C="@ECHO_C@"
+HOST_OS="@host_os@"
+SHELL_PATH="@SHELL_PATH@"
+FAKEROOT_PATH="@FAKEROOT_PATH@"
 
-export ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C
+export ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C HOST_OS SHELL_PATH FAKEROOT_PATH

socket.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  *
  * Copyright (C) 1992-2001 Andrew Tridgell <tridge@samba.org>
  * Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Martin Pool <mbp@samba.org>
- * Copyright (C) 2003-2007 Wayne Davison
+ * Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Wayne Davison
  *
  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,12 +25,17 @@
  * emulate it using the KAME implementation. */
 
 #include "rsync.h"
-#include "ifuncs.h"
+#include "itypes.h"
+#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_SYSTM_H
 #include <netinet/in_systm.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IP_H
 #include <netinet/ip.h>
+#endif
 #include <netinet/tcp.h>
 
 extern char *bind_address;
+extern char *sockopts;
 extern int default_af_hint;
 extern int connect_timeout;
 
@@ -38,12 +43,11 @@ extern int connect_timeout;
 static struct sigaction sigact;
 #endif
 
-/**
- * Establish a proxy connection on an open socket to a web proxy by
- * using the CONNECT method. If proxy_user and proxy_pass are not NULL,
- * they are used to authenticate to the proxy using the "Basic"
- * proxy-authorization protocol
- **/
+static int sock_exec(const char *prog);
+
+/* Establish a proxy connection on an open socket to a web proxy by using the
+ * CONNECT method.  If proxy_user and proxy_pass are not NULL, they are used to
+ * authenticate to the proxy using the "Basic" proxy-authorization protocol. */
 static int establish_proxy_connection(int fd, char *host, int port,
 				      char *proxy_user, char *proxy_pass)
 {
@@ -124,10 +128,8 @@ static int establish_proxy_connection(int fd, char *host, int port,
 }
 
 
-/**
- * Try to set the local address for a newly-created socket.  Return -1
- * if this fails.
- **/
+/* Try to set the local address for a newly-created socket.
+ * Return -1 if this fails. */
 int try_bind_local(int s, int ai_family, int ai_socktype,
 		   const char *bind_addr)
 {
@@ -164,31 +166,27 @@ static RETSIGTYPE contimeout_handler(UNUSED(int val))
 	connect_timeout = -1;
 }
 
-/**
- * Open a socket to a tcp remote host with the specified port .
+/* Open a socket to a tcp remote host with the specified port.
  *
  * Based on code from Warren.  Proxy support by Stephen Rothwell.
  * getaddrinfo() rewrite contributed by KAME.net.
  *
- * Now that we support IPv6 we need to look up the remote machine's
- * address first, using @p af_hint to set a preference for the type
- * of address.  Then depending on whether it has v4 or v6 addresses we
- * try to open a connection.
+ * Now that we support IPv6 we need to look up the remote machine's address
+ * first, using af_hint to set a preference for the type of address.  Then
+ * depending on whether it has v4 or v6 addresses we try to open a connection.
  *
- * The loop allows for machines with some addresses which may not be
- * reachable, perhaps because we can't e.g. route ipv6 to that network
- * but we can get ip4 packets through.
+ * The loop allows for machines with some addresses which may not be reachable,
+ * perhaps because we can't e.g. route ipv6 to that network but we can get ip4
+ * packets through.
  *
- * @param bind_addr Local address to use.  Normally NULL to bind
- * the wildcard address.
+ * bind_addr: local address to use.  Normally NULL to bind the wildcard address.
  *
- * @param af_hint Address family, e.g. AF_INET or AF_INET6.
- **/
+ * af_hint: address family, e.g. AF_INET or AF_INET6. */
 int open_socket_out(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 		    int af_hint)
 {
 	int type = SOCK_STREAM;
-	int error, s;
+	int error, s, j, addr_cnt, *errnos;
 	struct addrinfo hints, *res0, *res;
 	char portbuf[10];
 	char *h, *cp;
@@ -231,7 +229,7 @@ int open_socket_out(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 		}
 		*cp++ = '\0';
 		strlcpy(portbuf, cp, sizeof portbuf);
-		if (verbose >= 2) {
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(CONNECT, 1)) {
 			rprintf(FINFO, "connection via http proxy %s port %s\n",
 				h, portbuf);
 		}
@@ -250,12 +248,17 @@ int open_socket_out(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 		return -1;
 	}
 
+	for (res = res0, addr_cnt = 0; res; res = res->ai_next, addr_cnt++) {}
+	errnos = new_array0(int, addr_cnt);
+	if (!errnos)
+		out_of_memory("open_socket_out");
+
 	s = -1;
 	/* Try to connect to all addresses for this machine until we get
 	 * through.  It might e.g. be multi-homed, or have both IPv4 and IPv6
 	 * addresses.  We need to create a socket for each record, since the
 	 * address record tells us what protocol to use to try to connect. */
-	for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next) {
+	for (res = res0, j = 0; res; res = res->ai_next, j++) {
 		s = socket(res->ai_family, res->ai_socktype, res->ai_protocol);
 		if (s < 0)
 			continue;
@@ -272,6 +275,7 @@ int open_socket_out(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 			alarm(connect_timeout);
 		}
 
+		set_socket_options(s, sockopts);
 		while (connect(s, res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen) < 0) {
 			if (connect_timeout < 0)
 				exit_cleanup(RERR_CONTIMEOUT);
@@ -285,8 +289,10 @@ int open_socket_out(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 		if (connect_timeout > 0)
 			alarm(0);
 
-		if (s < 0)
+		if (s < 0) {
+			errnos[j] = errno;
 			continue;
+		}
 
 		if (proxied
 		 && establish_proxy_connection(s, host, port,
@@ -295,19 +301,36 @@ int open_socket_out(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 			s = -1;
 			continue;
 		}
+		if (DEBUG_GTE(CONNECT, 2)) {
+			char buf[2048];
+			if ((error = getnameinfo(res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen, buf, sizeof buf, NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST)) != 0)
+				snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "*getnameinfo failure: %s*", gai_strerror(error));
+			rprintf(FINFO, "Connected to %s (%s)\n", h, buf);
+		}
 		break;
 	}
-	freeaddrinfo(res0);
-	if (s < 0) {
-		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "failed to connect to %s", h);
-		return -1;
+
+	if (s < 0 || DEBUG_GTE(CONNECT, 2)) {
+		char buf[2048];
+		for (res = res0, j = 0; res; res = res->ai_next, j++) {
+			if (errnos[j] == 0)
+				continue;
+			if ((error = getnameinfo(res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen, buf, sizeof buf, NULL, 0, NI_NUMERICHOST)) != 0)
+				snprintf(buf, sizeof buf, "*getnameinfo failure: %s*", gai_strerror(error));
+			rsyserr(FERROR, errnos[j], "failed to connect to %s (%s)", h, buf);
+		}
+		if (s < 0)
+			s = -1;
 	}
+
+	freeaddrinfo(res0);
+	free(errnos);
+
 	return s;
 }
 
 
-/**
- * Open an outgoing socket, but allow for it to be intercepted by
+/* Open an outgoing socket, but allow for it to be intercepted by
  * $RSYNC_CONNECT_PROG, which will execute a program across a TCP
  * socketpair rather than really opening a socket.
  *
@@ -316,8 +339,7 @@ int open_socket_out(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
  *
  * This is based on the Samba LIBSMB_PROG feature.
  *
- * @param bind_addr Local address to use.  Normally NULL to get the stack default.
- **/
+ * bind_addr: local address to use.  Normally NULL to get the stack default. */
 int open_socket_out_wrapped(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 			    int af_hint)
 {
@@ -359,7 +381,7 @@ int open_socket_out_wrapped(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 		*t = '\0';
 	}
 
-	if (verbose >= 2) {
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(CONNECT, 1)) {
 		rprintf(FINFO, "%sopening tcp connection to %s port %d\n",
 			prog ? "Using RSYNC_CONNECT_PROG instead of " : "",
 			host, port);
@@ -370,9 +392,7 @@ int open_socket_out_wrapped(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 }
 
 
-
-/**
- * Open one or more sockets for incoming data using the specified type,
+/* Open one or more sockets for incoming data using the specified type,
  * port, and address.
  *
  * The getaddrinfo() call may return several address results, e.g. for
@@ -381,9 +401,7 @@ int open_socket_out_wrapped(char *host, int port, const char *bind_addr,
  * We return an array of file-descriptors to the sockets, with a trailing
  * -1 value to indicate the end of the list.
  *
- * @param bind_addr Local address to bind, or NULL to allow it to
- * default.
- **/
+ * bind_addr: local address to bind, or NULL to allow it to default. */
 static int *open_socket_in(int type, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 			   int af_hint)
 {
@@ -433,6 +451,10 @@ static int *open_socket_in(int type, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 
 		setsockopt(s, SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR,
 			   (char *)&one, sizeof one);
+		if (sockopts)
+			set_socket_options(s, sockopts);
+		else
+			set_socket_options(s, lp_socket_options());
 
 #ifdef IPV6_V6ONLY
 		if (resp->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
@@ -467,7 +489,7 @@ static int *open_socket_in(int type, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 	/* Only output the socket()/bind() messages if we were totally
 	 * unsuccessful, or if the daemon is being run with -vv. */
 	for (s = 0; s < ecnt; s++) {
-		if (!i || verbose > 1)
+		if (!i || DEBUG_GTE(BIND, 1))
 			rwrite(FLOG, errmsgs[s], strlen(errmsgs[s]), 0);
 		free(errmsgs[s]);
 	}
@@ -484,9 +506,7 @@ static int *open_socket_in(int type, int port, const char *bind_addr,
 }
 
 
-/*
- * Determine if a file descriptor is in fact a socket
- */
+/* Determine if a file descriptor is in fact a socket. */
 int is_a_socket(int fd)
 {
 	int v;
@@ -537,7 +557,7 @@ void start_accept_loop(int port, int (*fn)(int, int))
 	/* ready to listen */
 	FD_ZERO(&deffds);
 	for (i = 0, maxfd = -1; sp[i] >= 0; i++) {
-		if (listen(sp[i], 5) < 0) {
+		if (listen(sp[i], lp_listen_backlog()) < 0) {
 			rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "listen() on socket failed");
 #ifdef INET6
 			if (errno == EADDRINUSE && i > 0) {
@@ -572,7 +592,7 @@ void start_accept_loop(int port, int (*fn)(int, int))
 		fds = deffds;
 #endif
 
-		if (select(maxfd + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL) != 1)
+		if (select(maxfd + 1, &fds, NULL, NULL, NULL) < 1)
 			continue;
 
 		for (i = 0, fd = -1; sp[i] >= 0; i++) {
@@ -626,7 +646,9 @@ struct
 } socket_options[] = {
   {"SO_KEEPALIVE",      SOL_SOCKET,    SO_KEEPALIVE,    0,                 OPT_BOOL},
   {"SO_REUSEADDR",      SOL_SOCKET,    SO_REUSEADDR,    0,                 OPT_BOOL},
+#ifdef SO_BROADCAST
   {"SO_BROADCAST",      SOL_SOCKET,    SO_BROADCAST,    0,                 OPT_BOOL},
+#endif
 #ifdef TCP_NODELAY
   {"TCP_NODELAY",       IPPROTO_TCP,   TCP_NODELAY,     0,                 OPT_BOOL},
 #endif
@@ -654,13 +676,11 @@ struct
 #ifdef SO_RCVTIMEO
   {"SO_RCVTIMEO",       SOL_SOCKET,    SO_RCVTIMEO,     0,                 OPT_INT},
 #endif
-  {NULL,0,0,0,0}};
+  {NULL,0,0,0,0}
+};
 
 
-
-/**
- * Set user socket options
- **/
+/* Set user socket options. */
 void set_socket_options(int fd, char *options)
 {
 	char *tok;
@@ -726,15 +746,10 @@ void set_socket_options(int fd, char *options)
 }
 
 
-/**
- * This is like socketpair but uses tcp. It is used by the Samba
- * regression test code.
- *
- * The function guarantees that nobody else can attach to the socket,
- * or if they do that this function fails and the socket gets closed
- * returns 0 on success, -1 on failure the resulting file descriptors
- * are symmetrical.
- **/
+/* This is like socketpair but uses tcp.  The function guarantees that nobody
+ * else can attach to the socket, or if they do that this function fails and
+ * the socket gets closed.  Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure.  The resulting
+ * file descriptors are symmetrical.  Currently only for RSYNC_CONNECT_PROG. */
 static int socketpair_tcp(int fd[2])
 {
 	int listener;
@@ -755,16 +770,12 @@ static int socketpair_tcp(int fd[2])
 	sock2.sin_len = sizeof sock2;
 #endif
 	sock2.sin_family = PF_INET;
+	sock2.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK);
 
-	bind(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&sock2, sizeof sock2);
-
-	if (listen(listener, 1) != 0)
-		goto failed;
-
-	if (getsockname(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&sock, &socklen) != 0)
-		goto failed;
-
-	if ((fd[1] = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0)) == -1)
+	if (bind(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&sock2, sizeof sock2) != 0
+	 || listen(listener, 1) != 0
+	 || getsockname(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&sock, &socklen) != 0
+	 || (fd[1] = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0)) == -1)
 		goto failed;
 
 	set_nonblocking(fd[1]);
@@ -777,7 +788,7 @@ static int socketpair_tcp(int fd[2])
 	} else
 		connect_done = 1;
 
-	if ((fd[0] = accept(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&sock, &socklen)) == -1)
+	if ((fd[0] = accept(listener, (struct sockaddr *)&sock2, &socklen)) == -1)
 		goto failed;
 
 	close(listener);
@@ -805,34 +816,40 @@ static int socketpair_tcp(int fd[2])
 }
 
 
-
-/**
- * Run a program on a local tcp socket, so that we can talk to it's
- * stdin and stdout.  This is used to fake a connection to a daemon
- * for testing -- not for the normal case of running SSH.
+/* Run a program on a local tcp socket, so that we can talk to it's stdin and
+ * stdout.  This is used to fake a connection to a daemon for testing -- not
+ * for the normal case of running SSH.
  *
- * @return a socket which is attached to a subprocess running
- * "prog". stdin and stdout are attached. stderr is left attached to
- * the original stderr
- **/
-int sock_exec(const char *prog)
+ * Retruns a socket which is attached to a subprocess running "prog". stdin and
+ * stdout are attached. stderr is left attached to the original stderr. */
+static int sock_exec(const char *prog)
 {
+	pid_t pid;
 	int fd[2];
 
 	if (socketpair_tcp(fd) != 0) {
 		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "socketpair_tcp failed");
 		return -1;
 	}
-	if (verbose >= 2)
+	if (DEBUG_GTE(CMD, 1))
 		rprintf(FINFO, "Running socket program: \"%s\"\n", prog);
-	if (fork() == 0) {
+
+	pid = fork();
+	if (pid < 0) {
+		rsyserr(FERROR, errno, "fork");
+		exit_cleanup(RERR_IPC);
+	}
+
+	if (pid == 0) {
 		close(fd[0]);
-		close(0);
-		close(1);
-		dup(fd[1]);
-		dup(fd[1]);
+		if (dup2(fd[1], STDIN_FILENO) < 0
+		 || dup2(fd[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "Failed to run \"%s\"\n", prog);
+			exit(1);
+		}
 		exit(system(prog));
 	}
+
 	close(fd[1]);
 	return fd[0];
 }

stunnel-rsync.in

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# This must be called as (note the trailing dot):
+#
+#    stunnel-rsync HOSTNAME rsync --server --daemon .
+#
+# ... which is typically done via the rsync-ssl script, which results in something like this:
+#
+#    rsync --rsh=stunnel-rsync -aiv HOSTNAME::module [ARGS]
+#
+# This SSL setup based on the files by:  http://dozzie.jarowit.net/trac/wiki/RsyncSSL
+# Note that this requires at least version 4.x of stunnel.
+
+# The current environment can override using the RSYNC_SSL_* values:
+if [ x"$RSYNC_SSL_CERT" = x ]; then
+    cert=""
+else
+    cert="cert = $RSYNC_SSL_CERT"
+fi
+if [ x"$RSYNC_SSL_CA_CERT" ]; then
+    cafile=""
+    verify=0
+else
+    cafile="CAfile = $RSYNC_SSL_CA_CERT"
+    verify=3
+fi
+port=${RSYNC_SSL_PORT:-874}
+
+# If the user specified USER@HOSTNAME::module, then rsync passes us
+# the -l USER option too, so we must be prepared to ignore it.
+if [ x"$1" = x"-l" ]; then
+    shift 2
+fi
+
+hostname=$1
+shift
+
+if [ x"$hostname" = x -o x"$1" != x"rsync" -o x"$2" != x"--server" -o x"$3" != x"--daemon" ]; then
+    echo "Usage: stunnel-rsync HOSTNAME rsync --server --daemon ." 1>&2
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+# devzero@web.de came up with this no-tmpfile calling syntax:
+@stunnel4@ -fd 10 11<&0 <<EOF 10<&0 0<&11 11<&-
+foreground = yes
+debug = crit
+connect = $hostname:$port
+client = yes
+TIMEOUTclose = 0
+verify = $verify
+$cert
+$cafile
+EOF

stunnel-rsyncd.conf.in

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# This config for stunnel will start up rsync for an incoming ssl connection.
+foreground = no
+#output = /var/log/stunnel-rsyncd.log
+pid = /var/run/stunnel-rsyncd.pid
+socket = l:TCP_NODELAY=1
+socket = r:TCP_NODELAY=1
+compression = rle
+# This must be root for rsync to use chroot -- rsync will drop permissions:
+setuid = root
+setgid = root
+
+[rsync]
+accept = 874
+# You can set the cert to a combo *.pem file and omit the key, if you like.
+cert = /etc/rsync-ssl/certs/server.crt
+key  = /etc/rsync-ssl/certs/server.key
+client = no
+
+# To allow anyone to try an ssl connection, use this:
+verify = 0
+CAfile = /etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem
+
+# To allow only cert-authorized clients, use something like this instead of the above:
+#verify = 3
+#CAfile = /etc/rsync-ssl/certs/allowed-clients.cert.pem
+
+exec = @bindir@/rsync
+# You can either share the same config as a normal daemon, or specify a separate config:
+execargs = rsync --server --daemon .
+#execargs = rsync --server --daemon --config=/etc/rsync-ssl/rsyncd.conf .

support/atomic-rsync

@@ -6,35 +6,49 @@
 # more details and some important caveats!**
 
 use strict;
+use warnings;
 use Cwd 'abs_path';
 
 my $RSYNC_PROG = '/usr/bin/rsync';
 my $RM_PROG = '/bin/rm';
 
 my $dest_dir = $ARGV[-1];
-usage(1) if $dest_dir eq '' || $dest_dir =~ /^--/;
+&usage if !defined $dest_dir || $dest_dir =~ /(^-|^$)/ || grep(/^--help/, @ARGV);
+$dest_dir =~ s{(?<=.)/+$} {};
 
 if (!-d $dest_dir) {
-    print STDERR "$dest_dir is not a directory.\n\n";
-    usage(1);
+    die "$dest_dir is not a directory.\nUse --help for help.\n";
 }
 
-if (@_ = grep(/^--(link|compare)-dest/, @ARGV)) {
+if (@_ = grep(/^--[a-z]+-dest\b/, @ARGV)) {
     $_ = join(' or ', @_);
-    print STDERR "You may not use $_ as an rsync option.\n\n";
-    usage(1);
+    die "You cannot use the $_ option with atomic-rsync.\nUse --help for help.\n";
 }
 
+my $symlink_content = readlink $dest_dir; # undef when a real dir
+
+my $dest_arg = $dest_dir;
+# This gives us the real destination dir, with all symlinks dereferenced.
 $dest_dir = abs_path($dest_dir);
 if ($dest_dir eq '/') {
-    print STDERR 'You must not use "/" as the destination directory.', "\n\n";
-    usage(1);
+    die qq|You must not use "/" as the destination directory.\nUse --help for help.\n|;
 }
 
-my $old_dir = "$dest_dir~old~";
-my $new_dir = $ARGV[-1] = "$dest_dir~new~";
+my($old_dir, $new_dir);
+if (defined $symlink_content && $dest_dir =~ /-([12])$/) {
+    my $num = 3 - $1;
+    $old_dir = undef;
+    ($new_dir = $dest_dir) =~ s/-[12]$/-$num/;
+    $symlink_content =~ s/-[12]$/-$num/;
+} else {
+    $old_dir = "$dest_dir~old~";
+    $new_dir = "$dest_dir~new~";
+}
 
-system($RM_PROG, '-rf', $old_dir) if -d $old_dir;
+$ARGV[-1] = "$new_dir/";
+
+system($RM_PROG, '-rf', $old_dir) if defined $old_dir && -d $old_dir;
+system($RM_PROG, '-rf', $new_dir) if -d $new_dir;
 
 if (system($RSYNC_PROG, "--link-dest=$dest_dir", @ARGV)) {
     if ($? == -1) {
@@ -48,17 +62,30 @@ if (system($RSYNC_PROG, "--link-dest=$dest_dir", @ARGV)) {
     exit $?;
 }
 
-rename($dest_dir, $old_dir) or die "Unable to rename $new_dir to $old_dir: $!";
+if (!defined $old_dir) {
+    atomic_symlink($symlink_content, $dest_arg);
+    exit;
+}
+
+rename($dest_dir, $old_dir) or die "Unable to rename $dest_dir to $old_dir: $!";
 rename($new_dir, $dest_dir) or die "Unable to rename $new_dir to $dest_dir: $!";
 
 exit;
 
+sub atomic_symlink
+{
+    my($target, $link) = @_;
+    my $newlink = "$link~new~";
+
+    unlink($newlink); # Just in case
+    symlink($target, $newlink) or die "Unable to symlink $newlink -> $target: $!\n";
+    rename($newlink, $link) or die "Unable to rename $newlink to $link: $!\n";
+}
+
 
 sub usage
 {
-    my($ret) = @_;
-    my $fh = $ret ? *STDERR : *STDOUT;
-    print $fh <<EOT;
+    die <<EOT;
 Usage: atomic-rsync [RSYNC-OPTIONS] HOST:/SOURCE/DIR/ /DEST/DIR/
        atomic-rsync [RSYNC-OPTIONS] HOST::MOD/DIR/ /DEST/DIR/
 
@@ -67,24 +94,29 @@ creating a new hierarchy (using hard-links to leverage the existing files),
 and then swapping the new hierarchy into place.  You must be pulling files
 to a local directory, and that directory must already exist.  For example:
 
+    mkdir /local/files-1
+    ln -s files-1 /local/files
     atomic-rsync -av host:/remote/files/ /local/files/
 
-This would make the transfer to the directory /local/files~new~ and then
-swap out /local/files at the end of the transfer by renaming it to
-/local/files~old~ and putting the new directory into its place.  The
-/local/files~old~ directory will be preserved until the next update, at
-which point it will be deleted.
+If /local/files is a symlink to a directory that ends in -1 or -2, the
+copy will go to the alternate suffix and the symlink will be changed to
+point to the new dir.  This is a fully atomic update.  If the destination
+is not a symlink (or not a symlink to a *-1 or a *-2 directory), this
+will instead create a directory with "~new~" suffixed, move the current
+directory to a name with "~old~" suffixed, and then move the ~new~
+directory to the original destination name (this double rename is not
+fully atomic, but is rapid).  In both cases, the prior destintaion
+directory will be preserved until the next update, at which point it
+will be deleted.
 
-Do NOT specify this command:
+In all likelihood, you do NOT want to specify this command:
 
     atomic-rsync -av host:/remote/files /local/
 
 ... UNLESS you want the entire /local dir to be swapped out!
 
 See the "rsync" command for its list of options.  You may not use the
---link-dest or --compare-dest options (since this script uses --link-dest
-to make the transfer efficient).  Also, the destination directory cannot
-be "/".
+--link-dest, --compare-dest, or --copy-dest options (since this script
+uses --link-dest to make the transfer efficient).
 EOT
-    exit $ret;
 }

support/deny-rsync

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+# Send an error message via the rsync-protocol to a non-daemon client rsync.
+#
+# Usage:  deny-rsync "message"
+
+protocol_version=29
+exit_code=4 # same as a daemon that refuses an option
+
+# e.g. byte_escape 29 => \035
+function byte_escape {
+    echo -ne "\\0$(printf "%o" $1)"
+}
+
+msg="$1"
+if [ "${#msg}" -gt 254 ]; then
+    # truncate a message that is too long for this naive script to handle
+    msg="${msg:0:251}..."
+fi
+msglen=$(( ${#msg} + 1 )) # add 1 for the newline we append below
+
+# Send protocol version.  All numbers are LSB-first 4-byte ints.
+echo -ne "$(byte_escape $protocol_version)\\000\\000\\000"
+
+# Send a zero checksum seed.
+echo -ne "\\000\\000\\000\\000"
+
+# The following is equivalent to rprintf(FERROR_XFER, "%s\n", $msg).
+# 1. Message header: ((MPLEX_BASE + FERROR_XFER) << 24) + $msglen.
+echo -ne "$(byte_escape $msglen)\\000\\000\\010"
+# 2. The actual data.
+echo -E "$msg"
+
+# Make sure the client gets our message, not a write failure.
+sleep 1
+
+exit $exit_code

support/extern-squish

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# This script finds extraneous "extern" variables in the *.c files.
-# Run it from inside the main rsync directory.
-
-use strict;
-
-my @files = glob('*.c');
-
-foreach my $fn (@files) {
-    open(IN, '<', $fn) or die;
-    undef $/; $_ = <IN>; $/ = "\n";
-    close IN;
-    my @externs = /^extern .*?([^[\s(*;&.]+)(?:\[.*?\])?;/mg;
-    foreach my $find (@externs) {
-	my @matches = /(?<!\sstruct )\b(\Q$find\E)\b/g;
-	print $fn, ': ', $find, "\n" if @matches == 1;
-    }
-}

support/git-set-file-times

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#!/usr/bin/perl
 use strict;
+use warnings;
 
 # Sets mtime and atime of files to the latest commit time in git.
 #
@@ -8,6 +9,7 @@ use strict;
 
 my %ls;
 my $commit_time;
+my $prefix = @ARGV && $ARGV[0] =~ s/^--prefix=// ? shift : '';
 
 $/ = "\0";
 open FH, 'git ls-files -z|' or die $!;
@@ -27,6 +29,7 @@ while (<FH>) {
 	my @files = delete @ls{split(/\0/, $_)};
 	@files = grep { defined $_ } @files;
 	next unless @files;
+	map { s/^/$prefix/ } @files;
 	utime $commit_time, $commit_time, @files;
     }
     last unless %ls;

support/instant-rsyncd

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# instant-rsyncd lets you quickly set up and start a simple, unprivileged rsync
+# daemon with a single module in the current directory.  I've found it
+# invaluable for quick testing, and I use it when writing a list of commands
+# that people can paste into a terminal to reproduce a daemon-related bug.
+# Sysadmins deploying an rsync daemon for the first time may find it helpful as
+# a starting point.
+#
+# Usage: instant-rsyncd MODULE PORT RSYNCD-USERNAME [RSYNC-PATH]
+# The script asks for the rsyncd user's password twice on stdin, once to set it
+# and once to log in to test the daemon.
+# -- Matt McCutchen <matt@mattmccutchen.net>
+
+set -e
+
+dir="$(pwd)"
+
+echo
+echo "This will setup an rsync daemon in $dir"
+
+if [ $# = 0 ]; then
+	IFS='' read -p 'Module name to create (or return to exit): ' module
+	[ ! "$module" ] && exit
+else
+	module="$1"
+	shift
+fi
+
+if [ $# = 0 ]; then
+	IFS='' read -p 'Port number the daemon should listen on [873]: ' port
+else
+	port="$1"
+	shift
+fi
+[ "$port" ] || port=873
+
+if [ $# = 0 ]; then
+	IFS='' read -p 'User name for authentication (empty for none): ' user
+else
+	user="$1"
+	shift
+fi
+
+if [ "$user" ]; then
+	IFS='' read -s -p 'Desired password: ' password
+	echo
+fi
+
+rsync="$1"
+[ "$rsync" ] || rsync=rsync
+
+moduledir="${dir%/}/$module"
+
+mkdir "$module"
+
+cat >rsyncd.conf <<EOF
+log file = rsyncd.log
+pid file = rsyncd.pid
+port = $port
+use chroot = no
+
+[$module]
+    path = $module
+    read only = false
+EOF
+
+if [ "$user" ]; then
+	cat >>rsyncd.conf <<-EOF
+	    auth users = $user
+	    secrets file = $module.secrets
+	EOF
+	touch "$module".secrets
+	chmod go-rwx "$module".secrets
+	echo "$user:$password" >"$module".secrets
+	user="$user@"
+fi
+
+cat >start <<EOF
+#!/bin/bash
+set -e
+cd \`dirname \$0\`
+! [ -e rsyncd.pid ] || {
+	echo "Is the daemon already running?  If not, delete rsyncd.pid."
+	exit 1
+}
+$rsync --daemon --config=rsyncd.conf
+EOF
+chmod +x start
+
+cat >stop <<"EOF"
+#!/bin/bash
+set -e
+cd `dirname $0`
+! [ -e rsyncd.pid ] || kill -s SIGTERM $(< rsyncd.pid)
+EOF
+chmod +x stop
+
+path="rsync://$user$(hostname):$port/$module/"
+
+if ./start; then
+	sleep .2
+	echo
+	echo "I ran the start command for the daemon.  The log file rsyncd.log says:"
+	echo
+	cat rsyncd.log
+	echo
+	echo "You can start and stop it with ./start and ./stop respectively."
+	echo "You can customize the configuration file rsyncd.conf."
+	echo
+	echo "Give rsync the following path to access the module:"
+	echo "    $path"
+	echo
+	if [ "$user" ]; then
+		echo "Let's test the daemon now.  Enter the password you chose at the prompt."
+	else
+		echo "Let's test the daemon now."
+	fi
+	echo
+	echo '$' $rsync --list-only "$path"
+	$rsync --list-only "$path"
+	echo
+	echo "You should see an empty folder; it's $moduledir."
+else
+	echo "Something went wrong.  Do you see an error message?"
+fi

support/lsh

@@ -1,23 +1,81 @@
-#!/bin/sh
+#!/usr/bin/perl
 # This script can be used as a "remote shell" command that is only
 # capable of pretending to connect to "localhost".  This is useful
 # for testing or for running a local copy where the sender and the
 # receiver needs to use different options (e.g. --fake-super).  If
-# we get a -l USER option, we try to use "sudo -u USER" to run the
-# command.
+# we get -l USER, we try to become the USER, either directly (must
+# be root) or by using "sudo -H -u USER" (requires --sudo option).
 
-prefix=''
+use strict;
+use warnings;
+use Getopt::Long;
+use English '-no_match_vars';
 
-cd # Default path is home dir, just like ssh.
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('bundling');
+&Getopt::Long::Configure('require_order');
+GetOptions(
+    'l=s' => \( my $login_name ),
+    '1|2|4|6|A|a|C|f|g|k|M|N|n|q|s|T|t|V|v|X|x|Y' => sub { }, # Ignore
+    'b|c|D|e|F|i|L|m|O|o|p|R|S|w=s' => sub { }, # Ignore
+    'no-cd' => \( my $no_chdir ),
+    'sudo' => \( my $use_sudo ),
+) or &usage;
+&usage unless @ARGV > 1;
 
-while : ; do
-    case "$1" in
-    -l) shift ; prefix="sudo -u $1"; shift ;;
-    -l*) prefix=`echo $1 | sed 's/-l/sudo -u /'`; shift ;;
-    -*) shift ;;
-    localhost) shift; break ;;
-    *) exit 1 ;;
-    esac
-done
+my $host = shift;
+if ($host =~ s/^([^@]+)\@//) {
+    $login_name = $1;
+}
+if ($host ne 'localhost') {
+    die "lsh: unable to connect to host $host\n";
+}
 
-eval $prefix "${@}"
+my ($home_dir, @cmd);
+if ($login_name) {
+    my ($uid, $gid);
+    if ($login_name =~ /\D/) {
+	$uid = getpwnam($login_name);
+	die "Unknown user: $login_name\n" unless defined $uid;
+    } else {
+	$uid = $login_name;
+    }
+    ($login_name, $gid, $home_dir) = (getpwuid($uid))[0,3,7];
+    if ($use_sudo) {
+	unshift @ARGV, "cd '$home_dir' &&" unless $no_chdir;
+	unshift @cmd, qw( sudo -H -u ), $login_name;
+	$no_chdir = 1;
+    } else {
+	my $groups = "$gid $gid";
+	while (my ($grgid, $grmembers) = (getgrent)[2,3]) {
+	    if ($grgid != $gid && $grmembers =~ /(^|\s)\Q$login_name\E(\s|$)/o) {
+		$groups .= " $grgid";
+	    }
+	}
+
+	my ($ruid, $euid) = ($UID, $EUID);
+	$GID = $EGID = $groups;
+	$UID = $EUID = $uid;
+	die "Cannot set ruid: $! (use --sudo?)\n" if $UID == $ruid && $ruid != $uid;
+	die "Cannot set euid: $! (use --sudo?)\n" if $EUID == $euid && $euid != $uid;
+
+	$ENV{USER} = $ENV{USERNAME} = $login_name;
+	$ENV{HOME} = $home_dir;
+    }
+} else {
+    $home_dir = (getpwuid($UID))[7];
+}
+
+unless ($no_chdir) {
+    chdir $home_dir or die "Unable to chdir to $home_dir: $!\n";
+}
+
+push @cmd, '/bin/sh', '-c', "@ARGV";
+exec @cmd;
+die "Failed to exec: $!\n";
+
+sub usage
+{
+    die <<EOT;
+Usage: lsh [-l user] [--sudo] [--no-cd] localhost COMMAND [...]
+EOT
+}

support/lsh.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This script can be used as a "remote shell" command that is only
+# capable of pretending to connect to "localhost".  This is useful
+# for testing or for running a local copy where the sender and the
+# receiver needs to use different options (e.g. --fake-super).  If
+# we get a -l USER option, we try to use "sudo -u USER" to run the
+# command.
+
+user=''
+do_cd=y # Default path is user's home dir, just like ssh.
+
+while : ; do
+    case "$1" in
+    -l) user="$2"; shift; shift ;;
+    -l*) user=`echo "$1" | sed 's/^-l//'`; shift ;;
+    --no-cd) do_cd=n; shift ;;
+    -*) shift ;;
+    localhost) shift; break ;;
+    *) echo "lsh: unable to connect to host $1" 1>&2; exit 1 ;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ "$user" ]; then
+    prefix=''
+    if [ $do_cd = y ]; then
+	home=`perl -e "print((getpwnam('$user'))[7])"`
+	prefix="cd '$home' &&"
+    fi
+    sudo -H -u "$user" sh -c "$prefix $*"
+else
+    if [ $do_cd = y ]; then
+	cd || exit 1
+    fi
+    eval "${@}"
+fi

support/mapfrom

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This helper script makes it easy to use a passwd or group file to map
+# values in a LOCAL transfer.  For instance, if you mount a backup that
+# does not have the same passwd setup as the local machine, you can do
+# a copy FROM the backup area as follows and get the differing ID values
+# mapped just like a remote transfer FROM the backed-up machine would do:
+#
+# rsync -av --usermap=`mapfrom /mnt/backup/etc/passwd` \
+#           --groupmap=`mapfrom /mnt/backup/etc/group` \
+#           /mnt/backup/some/src/ /some/dest/
+
+while (<>) {
+    push @_, "$2:$1" if /^(\w+):[^:]+:(\d+)/;
+}
+print join(',', @_), "\n";

support/mapto

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+# This helper script makes it easy to use a passwd or group file to map
+# values in a LOCAL transfer.  For instance, if you mount a backup that
+# does not have the same passwd setup as the local machine, you can do
+# a copy TO the backup area as follows and get the differing ID values
+# mapped just like a remote transfer TO the backed-up machine would do:
+#
+# rsync -av --usermap=`mapto /mnt/backup/etc/passwd` \
+#           --groupmap=`mapto /mnt/backup/etc/group` \
+#           /some/src/ /mnt/backup/some/dest/
+
+while (<>) {
+    push @_, "$1:$2" if /^(\w+):[^:]+:(\d+)/;
+}
+print join(',', @_), "\n";

support/mnt-excl

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#!/usr/bin/perl
 # This script takes a command-line arg of a source directory
 # that will be passed to rsync, and generates a set of excludes
 # that will exclude all mount points from the list.  This is
@@ -18,19 +18,24 @@
 # easily adapted to read /etc/mtab or similar.
 #
 # ADDENDUM:  The addition of the --filter option (which has support for
-# absolute-anchored excludes) has made this script less useful than it
-# was.  Beginning with 2.6.4, you can achieve the effect of this script
-# through this command:
+# absolute-anchored excludes) can make this script unneeded in some
+# scenarios.  If you don't need delete protection on the receiving side
+# (or if the destination path is identical to the source path), then you
+# can exclude some absolute paths from the transfer based on the mount
+# dirs.  For instance:
 #
-# awk '{print $2}' /proc/mounts | rsync -f 'merge,/- -' host:/dir /dest/
+# awk '{print $2}' /proc/mounts | grep -v '^/$' | \
+#   rsync -avf 'merge,/- -' /dir host:/dest/
 
 use strict;
+use warnings;
 use Cwd 'abs_path';
 
 my $file = '/proc/mounts';
 my $dir = shift || '/';
-$dir = abs_path($dir);
-$dir =~ s#([^/]*)$##;
+my $trailing_slash = $dir =~ m{./$} ? '/' : '';
+$dir = abs_path($dir) . $trailing_slash;
+$dir =~ s{([^/]*)$}{};
 my $trailing = $1;
 $trailing = '' if $trailing eq '.' || !-d "$dir$trailing";
 $trailing .= '/' if $trailing ne '';
@@ -38,7 +43,7 @@ $trailing .= '/' if $trailing ne '';
 open(IN, $file) or die "Unable to open $file: $!\n";
 while (<IN>) {
     $_ = (split)[1];
-    next unless s#^\Q$dir$trailing\E##o && $_ ne '';
+    next unless s{^\Q$dir$trailing\E}{}o && $_ ne '';
     print "- /$trailing$_\n";
 }
 close IN;

support/patch-update

@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-# This script is used to turn one or more of the "patch/*" branches
-# into one or more diffs in the "patches" directory.  Pass the option
-# --gen if you want generated files in the diffs.  Pass the name of
-# one or more diffs if you want to just update a subset of all the
-# diffs.
-
-use strict;
-
-die "No 'patches' directory present in the current dir.\n" unless -d 'patches';
-die "No '.git' directory present in the current dir.\n" unless -d '.git';
-
-my @extra_files;
-open(IN, '<', 'Makefile.in') or die "Couldn't open Makefile.in: $!\n";
-while (<IN>) {
-    if (s/^GENFILES=//) {
-	while (s/\\$//) {
-	    $_ .= <IN>;
-	}
-	@extra_files = split(' ', $_);
-	last;
-    }
-}
-close IN;
-
-my $incl_generated_files = shift if @ARGV && $ARGV[0] eq '--gen';
-
-system "git checkout master" and exit 1;
-if ($incl_generated_files) {
-    die "'a' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'a';
-    die "'b' must not exist in the current directory.\n" if -e 'b';
-    system "make gen && rsync -a @extra_files a/" and exit 1;
-}
-my $last_touch = time;
-
-my(@patches, %local_patch);
-if (@ARGV) {
-    foreach (@ARGV) {
-	s{^(patches|patch|origin/patch)/} {};
-	s{\.diff$} {};
-	push(@patches, $_);
-    }
-    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'branch', '-l') or die $!;
-} else {
-    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'branch', '-a') or die $!;
-}
-while (<PIPE>) {
-    if (m# origin/patch/(.*)#) {
-	push(@patches, $1);
-    } elsif (m# patch/(.*)#) {
-	$local_patch{$1} = 1;
-    }
-}
-close PIPE;
-
-my(%parent, %description);
-foreach my $patch (@patches) {
-    my $branch = ($local_patch{$patch} ? '' : 'origin/') . "patch/$patch";
-    my $desc = '';
-    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', '-U1000', "master...$branch", '--', "PATCH.$patch") or die $!;
-    while (<PIPE>) {
-	next if m{^\Q+++\E b/PATCH};
-	next unless s/^[ +]//;
-	if (m#patch -p1 <patches/(\S+)\.diff# && $1 ne $patch) {
-	    $parent{$patch} = $1;
-	}
-	$desc .= $_;
-    }
-    $description{$patch} = $desc;
-}
-
-my %completed;
-foreach my $patch (@patches) {
-    next if $completed{$patch}++;
-    update_patch($patch);
-}
-
-if ($incl_generated_files) {
-    system "rm -rf a b";
-}
-
-sleep 1 if $last_touch == time;
-system "git checkout master";
-
-exit;
-
-
-sub update_patch
-{
-    my($patch) = @_;
-
-    my $parent = $parent{$patch};
-    if (defined $parent) {
-	unless ($completed{$parent}++) {
-	    update_patch($parent);
-	}
-	$parent = "patch/$parent";
-    } else {
-	$parent = 'master';
-    }
-
-    print "======== $patch ========\n";
-
-    sleep 1 if $incl_generated_files && $last_touch == time;
-    if ($local_patch{$patch}) {
-	system "git checkout patch/$patch" and exit 1;
-    } else {
-	system "git checkout --track -b patch/$patch origin/patch/$patch" and exit 1;
-    }
-
-    open(OUT, '>', "patches/$patch.diff") or die $!;
-    print OUT $description{$patch}, "\n";
-
-    if (system("git rebase -m $parent") != 0) {
-	print qq|"git rebase -m $parent" incomplete -- please fix.\n|;
-	$ENV{PS1} = "[$parent] patch/$patch: ";
-	system $ENV{SHELL} and exit 1;
-    }
-
-    if ($incl_generated_files) {
-	system "make gen && rsync -a @extra_files b/" and exit 1;
-    }
-    $last_touch = time;
-
-    open(PIPE, '-|', 'git', 'diff', $parent) or die $!;
-    DIFF: while (<PIPE>) {
-	while (m{^diff --git a/PATCH}) {
-	    while (<PIPE>) {
-		last if m{^diff --git a/};
-	    }
-	    last DIFF if !defined $_;
-	}
-	next if /^index /;
-	print OUT $_;
-    }
-    close PIPE;
-
-    if ($incl_generated_files) {
-	open(PIPE, '-|', 'diff', '-up', 'a', 'b') or die $!;
-	while (<PIPE>) {
-	    s/^((?:---|\+\+\+) [^\t]+)\t.*/$1/;
-	    print OUT $_;
-	}
-	close PIPE;
-    }
-
-    close OUT;
-}